Quarterlytics / Energy / Oil & Gas Refining & Marketing / Vivo Energy

Vivo Energy

vvo.l · LSE Energy
Claim this profile
Ticker vvo.l
Exchange LSE
Sector Energy
Industry Oil & Gas Refining & Marketing
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Vivo Energy
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
TOGETHER WE
ARE STRONGER

VIVO ENERGY PLC
ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

TOGETHER THROUGH
ADVERSITY

These are exceptional times, and this has been an 
extraordinary year.
As soon as the pandemic became apparent, our markets 
in Africa took swift action to restrict mobility in order 
to help prevent the spread of COVID-19. This effective 
closure of parts of the economy led to a dramatic 
reduction in travel which tested the resilience of 
our business.
Its underlying strength has enabled Africa to deal 
with threats in the past and to bounce back, energised 
by a youthful population and a growing middle class. 
As a young, energetic company with a growing 
network, we have pulled together during this crisis. 
We played our part, not just as a business, but with 
our partners and as a pillar of our local communities.
The future of Vivo Energy is inseparable from the 
bright future of our continent. Whatever the immediate 
future brings, we look forward with confidence.

The Board and I are proud 
of how our teams across the 
Group quickly responded to 
the impact of COVID-19 – 
keeping the business running, 
supporting each other and our 
stakeholders, and demonstrating 
true resilience.”

JOHN DALY
CHAIRMAN

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

2020 HIGHLIGHTS

 – Played our part by prioritising the safety  
of our people, our customers and our 
communities throughout the pandemic.

 – Took swift action at the start of the 

pandemic, maintaining the resilience of our 
business and the strength of our balance sheet.

 – Raised $350 million in new long-term 

debt through completion of our inaugural 
bond transaction.

 – Delivered an industry-leading safety record 

during the year.

 – Achieved a fast pace of recovery as mobility 

restrictions were eased, with H2 performance 
broadly in line with H2 2019.

 – Further integrated sustainability 
into our long-term thinking.

 – Continued to deliver against our strategy, 
despite the pandemic – expanding our 
network, growing Non-fuel retail and  
embracing digital.

REVENUES
US$ million

VOLUME
Million litres

GROSS CASH PROFIT
US$ million

6,918

-17%

9,637

-7%

697

-6%

ADJUSTED EBITDA
US$ million

NET INCOME
US$ million

RECOMMENDED DPS
Cents per share

360

-16%

90

-40%

3.8

0%

Final dividend in respect of full 
12 months of 2020 and in line with 
FY proposed dividend for 2019.

COMMUNITY 
INVESTMENT SPEND
US$ million 

SERVICE STATIONS 
ADDED
Net total 

HSSEQ –  
TOTAL RECORDABLE 
CASE FREQUENCY

4

104

Non-GAAP measures are explained and reconciled on pages 40 to 41.

Per million  
exposure hours

0.10

CONTENTS

STRATEGIC REPORT
2020 highlights 
Together we are stronger 
Who we are 
Where we operate 
Chief Executive Officer’s statement 
Investment case 
Business model and value creation 
Market overview 
Strategic objectives 
Key performance indicators 
Segment review – Retail 
Segment review – Commercial 
Segment review – Lubricants 
Financial review 
Resources and relationships 
Non-financial information statement 
Risk management 
Long-term viability and going concern 

01
02
08
10
12
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
42
59
60
70

GOVERNANCE
Chairman’s statement 
Board Leadership and Company Purpose 
Board of Directors 
Senior Executive Team 
Division of Responsibilities 
Composition, Succession and Evaluation 
Nominations and Governance Committee Report 
Audit and Risk Committee Report 
Directors’ Remuneration Report 
Directors’ Report 
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities 

72
74
78
80
82
86
87
90
94
113
116

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Independent Auditors’ Report  
118
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income  128
129
Consolidated statement of financial position 
130
Consolidated statement of changes in equity 
131
Consolidated statement of cash flows 
132
Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
172
Company statement of financial position 
173
Company statement of changes in equity 
174
Notes to the Company financial statements 

OTHER INFORMATION
Shareholder information 
Historical financial information 
Glossary 
Key contacts and advisers 
Cautionary statement 

184
186
188
190
191

01

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
TOGETHER WE ARE STRONGER
TOGETHER WE ARE STRONGER

WE ARE

TOGETHER

RESILIENT

WE ARE LIVING IN UNPRECEDENTED 
TIMES. BUT TOGETHER WE ARE RESILIENT 
AND I KNOW THAT BY CONTINUING TO 
STAY CALM, RESOURCEFUL AND FOCUSED 
ON SUPPORTING EACH OTHER WE WILL 
OVERCOME THIS TOGETHER.”

CHRISTIAN CHAMMAS
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

02

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

STRATEGIC REPORTSUPPORTING OUR PARTNERS

From the earliest days of the pandemic, we rapidly 
took action to protect our people and our partners. 
Thanks to the fast response and dedication of our 
innovative and quick‑thinking teams we were able 
to keep our business running and to support our 
customers throughout the lockdowns.

Protecting the health and safety of our people and 
customers remained our number one priority – 
adapting our service stations, depots and facilities 
to make them safe and secure.

We implemented a range of projects to help our 
local communities – including supporting many of 
our host governments’ COVID‑19 funds, providing 
free fuel for healthcare workers, blending hand 
sanitisers at our lubricant blending plants, supporting 
e‑learning applications for children whose schools had 
closed, and providing supplies to those most in need 
through local NGOs.

And we protected jobs – working closely with our dealer 
network and our transport partners to protect the jobs 
of the front line staff employed by them while volumes 
were low.

Throughout the pandemic, we supported and 
protected our stakeholders – playing our part, 
and demonstrating that together we are resilient.

COMMUNITY INVESTMENT

$4m

donated to community 
investment projects 
and host governments’ 
COVID-19 funds

130+

Community  
investment  
projects

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

03

OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTTOGETHER WE ARE STRONGER CONTINUED

TOGETHER
WE ARE MORE
SUSTAINABLE

New electric 
vehicle charging 
point in Reunion

60,000 

tonnes of CO2 savings  
over 10 years

3.9mwp

solar photovoltaic  
power plant

04

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

 0STRATEGIC REPORTENSURING LONG-TERM 
SUSTAINABILITY

Our vision is to become the most respected energy 
business in Africa and, since our inception in 2011, 
we have embedded sustainability practices into 
our business. We aim to be good stewards of the 
environment, while developing our people and 
supporting our communities. 

As part of the Group’s progress we have continued 
to evolve and enhance our sustainability practices to 
ensure we can achieve our vision.

We are now more formally embedding climate 
change into our governance and strategy. This will 
enable us to play our part in meeting environmental 
policy commitments, while at the same time satisfying 
the growing demand for fuel on the African continent 
in the years ahead.

We are particularly proud of securing our first commercial 
solar contract, which will provide a hybrid solar/fuel 
energy solution to the Nampala gold mine, in Mali.

The plans and actions we initiate today are shaping our 
future – ensuring that together we are more sustainable.

THE NAMPALA PROJECT UNDERLINES  
OUR COMMITMENT TO DEVELOPING 
INNOVATIVE PRODUCTS, SERVICES  
AND PRACTICES THAT REDUCE IMPACT  
ON THE ENVIRONMENT.”

ERIC GOSSE
EXECUTIVE VICE-PRESIDENT BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT,  
SUPPORT AND INDIAN OCEAN ISLANDS

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

05

 0OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTTOGETHER WE ARE STRONGER CONTINUED

TOGETHER
AFRICA WILL
EMERGE
STRONGER

5.1% 

expected average  
annual GDP growth  
in our markets  
from 2021 to 2025

23African countries  

with a Retail footprint

06

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

  STRATEGIC REPORTA RESILIENT BUSINESS ON  
A VIBRANT CONTINENT

Although 2020 was an unprecedented year, the macro 
drivers behind continued growth in fuel demand in 
our markets remained unchanged. We expect this 
to continue as Africa emerges from the impacts of 
the pandemic.

We’re a highly resilient business, integral to the lives 
of our millions of customers who rely on our products 
to move around the continent. And we operate in a 
highly resilient continent, with an exceptionally young 
and growing population, with more vehicles on the 
road every year.

We are excited about future opportunities ahead of us 
and will continue to adapt in order to capitalise on them.

The long-term growth opportunities across 
the continent remain undimmed, and together 
Africa will emerge stronger.

60% 

of Africa’s population  
are younger than  
25 years old

THE MACRO DRIVERS FOR INCREASING 
FUEL DEMAND – AND VIVO ENERGY’S 
GROWTH – REMAIN STRONG.”

JOHAN DEPRAETERE
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

07

  OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTRETAIL

Retail is the engine that powers our growth. At the 
end of 2020, our network comprised 2,330 service 
stations across the continent – making us the second 
largest retailer in Africa outside South Africa, in terms 
of site numbers.

COMMERCIAL

Our Commercial business is founded on a proven 
proposition to thousands of customers. We not only 
ensure a reliable supply of high-quality fuels and energy 
to a wide range of customers, but also support those 
products with extensive, trusted services.

LUBRICANTS

We sell lubricants to Commercial customers and Retail 
consumers in our countries of operation, and also export 
to more than ten additional African markets.

WHO WE ARE

A COMPANY
ON THE MOVE

We’re a market-leading, pan-African retailer 
and distributor of high-quality Shell and 
Engen-branded fuels and lubricants to 
Retail and Commercial customers across 
the continent, with a growing Non-fuel 
retail offering.

Operating in robust and growing markets, 
we make our customers’ lives easier and 
their experience with us more convenient, 
enjoyable and rewarding.

How? By providing quality products and 
services that meet their needs, supported 
by high standards of safety, innovation and 
service – in every area where we operate.

ADJUSTED EBITDA BY SEGMENT
US$ million

  Retail 
  Commercial 
  Lubricants 

216
92
52

Non-GAAP measures are explained and reconciled on pages 40 to 41.

08

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

09

RETAIL FUELSale of petrol and diesel fuels at Shell and Engen-branded service stations, across 23 countries.CORE COMMERCIALSupplying mining, construction, transport, power and industrial companies. We also supply LPG, primarily to consumers, as well as fuels to the wholesale market.RETAIL LUBRICANTSProviding products to consumers at our service station forecourts and lubricant bays and also at oil shops, repair shops, service centres and resellers through a network of distributors.NON-FUEL RETAILMulti-branded convenience retail shops, quick service and fast casual restaurants, and other services including lubricant bays, car washes and ATMs.AVIATION & MARINESupplying aviation fuel, plus bunkering for marine traders and other shipping companies.COMMERCIAL LUBRICANTSSupplying specialist lubricants to mining companies and B2B customers, and also exporting to other African markets.STRATEGIC REPORTHIGHLIGHTS

 – Mobility in our markets was impacted by COVID-19 

restrictions, which in turn impacted volumes. 
However, volumes recovered rapidly as restrictions 
eased, demonstrating the resilience of our business.

 – Improvement of our existing network with 

320 service stations renovated during the year.

 – Expansion of retail network with a net total 

of 104 service stations added in 2020.

 – 141 sites automated during the year, helping improve 

service and efficiency.

 – Development of Non-fuel retail offering with 

a net total of 58 new shops and pharmacies and 
20 food outlets added at our service stations, plus 
new food joint ventures formed during the year.
 – Continued growth of loyalty programmes across the 
Group, with a total of more than 1.4 million members.

GROSS CASH PROFIT INCLUDING NON-FUEL RETAIL
US$ MILLION

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

VOLUME
million litres

GROSS CASH UNIT MARGIN
$/’000 litres

5,456

-8%

761

+7%

1  Excludes Non-fuel retail.

HIGHLIGHTS

 – Signed first solar/fuel hybrid project for 

a Commercial customer – to provide solar 
power to a mine in Mali.

 – Achieved growth in our consumer LPG business, 
with plans to expand our cylinder distribution 
during 2021.

 – Maintained and grew our Commercial fuels 

business through existing and new customers 
and seizing opportunities with fuel resellers.
 – Enhanced and automated our Commercial sales 
tools and processes for greater efficiency and 
improved customer relationship management.
 – Aviation and Marine volumes severely impacted 
by travel restrictions imposed as a result of  
COVID-19.

HIGHLIGHTS

 – Consolidated and grew the consumer 

Lubricants business.

 – Achieved significant growth in motorcycle  

oil sales.

 – Expanded lubricants export footprint in 
the Democratic Republic of the Congo 
and to Ethiopia, however there were 
lower sales in several export markets.

 – Executed Retail lubricants recovery programme  
to re-engage with customers in a COVID-safe  
manner after mobility restrictions were eased.
 – Introduced Shell-branded lubricants to a number  

of our Engen-branded markets.

 – Lockdown restrictions impacted Commercial  

lubricants volumes in the construction and power 
sectors, however significant improvements were 
registered in the second half.

GROSS CASH PROFIT
US$ MILLION

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

VOLUME
million litres

GROSS CASH UNIT MARGIN
$/’000 litres

4,045

-8%

45

-8%

GROSS CASH PROFIT
US$ MILLION

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

VOLUME
million litres

GROSS CASH UNIT MARGIN
$/’000 litres

136

-1%

570

+4%

438

454

428

429

376

181

214

181

162

145

78

75

71

75

59

08

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

09

OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTWHERE WE OPERATE

A STRONG AND 
GROWING PRESENCE

At the end of 2020, our retail network comprised 2,330 service 
stations, spanning 23 countries. Despite the impact of COVID-19, 
we added a net total of 104 service stations during the year. 
We also added a net total of 58 convenience retail shops and 
pharmacies and 20 food outlets at our service stations.

We continue to operate significant Commercial and Lubricants 
businesses across the continent.

01   TUNISIA
Total volume 
Service stations 
Market position 

02   MOROCCO 
Total volume 
Service stations 
Market position 

03   CAPE VERDE 
Total volume 
Service stations 
Market position 

04   SENEGAL 
Total volume 
Service stations 
Market position 

05   MALI 
Total volume 
Service stations 
Market position 

06   GUINEA 
Total volume 
Service stations 
Market position 

07   CÔTE D’IVOIRE 
Total volume 
Service stations 
Market position 

08   BURKINA FASO 
Total volume 
Service stations 
Market position 

1,060
168
2

1,925
371
2

164
27
2

472
124
2

237
46
1

470
113
2

618
225
2

374
83
2

09   GHANA
Total volume 
Service stations 
Market position 

10   UGANDA 
Total volume 
Service stations 
Market position 

11   KENYA
Total volume 
Service stations 
Market position 

12   NAMIBIA 
Total volume 
Service stations 
Market position 

13   BOTSWANA 
Total volume 
Service stations 
Market position 

14   MADAGASCAR 
Total volume 
Service stations 
Market position 

15   MAURITIUS 
Total volume 
Service stations 
Market position 

491
232
2

427
160
2

1,235
245
1

350
68
1

271
80
2

159
75
4

355
50
1

Market position provided by CITAC, 
and based on volumes.
Total volume is measured in million litres, 
and excludes volume related to supply trading, 
not allocated to countries.

16   GABON 
Total volume 
Service stations 
Market position 

17   RWANDA 
Total volume 
Service stations 
Market position 

18   ZAMBIA 
Total volume 
Service stations 
Market position 

19   MALAWI 
Total volume 
Service stations 
Market position 

20   TANZANIA 
Total volume 
Service stations 
Market position 

21   REUNION
Total volume 
Service stations 
Market position 

22   MOZAMBIQUE 
Total volume 
Service stations 
Market position 

23   ZIMBABWE 
Total volume 
Service stations 
Market position 

93
24
4

60
31
3

101
41
4

40
25
4

85
20
9

189
35
3

98
24
3

132
63
4

10

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

11

STRATEGIC REPORT   Our markets with Shell-branded service stations

  Our markets with Engen-branded service stations

10

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

11

01040508060709121314102017161802    03112223191521OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTCHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S STATEMENT

If 2019 was a year of firsts for 
Vivo Energy, 2020 was a year like 
no other. In 40 years of working, 
across four continents and through 
many macroeconomic cycles, 
I have never experienced the 
conditions we saw during the year. 

My overriding memory of the year, however, 
is one of pride and togetherness. It was 
remarkable how each and every one of our 
employees, contractors and partners stood 
up and made a difference in the fight against 
COVID-19.

Our position at the heart of our host 
economies means that we played a critical 
role in fuelling the continent’s response to 
COVID-19, not only by keeping sites open and 
customers fuelled, but also by supporting our 
many stakeholders through a difficult time.

IMPACT OF COVID-19 
ON OUR MARKETS
We started the year full of optimism, with 
the integration of the Engen-branded markets 
effectively completed, and strong performance 
in our Shell-branded markets. It was only late 
in Q1 that we started to feel the impact from 
measures to prevent the spread of COVID-19 
in our markets. However, recognising the 
risk posed by the spread of the virus, we had 
already taken the first of many actions to 
protect our people, preventing international 
travel from the end of January, and updating 
existing business continuity plans to reflect 
potential scenarios.

Few would have foreseen that at the 
pandemic’s peak in April and May, nine of 
our 23 markets would follow Europe into 
complete lockdown of their economies, as a 
preventive measure against the spread of the 
virus. These markets represented 50% of our 
Group volumes the previous year, with some 
of these markets experiencing declines of up 
to 70% in monthly volumes during H1. All of 
our other host countries also implemented 
movement restrictions such as curfews 
as well as social distancing measures. 

Vivo Energy’s first priority has, and always 
will be, the health and safety of our people, 
our customers, and the communities where 
we operate. We acted quickly and decisively, 
implementing a range of preventive and 
protective health and safety measures 
including remote working and split shift 
patterns. We also took actions to protect 
our customers when they visit our sites. 

The resilience that the African continent has 
shown during the COVID-19 pandemic has 
been nothing short of remarkable. At the 
outset of the pandemic, many experts rightly 
feared a human and economic catastrophe 
across the region, however, Africa is a young 
and vibrant continent, with a median age in 
our host countries of less than 25 years old. 
In facing a disease that disproportionately 
impacts the old, this demographic should 
provide real protection against major illness. 
It has been encouraging to see that healthcare 
systems have not been overrun, and the 
majority of our countries have tried to keep 
their economies open and their people in 
employment following the initial lockdowns.

TOGETHER

WE MADE
A DIFFERENCE

12

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

13

STRATEGIC REPORTIf 2019 was a year of firsts for 
Vivo Energy, 2020 was a year 
like no other.”

CHRISTIAN CHAMMAS
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

I do not wish to underplay the impact of 
the pandemic on our markets, with lower 
tourism, investment and economic activity, 
and uncertainty remains as long as the virus 
persists, but these are markets that have 
not been knocked off course. The young 
and growing population is driving economic 
development and Vivo Energy is helping to 
fuel that growth. The IMF expects GDP in 
2020 to have fallen by 3.1% on average across 
our operating countries (excluding Reunion), 
but following a strong 4.5% rebound forecast 
for 2021, expects average GDP growth of 5.2% 
between 2022 and 2025. This would be one 
of the highest growth rates in the world – and 
we expect that it, together with our focus on 
growing market share, will provide a strong 
base for future growth. 

DECISIVE ACTION TO 
PROTECT OUR BUSINESS 
AND ENABLE RECOVERY
While the scale of the changes to the 
operating environment were unprecedented, 
our reaction was testament to the 
well-established culture and operating model 
we have in Vivo Energy. Our decentralised 
model meant that we had the right people 
on the ground to react quickly to the 
changing conditions, managing working capital, 
credit and cash as well as working with our 
stakeholders to make sure we supported 
each other. The investment in our Enterprise 
Resource Planning (ERP) system meant 
that we had real-time data with which to 
inform decision-making, and this helped the 
Senior Executive Team to make the right 
decisions and guide our local teams.

12

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

13

OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTCHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S STATEMENT CONTINUED

As a result, we were able to limit the 
many impacts of the pandemic on our business, 
reducing supply and protecting our balance 
sheet through April and May. Fuel is, and will 
continue to be, the lifeblood of our economies, 
enabling economic activity and development. 
As the strictest mobility restrictions were 
lifted, demand returned rapidly at our retail 
sites in June and through the second half of the 
year. Only the Aviation and Marine businesses, 
which have represented less than 4% of the 
Group gross cash profit on average over the 
past three years, have remained subdued due 
to international travel restrictions.

The swift demand recovery and our nimble 
supply chain meant that we have been able to 
deliver strong performance through the second 
half of the year, which limited the reduction 
in full year gross cash profit to 6% against 2019. 
This fall is driven by volumes being down just 
7% against 2019, despite a reduction of volumes 
during April and May of approximately 30%, 
the Aviation and Marine impact and restrictions 
continuing through the year in many markets. 
We also saw Group gross cash unit margin 
remain largely stable over the previous year 
at $72 per thousand litres, with H1 gross cash 
unit margin impacted by inventory impacts, 
and H2 seeing a reversal of this and benefiting 
from the mix effect as well as the supply and 
pricing environment.

This robust performance led to adjusted 
EBITDA of $360 million, down 16% against the 
previous year, and Basic earnings per share of 
6 cents, 45% lower than 2019 as our normally 
beneficial operating leverage worked against 
us due to the lower volumes.

While the full year performance was lower 
than 2019, H2 2020 performance was in line 
with the previous year and demonstrates 
the resilience of our business despite the 
turbulence in the markets.

2020 was a challenging year on a number 
of levels, and I was delighted at how we 
responded. However, our share price has 
not recovered in line with performance and 
remains at disappointing levels. I believe that 
as we deliver against our growth plans, and 
show our commitment to shareholder returns, 
this will be recognised in time by the market 
and reflected in our valuation.

We delivered a strong 
performance through the 
second half of the year, 
which limited the reduction 
in full year gross cash profit 
to 6% against 2019.”

CHRISTIAN CHAMMAS
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

SUPPORTING OUR STAKEHOLDERS
With a vision to become the most respected 
energy business in Africa, we’ve always 
aimed to provide a positive impact for all 
of our stakeholders. I believe this is firmly 
demonstrated by our actions through the 
current pandemic and reflects the integration 
of sustainable business practices into our 
culture and operations.

We have supported and protected our 
stakeholders through the pandemic and 
worked closely with our dealer network 
and our transporters to protect the jobs of 
the front line staff employed by them while 
volumes were low. We have also played our 
part in supporting the communities in which 
we operate by delivering over 130 community 
investment projects, ranging from donations 
of food, fuel and protective equipment to 
the blending of hand sanitiser.

We have continued to carefully manage our 
impact on the environment, keep our people 
safe, healthy, well trained and supported, as well 
as having stringent oversight to mitigate some 
of the inherent risks in our markets around 
fraud, bribery and corruption.

One area that has rightly come to prominence 
during the past year is climate change, and we 
outline further in the report our commitment 
to playing our part in reducing the impact of 
carbon emissions and the long-term transition 
to low-carbon energies. This fits firmly with 
our purpose to safely provide innovative 
and responsible energy solutions to Africa, 
which enable growth and development of 
the continent and its people. In our markets 
we expect there will be a significantly longer 
transition than in Europe, due to a lack of 
infrastructure, affordability and reliable access 
to electricity, meaning that demand for fuels are 
forecast to continue to grow rapidly over the 
medium term. We have a central part to play in 
making sure those fuels are as clean as possible, 
that we provide our customers with the 
offerings they need and that when commercial 
alternatives become a reality, we will be 
well-positioned to capitalise on them.

14

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

15

STRATEGIC REPORTCAPITAL STRUCTURE
Maintaining a conservative balance sheet in 
order to provide maximum future flexibility 
is a core element of our strategy. Due to the 
nature of our operating model, each market 
self-funds its needs through both organic cash 
generation, as well as access to local facilities.

These local facilities in aggregate amount 
to $1.6 billion, with each country’s access to 
finance scaled according to its needs. The level 
of access to local facilities and our close 
management of working capital meant that the 
business was comfortably able to weather the 
storm at the height of the mobility restrictions.

At the Group level, we’ve explored for 
some time the opportunity to re-finance 
an amortising facility that was due to mature 
in 2022, in order to remove the need to 
repay circa $80 million of capital per annum. 
In September 2020, bond market conditions 
improved and we successfully priced a 
$350 million debt offering with a seven-year 
tenor at 5.125%. The offering was multiple 
times oversubscribed and increases the Group’s 
flexibility for future capital allocation while 
significantly extending the debt maturities at 
attractive rates. The bond has an investment 
grade rating of Baa3 from Moody’s and ratings 
of BB+ from Fitch and S&P reflecting the 
underlying strength of our business model 
and financial position.

Earlier in the year, as a result of the uncertainty 
created by the pandemic, the Group did not 
pay the final dividend in respect of 2019 in 
June 2020, as previously expected. This was 
a prudent decision taken by the Board at the 
height of the restrictions and impact on the 
business. The Board also opted not to pay an 
interim dividend in respect of H1 2020 at the 
half-year results due to the short time period 
of recovery that had been underway. However, 
following the continued recovery in trading 
through the third quarter, the Board declared 
an interim dividend of $34 million, which is 
the amount that would have been paid to 
shareholders had the final dividend of the year 
ended 31 December 2019 been paid, rather 
than withdrawn.

Due to the positive performance continuing 
in Q4, the Board has recommended a final 
dividend of 3.8 cents per share ($48 million) 
in respect of 2020. This is in line with our 
stated progressive dividend policy and equal 
to the proposed 2019 full year dividend of 
3.8 cents, despite the impacts of COVID-19 
on the business during the year. If approved 
at our AGM, the final dividend will be paid to 
shareholders on 25 June 2021.

LOOKING AHEAD
The Group experienced a swift recovery 
in H2 2020, delivering strong financial 
performance and has growing confidence for 
the future, with the positive H2 2020 trends 
expected to continue into 2021. We navigated 
the first 12 months of the pandemic successfully, 
strengthening our market position in our key 
markets and continuing to invest in growing 
our network and offerings. Assuming the level 
of restrictions in our operating countries do 
not materially change, we anticipate that the 
progressive recovery in the Retail segment, 
driven by increasing mobility, will support 
business performance, with Aviation and 
Marine remaining subdued. We continue to 
invest in growing the business, with capital 
expenditure expected to be in line with 2020 
levels, at around $160 million as we invest in 
growing and upgrading the retail network 
and our offerings across all 23 countries, 
with 90-110 net new sites targeted for the year.

We have leading market positions in structural 
growth markets across Africa, which are 
expected to see a rapid recovery in economic 
growth in 2021 and beyond, driven by the 
macro fundamentals on the continent. 
The pandemic slowed, but has not stopped 
this growth, and with a young and growing 
population, an emerging middle class and 
increasing car penetration, fuel demand in 
our markets will continue to grow in the 
coming years, underpinning our long-term 
growth ambitions.

Throughout 2020 we maintained a strong 
balance sheet, and in Q3 completed a bond 
refinancing, which enhanced our capital 
structure and provides improved flexibility 
for capital allocation. Looking forward, we are 
focused on continuing to capture the growth 
opportunity that exists within our markets, 
and believe that at the same time, the level 
of cash flow generated within the Group and 
the balance sheet flexibility means that we are 
able to support a higher level of shareholder 
returns. We demonstrated our commitment 
to dividends by maintaining our progressive 
policy through the pandemic and believe that 
now is the right time to increase the minimum 
payout ratio from 30% to 50% of attributable 
net income, and intend for future dividends to 
grow in line with earnings.

CHRISTIAN CHAMMAS
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

9,637

10,417

9,351

9,026

8,389

360

431

400

376

302

VOLUME
MILLION LITRES

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

ADJUSTED EBITDA
US$ MILLION

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

14

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

15

GROSS CASH PROFIT decreased 6% year-on-year$697mFINAL DIVIDEND$48mHSSEQ Strong HSSEQ performance with Total Recordable Case Frequency of 0.10 incidents per million  exposure hours0.10OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTINVESTMENT CASE

WHY 
INVEST?

As a market-leading retailer and distributor of fuels and 
related products to consumers and industries across 
Africa, Vivo Energy is in prime position to capitalise on 
the consistent growth in fuel demand in our emerging 
markets, driven by increasing car penetration, a growing 
middle class and major infrastructure investments.

LEADER IN 
STRUCTURAL  
GROWTH  
MARKETS

We have leading market positions in markets 
which continue to experience strong growth 
in underlying fuel demand, driven by the macro 
fundamentals on the continent. These positions 
enable significant scale benefits for the Group 
while providing the platform to capture 
a growing share of the long-term growth 
opportunity that exists.

RESILIENT 
BUSINESS MODEL, 
WITH DIVERSIFIED 
LONG‑TERM PROFIT 
DRIVERS

Our geographic diversification and  
supply of a critical product for consumers, 
industries and economies, gives us great 
resilience. This, together with the cost-plus 
nature of our operations, means our margins 
aren’t correlated to the oil price, and provides 
growing returns for our stakeholders over 
the long term.

TOP THREE MARKET  
POSITION IN

FIVE‑YEAR AVERAGE  
ROACE OF

17of our 23 markets

20%

Non-GAAP measures are explained  
and reconciled on pages 40 to 41.

We believe in operating in the right way and providing 
tangible benefits for all of our stakeholders. We do this by 
providing high-quality essential fuels, creating a well-trained 
and supported workforce, collecting and paying taxes,  
and operating to the highest standards of governance.”

CHRISTIAN CHAMMAS
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

16

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

17

STRATEGIC REPORTSTRONG CASH 
GENERATION AND 
SUPPORTIVE WORKING 
CAPITAL DYNAMICS

We’re a highly cash generative business, driven 
by disciplined capital allocation and supported 
by negative working capital dynamics in our 
Retail segment. This enables us to continue 
to self-fund our high return investment into 
our fuel and Non-fuel retail offerings, while 
providing consistent returns to shareholders, 
and maintaining a conservative capital structure.

CUSTOMER  
FOCUSED, NIMBLE  
AND LOCAL

We run a lean, flat and customer-centric 
organisation, with locally empowered 
management teams. Our ‘Focus, Simplify, 
Perform’ operating model means we can 
react quickly to changes in our countries. 
Together with our investments in technology 
and loyalty programmes, this enables us 
to tailor our offerings to customer needs.

MAKING A  
POSITIVE IMPACT  
IS AT THE HEART  
OF OUR PURPOSE

Our purpose is to safely provide innovative and 
responsible energy solutions to Africa, which 
enable the growth and development of the 
continent and its people. This means providing 
tangible benefits for all of our stakeholders, 
fuelling economic activity, maintaining a 
well-trained and supported workforce, 
and operating to the highest standards of 
governance. We’re also working to reduce our 
environmental impact and making sure we 
are the long-term partner of choice for our 
customers and communities.

FIVE‑YEAR AVERAGE ANNUAL 
ADJUSTED FREE CASH FLOW OF

CUSTOMERS SERVED  
ON AN AVERAGE DAY

WE IMPLEMENTED  
MORE THAN

$180m

750,000

130community investment  

projects during 2020

16

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

17

OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTBUSINESS MODEL AND VALUE CREATION

HOW WE
CREATE VALUE

Our resilient and integrated business model 
was tested and proven during the COVID-19 
pandemic. This unchanged model, together 
with our strong operating culture of focusing, 
simplifying and performing, drives competitive 
advantages in our markets and supports our vision 
to become the most respected energy business 
in Africa.

OUR RESOURCES  
& RELATIONSHIPS

PARTNERSHIPS 
AND STAKEHOLDERS
We maintain strong relationships 
with our customers, retailers, 
distributors, communities, investors 
and host governments.

ASSETS
We have a well integrated network 
of retail sites, customer facilities and 
depots. We operate under the global 
Shell brand, and a leading African 
brand, Engen.

OUR PEOPLE
Our 2,747 diverse, talented and local 
people form a de-centralised and 
high performing team, with a common 
culture and purpose.

NATURAL RESOURCES
We have a responsibility to the 
environment, and are committed to 
reducing our impact and continually 
improving environmental performance.

FINANCIAL STRUCTURE
Our resilient unit margins, structurally 
negative working capital and 
high operating leverage deliver 
sustainable cash generation.

OUR INTEGRATED MODEL...

... PROVIDES A SUSTAINED COMPETITIVE ADVANTAGE...

... WHILE EFFECTIVELY MANAGING OUR RISKS

 – Oil price fluctuations
 – Product availability and supply
 – Currency exchange risk
 – Information technology

 – Product availability  

and supply

 – Partner reputation 
and relationships
 – Oil price fluctuations

 – Health and safety
 – Partner reputation 
and relationships

 – Climate change

More information in the Resources and  
Relationships section on pages 42 to 58.

18

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

SUPPLYWe supply our operations through diverse providers, ranging from oil traders and government refineries to lubricant blending plants, ensuring cost effective security of supply.In 2020, Vitol – our largest shareholder – supplied around 33% of fuel products, under an arm’s length agreement, with standard market terms and conditions.STORAGEOn a continent where storage is scarce, we store up to one billion litres of fuels, equivalent to one month of supply, at either owned or shared facilities.DISTRIBUTIONWe distribute products using strong partnerships with trusted local transport companies, as well as by pipeline and rail where possible.The size of our footprint and relationships with suppliers enable us to source fuels at highly competitive prices.Infrastructure provides a major barrier to entry to others, and growing volumes drive efficiencies.Our model provides operational control over road transport, enabling us to implement our exacting HSSEQ standards and controls.STRATEGIC REPORT   
COMMERCIAL
We supply thousands of 
Commercial customers with fuels 
and lubricants across the transport, 
infrastructure, mining, aviation 
and marine sectors. In addition, 
we supply LPG to consumers 
and commercial customers.

More information on  
pages 26 to 27.

More information on  
pages 28 to 29.

OUR OUTCOMES

CUSTOMERS
 – Over 750,000 customers served 
on an average day at our sites.

 – Strong market share in Shell-branded 
countries with an established position 
in Engen-branded markets.
 – Ever increasing food and  
convenience retail offering.

EMPLOYEES
 – Industry-leading safety record.
 – Significant investment in 

training and development.

 – Increasing proportion 
of female employees.

INVESTORS
 – Shareholder returns.
 – Conservative financial position.

COMMUNITIES 
AND GOVERNMENTS
 – Commitment to minimise 
environmental impact.

 – Investment into communities.
 – Significant tax payer, and collector,  
for host country governments.

... PROVIDES A SUSTAINED COMPETITIVE ADVANTAGE...

... WHILE EFFECTIVELY MANAGING OUR RISKS

See pages 62 to 69 for our complete list of principal risks, categorised into brand & reputational;  
pricing; HSSEQ; operational; strategic; financial; and human resources & talent management risks,  
managed through our internal control framework.

 – Partner reputation and relationships
 – Credit management
 – Business concentration risk
 – Health and safety
 – Product availability and supply

 – Credit management
 – Currency exchange risk
 – Health and safety

More information  
on pages 42 to 58.

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

19

RETAILWe supply high-quality fuels, lubricants, food and convenience retail offerings at a network of 2,330 Shell- and Engen-branded service stations. The majority of sites are owned by us, but operated by local dealers, reducing risk and utilising local knowledge.In 20 of 23 markets, pump prices are set by governments. Our leading brands and strong customer offering drive our industry-leading average throughput per site.Diversified mix of businesses across long‑term contracts, tender business and spot sales, with a proven proposition to add value to customers beyond supply.OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORT   
   
   
MARKET OVERVIEW

COVID-19
IN AFRICA

Although COVID-19 is a global pandemic, Africa to 
date has largely been spared the health emergencies 
seen in Europe and the US.

The reasons for this remain unclear, but are likely 
to include the swift actions by governments and the 
youth of the population, with just 4% aged over 65, 
compared to 19% in Europe. At the end of 2020, 
there had been under one million reported cases and 
under 17,500 reported deaths across our 23 operating 
countries, less than 1% of total global deaths.

Number of reported COVID-19 deaths 
in our markets at the end of 2020

  0-100 deaths

  101-1,000

   1,001-5,000

  5,001-10,000

Source: World Health Organization

20

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

Governments in Africa have experience 
of responding to health crises and took 
early action in March, when cases were low, 
to protect their populations. These actions 
included a range of mobility restrictions, with 
nine markets moving to full lockdowns at a 
similar time to Europe. The markets in question 
included Morocco, Tunisia and Uganda, and 
represented approximately 50% of Group 
volumes in the previous year. The lockdowns 
varied in length from a month to nearly 
three months, and had a significant impact on 
economic activity in the host countries, as well 
as on fuel demand. A range of other measures 
were taken in the other countries where we 
have operations, including restrictions on travel 
from urban to rural areas, curfews and the 
closure of borders and schools. These were 
designed to limit the spread of the virus, 
while balancing economic activity.

During the second half of the year the 
intensity of restrictions was reduced in 
the majority of countries where we operate, 
with periodic increases in restrictions following 
a rise in case numbers. However, borders 
remained closed in many markets, with the 
tourism sectors particularly badly impacted 
in countries such as Morocco and Mauritius.

The COVID-19 situation is dynamic and fluid, 
and although case numbers have remained 
below other regions, visibility on the future 
trend of the virus, and related government 
actions is low. The South and East regions 
experienced increases in case numbers in 
late December and January, attributed to 
the ‘South African variant’, but governments 
have tended to keep their economies largely 
open, rather than returning to the lockdowns 
imposed in Q2 2020. Whether this trend 
continues will be a major determinant of 
the future impact of the virus. 

The ability of many African nations to 
provide a substantial fiscal response is limited, 
but governments and central banks took 
action where they could to support their 
economies, including accessing funding from 
the IMF and other international organisations. 
There has also been a concerted effort to 
ensure that African nations receive access to 
vaccines in a similar timeframe to developed 
countries. Through COVAX, African Union 
initiatives and bi-lateral arrangements, 
hundreds of millions of doses are expected 
to be delivered to the continent in 2021.

   STRATEGIC REPORTMACRO TRENDS

The effects of COVID-19 had a number of macro 
impacts across our markets, but have not fundamentally 
altered the favourable back-drop provided by the 
demographics. Mobility restrictions reduced fuel 
demand in 2020, primarily in H1, but as seen in H2 2020, 
demand returned rapidly and is forecast to return to 
strong growth in 2021. This is expected to continue 
for the medium term.

FUEL DEMAND IN OUR MARKETS IS PREDICTED  
TO GROW IN THE MEDIUM TERM

t
c
u
d
o
r
p
t
s
a
c
e
r
o

f

d
n
a

c
i
r
o
t
s
i
h
d
e
x
e
d
n

I

s
t
e
k
r
a
m
3
2
r
u
o
n

i

d
n
a
m
e
d

+42%

150

140

130

120

110

100

90

80

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

2024

2025

2026

2027

2028

Source: CITAC

CARS ON THE ROAD 
EXPECTED TO GROW 
BETWEEN 2019 – 2024

4.8%

STRONG GDP 
REBOUND  
FORECAST IN 2021

4.5%

INCREASING CAR NUMBERS
There is rapid vehicle growth in Africa, with 
BMI forecasting the number of cars on the road 
expected to grow at a CAGR of 4.8% between 
2019 – 2024. Vehicle numbers still significantly 
lag that of Europe and the US, with just 53 cars 
per 1,000 people, compared to 556 in Europe 
and 805 in the US.

INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT
The African Development bank believes 
that the continent requires between 
$130-170 billion per year of infrastructure 
investment, which supports the future 
of our Commercial business.

INCREASING POPULATION 
AND EMERGING MIDDLE CLASS
There continues to be rapid population growth 
across the majority of our markets, with the 
UN expecting that there will be 1.1 billion more 
people by 2050. This is driving growth in the 
middle class, which, according to McKinsey, 
is expected to expand to 582 million people 
in 2030, from 376 million in 2013.

GDP GROWTH
While COVID-19 is expected to lead to 
a 3.1% contraction in GDP in 2020, in our 
markets (excluding Reunion), a strong 
rebound of 4.5% is anticipated in 2021. 
From 2022 to 2025 average annual GDP 
is expected to grow at 5.2%, according 
to the IMF.

INDUSTRY TRENDS

DIGITAL
 – Growth in e-commerce for food and 
convenience retail across a number of 
markets, both related to home delivery 
as well as click and collect.

 – Accelerated growth in cashless and 

touchless payments, with mobile money 
continuing to grow.

SUSTAINABILITY
 – Increased awareness of sustainability issues 
among consumers, but limited changes 
in behaviour.

 – Increasing focus from Commercial 
customers, investors and regulators 
around climate change issues.

CONVENIENCE
 – Significant growth in volume of proximity 

shopping, with hygiene products in 
high demand.

 – Increased reliance on cars due to 

social distancing.

 – Cleanliness and protective equipment are 
increasingly important considerations.

COMPETITION
 – No major changes to competitive 
landscape in the Retail business.

 – Independent suppliers of products in 

certain markets were impacted by the 
dramatic changes in demand coupled with 
the oil price, which has meant increased 
opportunities for major players in the 
resellers segment.

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

21

OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORT    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES

OUR
STRATEGY

Over the years our strategy has 
enabled us to grow. During 2020 
it allowed us to quickly and 
decisively react to the impact 
of COVID-19, protecting our 
people and our business.

5

1

2

REMAIN A  
RESPONSIBLE  
AND RESPECTED 
BUSINESS IN THE 
COMMUNITIES IN  
WHICH WE OPERATE

Our vision is to become Africa’s  
most respected energy business.

This means being a respected member 
of the communities in which we operate, 
doing business the right way, and aiming 
to operate to the highest HSSEQ and 
operational standards.

WHAT WE DID  
DURING THE YEAR
 – Implemented a range of preventive 

health and safety measures to protect 
against COVID-19.

 – Supported our dealer and transporter 

network to protect local jobs.
 – Supported over 130 community/

COVID-19 projects across our operating 
countries and helped stakeholders 
mitigate the impact of the pandemic.
 – Continued to achieve strong HSSEQ 
performance, ahead of targets and 
industry peers.

PRESERVE OUR LEAN  
ORGANISATIONAL 
STRUCTURE AND 
PERFORMANCE-
DRIVEN CULTURE

Since our formation in 2011, our 
business has been built on a flat, 
customer-centric organisation with  
a lean central management team.

Our ‘Focus, Simplify, Perform’ operating 
culture enables fast decision-making, 
encourages agility, and is fundamental 
to our competitive position.

Our locally empowered country teams, 
overseen by an experienced and responsive 
Senior Executive Team, have also been 
instrumental in our success.

WHAT WE DID  
DURING THE YEAR
 – Our decentralised model meant that we 
had the right people on the ground to 
react quickly to the changing conditions 
caused by COVID-19.

 – Implemented a range of measures to 

help our people seamlessly adapt to the 
new ways of working – including working 
from home and safe reintegration to 
our offices.

 – Our new Enterprise Resource Planning 

system meant that we had real-time data 
to inform decision-making, which helped 
the Senior Executive Team make the 
right decisions and guide our local teams.

Helping our people seamlessly 
adapt to the new ways of working 
– including working from home

22

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

23

1  To remain a responsible and respected business in the communities in which we operate;2  To preserve our lean organisational structure and performance-driven culture;3  To maximise the value of our existing business;4  To pursue value-accretive growth; and5  To maintain attractive and sustainable returns through disciplined financial management.WE HAVE FIVE KEY STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES:STRATEGIC REPORT  
3

4

5

MAXIMISE THE VALUE  
OF OUR EXISTING 
BUSINESS

PURSUE  
VALUE-ACCRETIVE  
GROWTH

We’ve continued to innovate, offering  
our customers differentiated, recognised 
and high-quality fuel and Non-fuel retail 
products and services.

We expanded our retail network by 
building new service stations, acquiring 
new sites and upgrading existing retail 
sites to fulfil unrealised potential.

Utilising our multiple trusted and valued 
brands – including Shell and Engen – has 
helped improve the customer experience, 
generate new revenue streams and maximise 
cross-selling opportunities.

One of our main focuses is to add more 
non-fuel convenience retail and quick service 
restaurant offerings through partnerships 
with well-established global and regional 
brand partners.

The optimisation and further development 
of our existing retail network is a key 
strategic focus.

In parallel, we plan to harness the opportunities 
presented by mining, construction and 
infrastructure projects in Africa, to 
contribute to the continued growth of 
our Commercial and Lubricants businesses.

MAINTAIN ATTRACTIVE  
AND SUSTAINABLE 
RETURNS THROUGH 
DISCIPLINED FINANCIAL 
MANAGEMENT

We have a strong financial and 
operational track record, backed 
by disciplined capital allocation.

This is underpinned by a robust financial 
controls framework and comprehensive 
internal audit process with strict credit 
and currency exposure management.

WHAT WE DID  
DURING THE YEAR
 – During Q2 we saw fewer customers at our 

service stations and volumes were impacted. 
However, we rolled out a ‘Clean & Safe’ sites 
initiative to protect and reassure customers, 
after lockdown restrictions were eased.
 – Continued to drive our digital roll-out for 
our customers, with Shell websites now 
available in all 15 markets and the Engen 
market website roll-out commencing.

 – Used the mobile app and loyalty programme 
to help personalise relationships, driving 
loyalty and spend.

 – Automated 141 sites to improve service and 
efficiency and support increased returns and 
growth – we now have 301 automated sites 
across the network.

 – Added a net total of 78 new Non-fuel retail 
shops, pharmacies and food outlets at our 
service stations to provide convenience 
and ‘quick service’ to our customers. 
 – Continued to leverage the power of 

our premium brands – primarily Shell (as the 
number one fuel brand in Africa) and Engen 
(as a leading regional brand) – to capitalise 
on increasing consumption, and demand 
for better quality fuels, lubricants and 
convenience products.

Used the mobile app and 
loyalty programme to help 
personalise relationships, 
driving loyalty and spend

WHAT WE DID  
DURING THE YEAR
 – Added an additional net total of 104 new 

service stations across our markets.

 – In our Engen-branded markets, we acquired 
new sites in Zambia and organically grew 
our network in Tanzania.

 – Improved our existing sites: 320 sites 

were refurbished under the ‘Shining Site’ 
programme.

 – Developed food joint ventures in Tunisia, 
Kenya, Uganda, Rwanda and Namibia.

 – Secured our first hybrid solar 
energy solution contract with 
a Commercial customer.

WHAT WE DID  
DURING THE YEAR
 – Effectively managed working capital, credit, 
stocks and cash throughout the lockdown 
period to protect and manage the business, 
limiting the many impacts of the pandemic.
 – However, our ROACE fell to 12% due to 
lower profitability and increased capital 
employed during the year.

 – Completed our inaugural bond transaction, 

raising a total of $350 million in new 
long-term debt.

 – Enhanced our capital structure to maximise 
total shareholder returns and to continue 
to drive sustainable growth.

Non-GAAP measures are explained and reconciled 
on pages 40 to 41.

BEFORE

4

AFTER

We completed the 
acquisition of the 
Ngucha Retail network,
adding eight sites to our Zambia 
network by year end and a ninth 
in 2021, increasing volumes and 
market share. The sites have been 
rebranded to Engen and upgraded 
to meet Vivo Energy’s rigorous 
HSSEQ standards.

This accelerated growth is helping 
to meet customer demand and 
grow our brand visibility in Zambia.

22

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

23

OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORT  
KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

OUR KPIs

These KPIs show our performance for the past five years, together with 
a brief explanation of the key drivers. We’ve chosen to use Financial, 
Growth and HSSEQ KPIs in order to provide a rounded view 
of our performance.

LINKED TO STRATEGIC OBJECTIVE:

1 2 3 4 5

Non-GAAP measures are explained 
and reconciled on pages 40 to 41.

FINANCIAL KPIs

GROSS CASH PROFIT
US$ MILLION

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

3 4 5

ADJUSTED EBITDA
US$ MILLION

32

4 5

697

743

680

666

579

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

360

431

400

376

302

DEFINITION
Gross profit after direct operating expenses and before non-cash depreciation 
and amortisation recognised in cost of sales. Reference to ‘cash’ in this measure 
refers to non-cash depreciation and amortisation as opposed to the elimination  
of working capital movements.

PERFORMANCE DRIVERS
 – Volume and gross cash unit margin performance

DEFINITION
Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation adjusted for impact 
of special items.

PERFORMANCE DRIVERS
 – Volume and gross cash unit margin performance
 –   Optimised cost structure and cost management
 – Share of profit from investments in joint ventures and associates

NET INCOME
US$ MILLION

32

4 5

ADJUSTED FREE CASH FLOW
US$ MILLION

3 4 5

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

90

150

146

130

99

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

112

325

154

143

167

DEFINITION
Net income in accordance with IFRS/GAAP.

PERFORMANCE DRIVERS
 – EBITDA performance
 – Effective tax rate management
 – Optimised capital and finance structure

DEFINITION
Cash flow from operating activities less net additions to property, plant and 
equipment (PP&E) and intangible assets and excluding the impact of special items.

PERFORMANCE DRIVERS
 – High conversion from EBITDA to free cash flow
 – Structurally negative working capital

24

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

25

STRATEGIC REPORTGROWTH KPIs

VOLUME
MILLION LITRES

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

3 4 5

TOTAL RETAIL SERVICE STATIONS

3 4 5

9,637

10,417

9,351

9,026

8,389

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

2,330

2,2261

1,900

1,829

1,726

DEFINITION
Total product volumes sold during the year.

PERFORMANCE DRIVERS
 – Macroeconomic drivers impacting demand   
 – Sales and promotion activities 
 –  Loyalty card system
 –  New and existing contracts with Commercial customers  

and cross-selling

DEFINITION
Total number of revenue generating retail service stations.

PERFORMANCE DRIVERS
 –   Self-funding CAPEX through operating cash flow
 – Significant white space opportunity
 – Securing land leases and strategically located sites

1  2019 includes more than 200 retail service stations acquired 

as part of the Engen acquisition.

GROSS CASH UNIT MARGIN
US$/’000 LITRES

3 4 5

ROACE
%

32

4 5

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

72

71

73

74

69

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

DEFINITION
Gross cash profit per 1,000 litres of sales volume.

PERFORMANCE DRIVERS
 –  Pricing structure in regulated markets ensures stable margins 
 –  Competitive pricing strategies in deregulated markets
 –  Foreign currency exposure risk management to ensure US dollar margins 

are protected

 –  Optimised supply chain and efficient operations
 –  Increase penetration of differentiated fuels

DEFINITION
Adjusted EBIT after tax, using the actual consolidated ETR, divided by average 
capital employed. Average capital employed is the average of opening and closing 
net assets plus borrowings and lease liabilities, less cash and cash equivalents and 
interest bearing advances.

PERFORMANCE DRIVERS
 –    Disciplined capital allocation with rigorous return requirements
 –  Incentivise performance: employee compensation linked to ROACE

HSSEQ KPIs

TOTAL RECORDABLE CASE FREQUENCY (TRCF)

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

1

0.10

0.04

0.19

0.10

0.31

SPILLS

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

DEFINITION
Total Recordable Case Frequency (TRCF) per million exposure hours.

DEFINITION
Number of product spills greater than 100kg.

PERFORMANCE DRIVERS
 –    Using potential incident reporting to prevent incidents from happening
 –    Five HSSEQ focus areas: road transport safety; contractor safety; process safety; 

PERFORMANCE DRIVERS
 –    Ensuring that safe working practices are followed: stringent contractor safety 

requirements; driver training and monitoring

security; and COVID-19

12

21

23

25

20

1

2

3

2

4

3

24

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

25

OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTSEGMENT REVIEW

RETAIL
DRIVING THE
BUSINESS RECOVERY

With a growing footprint across the African continent, Retail is at the 
heart of our business and has driven our business recovery during the 
second half of the year. Our modern, safe and clean sites provide our 
customers with access to high-quality products, services and increased 
convenience wherever we operate.

 – Increased our network by adding a net total 

 – Gross cash unit margin (excluding Non‑fuel 

of 104 new service stations and adding a net total 
of 78 Non‑fuel retail outlets

retail) increased by 7% to $76 per thousand litres, 
mainly due to supply and pricing environment

 – Volumes were down by 8% to 5,456 million litres 

 – Premium fuel gross cash profit was up 21% 

compared to 5,900 million litres in 2019
 – Gross profit (including Non‑fuel retail) was 
down 6% to $387 million due to the impact 
of COVID‑19

 – Gross cash profit (including Non‑fuel retail) 

was down 4% to $438 million

year‑on‑year

 – Adjusted EBITDA was down 11% to $216 million
 – Accelerated growth in Engen‑branded markets 

by adding new sites

 – Expanded our portfolio with food JV partners 
to enable a faster roll‑out of new quick service 
restaurants (QSRs)

PERFORMANCE

US$ million, unless otherwise indicated

Volumes (million litres)

Gross profit (including Non‑fuel retail)

Gross cash unit margin (excluding Non‑fuel retail) ($/’000 litres)

Retail fuel gross cash profit

Non‑fuel retail gross cash profit

Adjusted EBITDA

We continued to invest 
in the quality and scope 
of our Non-fuel retail 
offerings in 2020

2020

2019

+/– %

5,456

5,900

-8%

-6%

+7%

-2%

411

71

421

387

76

412

26

216

33

-21%

242

-11%

NON-FUEL RETAIL  
GROSS CASH PROFIT

$26m

26

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

27

2020 HIGHLIGHTSSTRATEGIC REPORT2020 REVIEW
Our Retail business segment delivered resilient 
results despite the impact of COVID‑19 on 
our operating environment. The segment made 
a strong start to the year before COVID‑19 
related containment measures led to a 
significant decrease in demand. As mobility 
restrictions were gradually eased across 
our host countries, we registered strong 
improvements in volumes, gross cash profit and 
adjusted EBITDA in the second half of the year.

RETAIL FUEL
Retail fuel volumes were 8% lower in 2020. 
Strong trading at the beginning of the year 
was more than offset by COVID‑19 mobility 
restrictions imposed across our portfolio in 
late Q1, significantly impacting results in Q2, 
particularly in April and May. As measures were 
lifted, there was a strong rebound in demand, 
due to fuel being a consumer staple, which 
continued through H2. While we saw a rapid 
recovery in volumes, with some countries 
experiencing year‑on‑year growth in H2, 
mobility restrictions remained in place across 
many countries, suppressing demand.

To drive the recovery process, we 
implemented a range of initiatives to 
support our sites and attract customers 
by positioning our retail stations as the 
safest sites to refuel in the industry, offering 
auxiliary services and improving convenience. 
We completed the ‘Shining Engen’ programme 
in January 2020 and undertook a ‘Shining Shell’ 
programme through the rest of the year, 
providing enhancements to over 300 sites. 
We continued to grow our network, opening 
a net total of 104 sites, despite fluctuations in 
product demand, which supported volume 
growth in H2.

In line with our strategy to expand our position 
in Engen‑branded markets, we acquired 
new sites in Zambia and Rwanda, increasing 
our networks by 21% and 35% respectively. 
In Tanzania, a large Engen‑branded market, 
we have organically grown our network 
from seven sites in March 2019 to 20 sites 
in December 2020. 

Gross cash unit margin was higher than 
the previous year at $76 per thousand 
litres. In H1, unit margins were impacted by the 
combined impact of the reduction in demand 
that increased inventory levels and the sharp 
fall in crude oil prices in March and April, which 
led to negative inventory effects on the stock 
on hand. Unit margins improved in H2 as a 
result of the supply and pricing environment 
in a number of our markets, together with 
strong margin performance in premium fuels.

NON-FUEL RETAIL
We continued to develop our Non‑fuel retail 
segment, with a net total of 58 convenience 
retail shops and pharmacies and 20 food outlets 
added at our service stations. Our financial 
performance was impacted by COVID‑19 
restrictions, but remained robust, with gross 
cash profit of $26 million, down 21% in 2020. 
The mobility restrictions led to lower traffic at 
our sites, affected store opening hours and, in 
some cases led to store closures for periods 
during the year. We noted strong improvement 
in most markets in H2, however in certain 
markets, such as Morocco, ongoing restrictions 
on travel between regions have impacted sales 
at large motorway sites, which are traditionally 
large contributors.

Due to the pandemic, we saw an evolution 
in consumer behaviour. Our QSR takeaway and 
drive‑through offerings became more vital and 
we adapted our offerings accordingly, including 
working with delivery partners in a number 
of our markets. In convenience retail, we have 
changed product lines to meet increased 
demand for personal health products, as 
well as trialling click and collect propositions.

We continued to expand our portfolio of 
joint ventures with QSR partners to enable 
the faster roll‑out of new restaurants. 
We completed a joint venture in Namibia 
for the KFC brand, now the sixth country in 
which we have exclusive use of the KFC brand, 
and launched our first joint venture in Tunisia 
with Pomme de Pain.

LOOKING FORWARD
In 2021, we will continue to focus on expanding 
and enhancing our network in both the Shell 
and Engen‑branded markets, with particular 
focus on improving our market position in 
key Engen‑branded markets. We will look to 
enhance the customer experience at our sites, 
building on the successful launch of loyalty 
programmes in key markets, undertaking 
new fuel launches and providing the best and 
safest experience for our customers. We will 
also continue to maximise the value from our 
existing sites by optimising the Non‑fuel retail 
customer offerings, focusing on like‑for‑like 
growth and expanding our growing QSR 
business through new partnerships with 
international brands.

PREMIUM FUELS GROSS CASH  
PROFIT YEAR-ON-YEAR GROWTH

+21%

VOLUME
million litres

5,456

ADJUSTED  
EBITDA

$216m

GROSS CASH PROFIT  
CONTRIBUTION TO RETAIL

$438m

57%

60%

  Retail 
  Commercial 
  Lubricants 

57%
42%
1%

  Retail 
  Commercial 
  Lubricants 

60%
26%
14%

  Regular fuels 
  Non-fuel retail 
  Premium fuels 

88%
6%
6%

26

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

27

RETAIL BUSINESS CONTRIBUTION TO GROUPOTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTSEGMENT REVIEW CONTINUED

COMMERCIAL
A PROVEN CUSTOMER
VALUE PROPOSITION

We ensure reliable supply of high-quality fuels and LPG products to 
a wide range of customers in the mining, construction, power, road 
transport, aviation and marine sectors. We provide those products 
with extensive and trusted services, to ensure we add value beyond 
the products we sell.

 – Volumes were down 8% year‑on‑year mainly 

 – Gross profit was $156 million, 19% lower than 

due to the impact of COVID‑19 travel 
restrictions on Aviation and Marine sales
 – Strong performance in Core Commercial, 

with volumes up 5% year‑on‑year
 – Gross cash unit margin was down 8% 

to $45 per thousand litres

the previous year

 – Adjusted EBITDA of $92 million was lower 

by 32% year‑on‑year

PERFORMANCE

US$ million, unless otherwise indicated

Volumes (million litres)

Gross profit

Gross cash unit margin ($/’000 litres) 

Gross cash profit

Adjusted EBITDA

Our tactical approach to 
the resellers market and 
robust performance in LPG 
led to Core Commercial 
volume growth

2020

2019

+/– %

4,045

4,380

-8%

156

45

181

92

192

-19%

49

214

135

-8%

-15%

-32%

AVIATION AND MARINE 
GROSS CASH PROFIT 
DOWN YEAR-ON-YEAR

-68%

28

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

29

2020 HIGHLIGHTSSTRATEGIC REPORT2020 REVIEW
Our Commercial segment volumes were lower 
by 8% year‑on‑year, mainly due to the impact 
of weaker Aviation and Marine volumes arising 
from travel restrictions imposed as a result of 
COVID‑19. However, volume‑performance 
in Core Commercial was strong. Gross cash 
unit margins of $45 per thousand litres was 
down 8% year‑on‑year primarily due to the 
negative inventory effects on the stock on hand 
in H1 2020. Gross cash profit of $181 million 
(2019: $214 million) was therefore 15% lower 
than the previous year. 

CORE COMMERCIAL
Our Core Commercial business offers a 
range of services including the supply of 
bulk fuel to customers in the transportation, 
mining, construction and power sectors, as 
well as LPG to both consumers and industry. 
Core Commercial accounted for 85% 
(2019: 75%) of total Commercial volumes 
and 93% (2019: 82%) of overall Commercial 
gross cash profit. Volumes were 5% higher 
year‑on‑year mainly due to two months 
of additional contribution from the 
Engen‑branded markets, aided by our tactical 
approach to the resellers market to take 
advantage of disrupted supply chains, as 
well as a robust performance in the LPG 
business due to the use of gas for home 
cooking. Furthermore, many of our key mining 
customers continued to operate as they 
were not significantly impacted by COVID‑19. 
Volumes in H2 2020 compared to the prior 
period, were negatively impacted by the 
completion of a large circa 12‑month supply 
contract in September, however underlying 
trends remained positive.

Gross cash unit margin was down 9% 
year‑on‑year due to negative inventory 
effects and lower margin sales to resellers, 
export customers and industrial users in 
the LPG business. This was partially offset by 
favourable supply margins in some markets. 
As a result, unit margins were $49 per 
thousand litres (2019: $54 per thousand litres) 
in Core Commercial.

AVIATION AND MARINE
The contribution from Aviation and Marine 
fell significantly due to the impact of travel 
restrictions arising from COVID‑19, accounting 
for just 15% of overall Commercial volumes 
(2019: 25%) and 7% of total Commercial gross 
cash profit (2019: 18%). These restrictions 
resulted in volumes being 46% lower than the 
previous year and unit margins falling to $21 per 
thousand litres (2019: $35 per thousand litres).

The Aviation business registered the largest 
drop in volumes, down 55% year‑on‑year as 
most airlines were restricted to cargo and 
repatriation flights across our markets at the 
peak of the pandemic. We experienced a small 
improvement in the second half of the year 
following the partial lifting of travel restrictions 
and the opening of borders in some countries, 
although we expect that Aviation volumes will 
remain subdued for some time. The Marine 
business also recorded lower volumes 
as a result of lower cargo and cruise line 
movements in key markets. Partially offsetting 
this, we secured profitable Marine spot sales 
in some markets resulting in a 28% increase 
in the unit margin. 

LOOKING FORWARD
We will look to build on the resilient 
Core Commercial performance in 2021 whilst 
remaining flexible in Aviation and Marine to 
meet changes in future demand. We aim to 
achieve this by ensuring our customer focus 
remains unparalleled, aligning our resources 
to be able to deliver against our customer 
needs and driving excellent sales effectiveness. 
In terms of specific businesses, we plan to 
build on our position as a leading provider 
to the mining industry in our Shell‑branded 
markets, and become a preferred supplier in 
our Engen‑branded markets, through offering 
solutions and services that create greater 
value for customers. Following strong growth 
in our LPG business, we will look to expand 
our cylinder distribution in a returns focused 
manner across relevant markets.

CORE COMMERCIAL VOLUMES 
YEAR-ON-YEAR GROWTH

+5%

VOLUME
million litres

4,045

ADJUSTED  
EBITDA

$92m

GROSS CASH PROFIT  
CONTRIBUTION TO COMMERCIAL

$181m

42%

26%

  Retail 
  Commercial 
  Lubricants 

57%
42%
1%

  Retail 
  Commercial 
  Lubricants 

60%
26%
14%

  Core Commercial 
  Aviation and Marine 

93%
7%

28

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

29

COMMERCIAL BUSINESS CONTRIBUTION TO GROUPOTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTSEGMENT REVIEW CONTINUED

LUBRICANTS
A PROACTIVE, ACCOMMODATING
BUSINESS PARTNER

We offer an extensive range of leading-edge lubricants to 
different sectors, backed by approval from a wide range of equipment 
manufacturers. We sell lubricants on the forecourt and through 
distributors while also providing essential value to many Commercial 
customers via a wide range of specialist products and services.

 – Volumes were broadly flat year‑on‑year, 

despite the drop in demand due to the impact 
of COVID‑19

 – Gross cash unit margin was $570 per thousand 

litres, up 4% year‑on‑year, mainly due to 
favourable base oil prices

 – Gross profit was up 3% to $74 million
 – Adjusted EBITDA was down 4% to $52 million, 

year‑on‑year

 – We have introduced the sale of Shell‑branded 
lubricants in our Engen‑branded markets

PERFORMANCE

US$ million, unless otherwise indicated

Volumes (million litres)

Gross profit

Revenues

Gross cash unit margin ($/’000 litres)

Gross cash profit

Adjusted EBITDA

2020

136

74

366

570

78

52

2019

+/– %

137

72

375

547

75

54

-1%

+3%

-2%

+4%

+4%

-4%

Active engagement with 
distributors delivered 
robust performance 
in Retail lubricants

LUBRICANTS YEAR-ON-YEAR  
GROSS CASH UNIT MARGIN 
GROWTH

+4%

30

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

31

2020 HIGHLIGHTSSTRATEGIC REPORT2020 REVIEW
The performance of our Lubricants segment 
remained solid despite the drop in demand 
arising from COVID‑19, which significantly 
impacted the performance of our Retail 
business in key markets. The gradual easing 
of mobility restrictions generated significant 
improvement in the second half of the 
year, with volumes remaining broadly flat 
year‑on‑year due to two months of additional 
contribution from Engen‑branded entities 
and marketing initiatives implemented to 
aid the recovery process. Unit margins were 
up 4% year‑on‑year at $570 per thousand 
litres (2019: $547 per thousand litres) due 
to favourable base oil prices.

Gross cash profit of $78 million was therefore 
4% up year‑on‑year due to good unit margins 
and volumes.

RETAIL LUBRICANTS
We sell Retail lubricants on the forecourt in 
our service stations to Retail customers and 
also through distributors to other consumers 
(B2C). Retail lubricants accounted for 62% 
of total segment volume (2019: 61%) and 
63% of segment gross cash profit (2019: 60%).

Volumes sold were flat year‑on‑year despite 
the significant impact of lower traffic at 
our retail sites arising from COVID‑19 
containment measures. Following the easing 
of COVID‑19 measures, the strong H2 2020 
performance was driven by a range of sales 
promotions, active selling on our forecourts 
and engagement with our distributors. 

This demonstrates the strong underlying 
demand for lubricants in our markets due 
to the age of the car parc and the strength 
of our Lubricants brand. 

Unit margins were higher year‑on‑year at 
$577 per thousand litres (2019: $542 per 
thousand litres) due to improved sales of 
our premium lubricants in the second half 
of the year and favourable base oil prices.

COMMERCIAL LUBRICANTS
We sell Commercial lubricants to customers 
across our operating units and also to 
export customers in other countries. 
Commercial volumes accounted for 
38% of total Lubricants volume (2019: 39%) 
and 37% of gross cash profit (2019: 40%). 

Volumes were down 4% to 52 million litres 
year‑on‑year mainly due to lower sales in 
several export markets. There were also 
lower sales volumes in the first half of the 
year in the construction and power sectors, 
which were impacted by lockdown restrictions. 
Significant improvements were, however, 
registered during the second half of the year 
as COVID‑19 restrictions were gradually lifted. 

Unit margins increased by 2% year‑on‑year 
to $569 per thousand litres (2019: $556 per 
thousand litres) due to the favourable product 
mix and lower base oil prices, partially offset 
by unfavourable exchange rate movements. 

LOOKING FORWARD
We took a number of actions within our 
Lubricants business in order to return to 
growth in 2021. A key focus will be ensuring 
we take the lead in the consumer segment by 
providing innovative products and services 
as well as developing closer consumer 
relationships. On the B2B side, we will look to 
differentiate our value‑led offering and provide 
solutions to our customers as well as expanding 
our footprint in our export countries. 
In addition, we will aim to drive growth across 
the Engen‑branded markets, by leveraging our 
existing capabilities, marketing Shell‑branded 
lubricants to Commercial customers 
and ensuring we have strong end‑to‑end 
supply across all of our operating units.

LUBRICANTS GROSS CASH  
PROFIT YEAR-ON-YEAR GROWTH

+4%

VOLUME
million litres

136

ADJUSTED  
EBITDA

$52m

GROSS CASH PROFIT  
CONTRIBUTION TO LUBRICANTS

$78m

1%

14%

  Retail 
  Commercial 
  Lubricants 

57%
42%
1%

  Retail 
  Commercial 
  Lubricants 

60%
26%
14%

  Retail lubricants 
  Commercial lubricants 

63%
37%

30

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

31

LUBRICANTS BUSINESS CONTRIBUTION TO GROUPOTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTSTR ATEG IC REP ORT

FINANCIAL REVIEW

DRIVING RECOVERY
IN A PANDEMIC YEAR

CHIEF FINANCIAL 
OFFICER’S STATEMENT
JOHAN DEPRAETERE

32

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

Despite the pandemic, we continued to invest in our markets, with capital expenditure of $168 million, predominantly into growth projects. We have also enhanced our new ERP system by adding further functionality and have made good progress on the implementation of the system in the Engen‑branded markets, which are scheduled to go live in H1 2021. We believe this increasing use of technology will help to drive business performance over time. As announced in July 2020, in Morocco the Conseil de la Concurrence’s review of the country’s fuel retailing industry is now subject to an independent review set up by the Royal Cabinet. There have been no updates on the review’s progress since July. We believe that Vivo Energy Morocco has at all times conducted its operations in accordance with applicable competition laws, rules and regulations.In September 2020, the Group successfully completed its debut notes offering, raising $350 million to mainly refinance its existing amortising loan facility. The notes, which have a seven‑year maturity and a coupon of 5.125%, significantly lengthens our debt maturities, provides additional balance sheet flexibility and further enhances our presence in the capital markets.We continue to allocate capital effectively. Our business model drives a lean cost base and we look to optimise our working capital in order to drive strong free cash flow. As a result, our balance sheet remains healthy with a low leverage that provides flexibility for us.FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS –Volumes were down 7% year‑on‑year, as COVID‑19 related restrictions led to reduced demand. –Gross cash profit was $697 million, 6% lower year‑on‑year due to the impact of COVID‑19 on volumes. –Total gross cash unit margin was higher year‑on‑year at $72 per thousand litres (2019: $71 per thousand litres), benefiting from the mix effect as well as the supply and pricing environment during the second half of the year.  –Adjusted EBITDA down 16% to $360 million, mainly due to lower volumes and a negative operating leverage. –Net income was $90 million, down 40% year‑on‑year. –Adjusted diluted EPS of 6 cents per share for the 2020 year (2019: 12 cents per share). –Adjusted free cash flow down $213 million to $112 million from $325 million.  –Paid an interim dividend of 2.7 cents per share, in place of the previously withdrawn final dividend of 2019, and proposed a final dividend of 3.8 cents per share, bringing the total dividends paid during the year to 6.5 cents per share.We started the year in a strong financial position, with a conservative balance sheet providing us with a good foundation to respond to the challenges presented by COVID-19. Our investment in upgrading our Enterprise Resource Planning (SAP S/4HANA) software delivered immediate payback, as we were able to provide the business with real-time information on sales, working capital and credit. This provided visibility for both local and central teams and enabled them to respond to a rapidly evolving operating environment. As a result, we were able to successfully manage through the crisis, limiting any long-term impact to our business. While we have seen a good recovery in performance in the second half of the year, we continue to monitor the key indicators in each of our markets closely and will react quickly to any change in our operations.We maintained a strong balance sheet through the period, increasing our utilisation of short-term local debt facilities during the peak of the restrictions. As working capital unwound due to the improving volumes, we returned to more normalised levels of facility utilisation, with our banks remaining very supportive. As a result, we maintained a conservative leverage ratio of 0.86x at year-end.STR ATEG IC REP ORT

GOVERN ANC E

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

OTH ER IN FORMATION

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPER ATIONS

SUMMARY INCOME STATEMENT

US$ million

Revenues
Cost of sales 
Gross profit 
Selling and marketing cost
General and administrative cost
Share of profit of joint ventures and associates
Other income/(expense)
EBIT 
Finance expense – net
EBT 
Income taxes
Net income 

Earnings per share (US$)

Basic
Diluted 

NON-GAAP MEASURES

US$ million, unless otherwise indicated

Volumes (million litres)
Gross cash profit
EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA
ETR (%)
Adjusted net income
Adjusted diluted EPS (US$)

Non-GAAP measures are explained and reconciled on pages 40 and 41.

We overcame numerous challenges arising  
from COVID-19 to deliver robust results.”

JOHAN DEPRAETERE
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

2020

6,918 
(6,301)
617
(226)
(176)
16
4
235
(60)
175
(85)
90

2020

0.06
0.06

2020

9,637
697
360
360
49%
90
0.06

2019

8,302
(7,627)
675
(224)
(165)
22
2
310
(64)
246
(96)
150

2019

0.11
0.11

2019

10,417
743
416
431
39%
162
0.12

Change

-17%
-17%
-9%
+1%
+7%
-27%
+100%
-24%
-6%
-29%
-11%
-40%

Change

-45%
-45%

Change

-7%
-6%
-13%
-16%
n/a
-44%
-50%

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

33

STR ATEG IC REP ORT

FINANCIAL REVIEW CONTINUED

ANALYSIS OF CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPER ATIONS

34

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

35

VOLUMESAfter a strong start to the year, with double digit volume growth in January and February, volumes sold were 7% lower year-on-year due to severe mobility restrictions imposed in the first half of the year to contain the spread of the COVID-19 pandemic. The Aviation, Marine and Retail businesses were significantly impacted by these restrictions, while Commercial fuel and LPG remained robust. The Group made significant recovery in the second half of the year as the containment measures were gradually eased. Aviation sales however remained subdued due to continuing restrictions on international travel. REVENUERevenue was 17% down year-on-year at $6,918 million (2019: $8,302 million), reflecting the significant decline in crude oil prices and contraction in demand due to the COVID-19 related mobility restrictions.COST OF SALESCost of sales were lower by $1,326 million, or 17%, to $6,301 million in 2020. The decrease is mainly due to lower purchases in line with sales volumes and lower cost of inventory due to the significant decrease in crude oil prices during the year.GROSS PROFITGross profit was $617 million, down 9% year-on-year mainly due to lower volumes, reflecting the effect of lower demand for oil products due to COVID-19. GROSS CASH PROFITGross cash profit was down 6% year-on-year to $697 million, mostly due to lower volumes, partially offset by higher gross cash unit margin. The Group started the year strongly, with over 20% growth in gross cash profit during the first two months of the year, before COVID-19 related restrictions caused an unprecedented drop in demand. The Group also took deliberate action at the peak of the pandemic to reduce inventory levels by making targeted sales of excess stock at lower margins. As restrictions were gradually eased across our markets, the Group saw a strong rebound in the second half of the year, with gross cash profit recovering well and unit margins benefiting from product mix and positive pricing. Accounting for hyperinflation however had a negative impact of circa $2 million (2019: +$3 million) on the gross cash profit. SELLING AND MARKETING COSTSelling and marketing cost remained broadly in line with 2019 and was mainly impacted by an additional two months’ cost contribution from Engen‑branded markets and a first full year of amortisation relating to our newly implemented ERP system. This was partially offset by lower spend on marketing campaigns, a decrease in non‑essential spend during the pandemic and favourable foreign currency exchange effects.GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE COSTGeneral and administrative cost, including special items, increased by $11 million to $176 million in 2020 (2019: $165 million). This was mainly due to two months’ additional cost from Engen‑branded markets, COVID‑19 pandemic related donations provided to communities where Vivo Energy operates and higher depreciation and amortisation expense. The higher cost was partially offset by a positive foreign currency exchange effect.SHARE OF PROFIT FROM JOINT VENTURES AND ASSOCIATESShare of profit from joint ventures and associates decreased by $6 million to $16 million mainly due to the impact of COVID‑19 on SVL, our joint ventures in Morocco and our investments in QSR joint ventures that were negatively affected by temporary restaurant closures during lockdowns. In a number of markets, our QSRs were open and operating delivery and takeaway services in the second half of the year.OTHER INCOMEOther income of $4 million (2019: $2 million) mainly related to gains on disposal of PP&E.ADJUSTED EBITDAAdjusted EBITDA was $360 million, down 16% year‑on‑year. The decrease is mostly attributable to lower volumes linked to the impact of the COVID‑19 pandemic, higher general and administrative cost and a lower share of profit from our joint ventures and associates.NET FINANCE EXPENSENet finance expense decreased by $4 million to $60 million, mainly due to foreign exchange gains and a lower impact resulting from the application of IAS 29 ‘Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies’. This was partially offset by higher interest expenses arising from increased use of short-term bank facilities at the peak of the COVID-19 pandemic and an additional two months of contribution from the Engen-branded markets. INCOME TAXESThe ETR increased to 49% from 39% compared to the comparative period of 2019. The increase in the ETR is primarily due to the lower earnings before tax of $175 million (2019: $246 million) giving a higher relative impact of the permanent items and withholding tax on upstreamed dividends and central fees which are not linked to the current year earnings before tax level. NET INCOMENet income, including the impact of special items, was $90 million, down 40% from $150 million in 2019. Minority interest was $10 million for the year (2019: $14 million).EARNINGS PER SHAREBasic earnings per share amounted to 6 cents per share (2019: 11 cents per share). Adjusted diluted earnings per share, excluding the impact of special items, were 6 cents per share (2019: 12 cents per share).STR ATEG IC REP ORT

GOVERN ANC E

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

OTH ER IN FORMATION

OVERVIEW OF OPER ATIONS BY SEGMENT

US$ million, unless otherwise indicated

Volumes (million litres)
Retail
Commercial
Lubricants
Total 
Gross profit
Retail (including Non-fuel retail)
Commercial
Lubricants
Total 
Gross cash unit margin ($/’000 litres)
Retail fuel (excluding Non-fuel retail)
Commercial
Lubricants
Total 
Gross cash profit
Retail (including Non-fuel retail)
Commercial
Lubricants
Total
Adjusted EBITDA
Retail
Commercial
Lubricants
Total 

2020

2019

Change

5,456
4,045
136
9,637

5,900
4,380
137
10,417

387
156
74
617

76
45
570
72

438
181
78
697

216
92
52
360

411
192
72
675

71
49
547
71

454
214
75
743

242
135
54
431

-8%
-8%
-1%
-7%

-6%
-19%
+3%
-9%

+7%
-8%
+4%
+1%

-4%
-15%
+4%
-6%

-11%
-32%
-4%
-16%

VOLUMES

2020

5,456

2019

5,900

million litres

GROSS CASH PROFIT

US$ million

9,637

2020

4,045

136

438

10,417

2019

4,380

137

454

697

78

743

75

181

214

RETAIL

COMMERCIAL

LUBRICANTS

RETAIL

COMMERCIAL

LUBRICANTS

34

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

35

STR ATEG IC REP ORT

FINANCIAL REVIEW CONTINUED

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL POSITION

TOTAL ASSETS

31 DEC 2020

1,718

31 DEC 2019

1,605

US$ million

TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

US$ million

3,268

31 DEC 2020

1,550

1,684

3,356

31 DEC 2019

1,751

1,530

3,268

1,584

3,356

1,826

NON-CURRENT ASSETS

CURRENT ASSETS

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES & EQUITY

CURRENT LIABILITIES

1  Days sales outstanding (DSO) and days purchases outstanding (DPO) are based on monthly averages and on trade elements only.

36

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

37

DIVIDENDSThe Board has adopted a progressive dividend policy while maintaining an appropriate level of dividend cover and sufficient financial flexibility in the Group. As part of the Group’s response to the impact of the pandemic, the Board prudently withdrew its recommendation to pay a final dividend for 2019 in order to protect its balance sheet. It also opted not to declare an interim dividend in respect of H1 2020 performance at the time. However, due to the rapid actions taken by the Group to protect our business, the resilience of our business model and the performance of the business in the second half of the year, our balance sheet remained strong. As a result, and in recognition of the importance of dividends to shareholders, the Board paid an interim dividend in December 2020, in place of the withdrawn 2019 final dividend. The recommended 2020 final dividend of 3.8 cents per share represents performance during the full 12 months of 2020 and should be seen as the base for future dividend rather than the 2020 total dividends paid of 6.5 cents per share.In March 2021, the Board decided to increase the minimum payout ratio from 30% to 50% of attributable net income to reflect the Group’s cash flows, strong balance sheet and continuing growth ambitions. The dividend remains progressive and the intent is for future dividends to grow in line with earnings. The Group declares its dividends in US dollars.ASSETSTrade receivables decreased by $107 million from $451 million in 2019 to $344 million in 2020. The decrease was largely due to the impact of lower sales volumes, as a result of lower demand and declining crude oil prices. Average monthly DSO1 for the period was 16 days (2019: 17 days).Other assets decreased by $50 million from $367 million in 2019 to $317 million, mainly due to a decrease in other government benefits receivable and prepayments, partially offset by loans to joint ventures.Inventories decreased by $37 million from $517 million in 2019 to $480 million in 2020, mainly attributable to the decline in crude oil prices resulting in a lower stock value compared to 2019. Average inventory days for the period was 29 days (2019: 24 days), higher than 2019 as a result of lower market demand during the period.Property, plant and equipment increased by $66 million from $823 million in 2019 to $889 million in 2020. Capital expenditure was the key driver for the increase, partially offset by depreciation for the period.The increase in right-of-use assets of $25 million from $176 million in 2019 to $201 million in 2020 related to new leases, of which the majority were retail service stations, partially offset by depreciation for the period.Investments in joint ventures and associates increased by $4 million, from $227 million in 2019 to $231 million in 2020, resulting from $16 million in share of profits and $14 million related to newly acquired joint ventures during the period. These new joint ventures are Kuku Foods with operations in Kenya, Uganda and Rwanda and Synergy Foods operating in Namibia. This increase was partially offset by a dividend received of $24 million.FINANCIAL POSITION PERFORMANCEThe consolidated statement of financial position can be found on page 129. The analysis of significant movements in assets, liabilities and equity during the year is detailed below.Deferred tax assets increased by $12 million from $34 million in 2019 to $46 million in 2020 mainly due to the increase in leases and tax losses for the period.EQUITYTotal equity increased by $8 million, from $804 million in 2019 to $812 million in 2020. The increase was primarily due to total comprehensive income for the year of $47 million, partially offset by dividends.LIABILITIESTrade payables decreased by $209 million from $1,257 million in 2019 to $1,048 million in 2020. The decrease was driven by lower purchases and costs, resulting from a global reduction in demand for fuel and declining crude oil prices. Average monthly DPO1 for the period was 54 days (2019: 55 days).Borrowings increased by $82 million from $600 million in 2019 to $682 million in 2020. The increase is mainly attributable to the proceeds from notes issued of $350 million, during September 2020, and increased short‑term borrowing facilities to fund working capital requirements due to the impact of COVID‑19 earlier in the year. The increase was partially offset by repayment of the Group’s long and short‑term loan obligations.The increase in lease liabilities of $18 million from $125 million in 2019 to $143 million in 2020 related to new leases, in line with the increase in right‑of‑use assets, partially offset by the repayment of lease instalments for the period.STR ATEG IC REP ORT

GOVERN ANC E

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

OTH ER IN FORMATION

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

ADJUSTED FREE CASH FLOW

US$ million

Net income
Adjustment for non-cash items and other
Current income tax paid
Net change in operating assets and liabilities and other adjustments1
Cash flow from operating activities
Net additions of PP&E and intangible assets2
Free cash flow
Special items3
Adjusted free cash flow

1  Net change in operating assets and liabilities and other adjustments includes finance expense.
2  Excluding cash flow from acquisition of businesses and other investing activities.
3  Cash impact of special items. Special items are explained and reconciled on pages 40 and 41.

2020

90
214
(89)
48
263
(163)
100
12
112

2019

150
202
(83)
176
445
(147)
298
27
325

36

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

37

Adjusted free cash flow decreased by $213 million, from $325 million in 2019 to $112 million in 2020. The decrease was mainly due to lower cash inflows from operating activities, which were negatively affected by a decrease in the net change in operating assets and liabilities and other adjustments of $128 million and a decrease in net income of $60 million. In the prior year net changes in operating assets and liabilities and other adjustments benefitted from the timing of prepayments in relation to the fuel importation contracts in Kenya and the timing of payments to suppliers. During 2020, the Group had fewer importation contracts further contributing to the year-on-year decrease. The fluctuations in working capital are resulting from the impact of declining crude oil prices and market demand experienced during the year, and are the main drivers for the decrease in net change in operating assets and liabilities and other adjustments. Income tax paid amounted to $89 million for the year ended 31 December 2020 (2019: $83 million). Cash inflow from operating activities fully funded net capital expenditure of $163 million in 2020 (2019: $147 million).In addition to the commentary on the Group’s consolidated statement of cash flows below, further disclosures in relation to the Group’s processes for managing its capital, its financial risk management objectives, details of its financial instruments and its exposures to credit risk, liquidity risk and market risk can be found in note 3 of the consolidated financial statements.STR ATEG IC REP ORT

FINANCIAL REVIEW CONTINUED

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES CONTINUED

CAPITAL EXPENDITURES

US$ million
Maintenance 
Growth
Special projects
Total

US$ million

Retail
Commercial 
Lubricants
Other (technology, supply and distribution and general corporate costs)
Total

Of which growth capital expenditure was:
Retail
Commercial 
Lubricants
Other (technology, supply and distribution and general corporate costs)

2020
 55 
 101 
 12 
 168 

2020

100
29
3
36
168

101
74
23
2
2

2019
46
88
15
149

2019

78
27
2
42
149

88
61
21
2
4

38

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

39

Due to the impact of COVID-19 on the business, we strategically slowed down non-essential capital expenditure during the first half of the year. As a result of the rapid actions taken by the Group to protect the business and the resilience of our business model, investment into Growth accelerated in the second half of the year to take advantage of the opportunities in some of our markets. The majority of Growth expenditure was attributable to Retail projects which included the expansion of our retail network and Non-fuel retail offerings as well as acquisition of dealer networks in some of our markets. The ‘Shining sites’ project was established in 2019 to enhance our Retail network and ensure compliance with our stringent standards. During 2020, 320 retail sites were ‘shined’.Special projects relate to investments in the Group’s new ERP system and projects to utilise its full potential for the business. In 2019, the Group implemented SAP S/4HANA in 15 countries and during 2020 we expanded this to a number of our joint venture and Group companies. The implementation process will continue in 2021 within the eight Engen‑branded countries and is expected to be fully completed by the end of the year. ROACE decreased from 21% in 2019 to 12% in 2020. The decrease is mainly due to lower earnings and an increase in capital employed compared to prior year.STR ATEG IC REP ORT

GOVERN ANC E

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

OTH ER IN FORMATION

NET DEBT AND AVAILABLE LIQUIDITY

US$ million
Long-term debt
Lease liabilities
Total debt excluding short-term bank borrowings
Short-term bank borrowings1
Less cash and cash equivalents
Net debt

1  Short-term bank borrowings exclude the current portion of the long-term debt.

US$ million

Net debt
Adjusted EBITDA1
Leverage ratio1

1 

 For the description and reconciliation of non-GAAP measures refer to pages 40 and 41.

US$ million

Cash and cash equivalents
Available undrawn credit facilities

Available short-term capital resources

31 December 
2020
408
143
551
274
(515)
310

31 December 
2019
371
125
496
229
(517)
208

31 December 
2020

31 December 
2019

310
360
0.86x

208
431
0.48x

31 December 
2020

31 December 
2019

515
1,563

2,078

517
1,410

1,927

The table below sets the Group’s financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period at the reporting date to the 
contractual maturity date. The amounts disclosed are the contractual undiscounted cash flows:

US$ million

Borrowings1
Trade payables
Lease liabilities
Other liabilities2
Total

31 December 2020

Less than 
3 months

Between  
3 months  
and 1 year

Between  
1 and 2 years

Between  
2 and 5 years

Over 
5 years

266
1,040
7
13
1,326

2
8
28
22
60

6
–
29
17
52

60
–
59
2
121

350
–
94
161
605

Total

684
1,048
217
215
2,164

1  Borrowings exclude the undrawn multi-currency revolving credit facility of $240 million.
2  Other liabilities (note 26) exclude the elements that do not qualify as financial instruments.

The Group has purchase obligations, for capital and operational expenditure, under various agreements, made in the normal course of business. 
The purchase obligations are as follows, as at:

US$ million
Purchase obligations
Total

31 December 
2020
22
22

31 December 
2019
13
13

38

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

39

Long-term debt includes a revolving credit facility and $350 million in notes with a coupon rate of 5.125% paid semi-annually that were issued in September 2020. The notes mature in seven years and are fully redeemable at maturity. Short-term bank borrowings include the individual operating entities’ uncommitted unsecured short-term bank facilities consisting of a large number of uncommitted facilities (ranging from $1 million to $391 million). These facilities, which carry interest rates between 1.5% and 18.0% per annum, are extended by multiple local banks to operating units and are typically for a period of 12 months, automatically renewable. The Group’s debt covenants are disclosed on page 162.Net debt increased by $102 million from $208 million at 31 December 2019 to $310 million at 31 December 2020. The increase in net debt was mainly due to an increase in the Group’s short-term bank borrowings and long-term debt. Short-term bank borrowings increased as a result of increased facility utilisation to fund working capital requirements due to the impact of COVID-19 earlier in the year. The increase in long-term debt was mainly attributable to the notes issuance and new leases for the period, partially offset by settlement of the term loan.Despite the difficult year, the Group maintained a healthy balance sheet with a leverage ratio of 0.86x in 2020. This increase is mainly attributable to a higher net debt and a lower adjusted EBITDA in the current year.The available undrawn credit facilities of $1,563 million comprise the remaining balance of $240 million of the undrawn committed multi-currency revolving credit facility and $1,323 million of undrawn, unsecured and uncommitted short-term bank facilities extended to our operating entities for working capital purposes.STR ATEG IC REP ORT

FINANCIAL REVIEW CONTINUED

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

Term

Description

Gross cash profit

This is a measure of gross profit after direct operating expenses and before non-cash depreciation and amortisation recognised 
in cost of sales. Reference to ‘cash’ in this measure refers to non-cash depreciation and amortisation as opposed to the 
elimination of working capital movements. Gross cash profit is a key management performance measure. 

EBITDA

Earnings before finance expense, finance income, income tax, depreciation and amortisation. This measure provides the Group’s 
operating profitability and results before non-cash charges and is a key management performance measure.

Adjusted net income

Net income adjusted for the impact of special items. 

Special items

Net debt

Adjusted EBIT

Income or charges that are not considered to represent the underlying operational performance and, based on their significance 
in size or nature, are presented separately to provide further understanding of the financial and operational performance.

Total borrowings and lease liabilities less cash and cash equivalents.

Earnings before finance expense, finance income and income taxes adjusted for special items. The Group views adjusted 
EBIT as a useful measure because it shows the Group’s profitability and the ability to generate profits by excluding the impact 
of tax and the capital structure, as well as excluding income or charges that are not considered to represent the underlying 
operational performance.

Gross cash unit margin

Gross cash profit per unit. Unit is defined as 1,000 litres of sales volume. This is a useful measure as it indicates the incremental 
profit for each additional unit sold.

Adjusted EBITDA

EBITDA adjusted for the impact of special items. This is a useful measure as it provides the Group’s operating profitability and 
results, before non-cash charges and is an indicator of the core operations, exclusive of special items.

Adjusted diluted EPS

Diluted EPS adjusted for the impact of special items.

Adjusted free cash flow Cash flow from operating activities less net additions to PP&E and intangible assets and excluding the impact of special items. 

This is a key operational liquidity measure, as it indicates the cash available to pay dividends, repay debt or make further 
investments in the Group.

Leverage ratio

Net debt, including lease liability, divided by last 12 months adjusted EBITDA.

Return on average 
capital employed  
(ROACE)

Adjusted EBIT after income tax, using the actual consolidated ETR, divided by the average capital employed. Average capital 
employed is the average of opening and closing net assets plus borrowings and lease liabilities, less cash and cash equivalents and 
interest bearing advances. ROACE is a useful measure because it shows the profitability of the Group considering the average 
amount of capital used.

40

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

41

Non-GAAP measures are not defined by International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and, therefore, may not be directly comparable with other companies’ non-GAAP measures, including those in our industry. Non-GAAP measures should be considered in addition to, and are not intended to be a substitute for, or superior to, IFRS measurements.The exclusion of certain items from non‑GAAP performance measures does not imply that these items are necessarily non‑recurring. From time to time, we may exclude additional items if we believe doing so would result in a more transparent and comparable disclosure.The Directors believe that reporting non‑GAAP financial measures in addition to IFRS measures provides users with an enhanced understanding of results and related trends and increases the transparency and clarity of the core results of our operations. Non‑GAAP measures are used by the Directors and management for performance analysis, planning, reporting and key management performance measures.STR ATEG IC REP ORT

GOVERN ANC E

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

OTH ER IN FORMATION

RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

US$ million
Gross profit 
Add back: depreciation and amortisation in cost of sales
Gross cash profit
Volume (million litres)
Gross cash unit margin ($/’000 litres)

US$ million
EBT
Finance expense – net
EBIT
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment 
EBITDA 
Adjustments to EBITDA related to special items:
Hyperinflation1
IPO2 and Engen acquisition related expenses3
Write-off of non-current asset4
Restructuring5
Management Equity Plan6
Adjusted EBITDA

US$ million
Net income
Adjustments to net income related to special items:
Hyperinflation1
IPO2 and Engen acquisition related expenses3
Write-off of non-current asset4
Restructuring5
Management Equity Plan6
Tax on special items
Adjusted net income

US$
Diluted earnings per share
Impact of special items
Adjusted diluted earnings per share

US$ million, unless otherwise indicated
EBIT
Adjustments to EBIT related to special items:
Hyperinflation1
IPO2 and Engen acquisition related expenses3
Write-off of non-current asset4
Restructuring5
Management Equity Plan6
Adjusted EBIT
ETR (%)7
Adjusted EBIT after tax
Average capital employed
ROACE

2020
617
80
697
9,637
72

2020
175
60
235
125
360

2
1
–
–
(3)
360

2020
90

2
1
–
–
(3)
–
90

2020
0.06
–
0.06

2020
235

2
1
–
–
(3)
235
49%
120
1,021
12%

2019
675
68
743
10,417
71

2019
246
64
310
106
416

–
11
3
3
(2)
431

2019
150

–
11
3
3
(2)
(3)
162

2019
0.11
0.01
0.12

2019
310

–
11
3
3
(2)
325
39%
198
956
21%

40

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

41

Reconciliation of net debt and leverage ratio is included on page 39. The reconciliation of adjusted free cash flow is included on page 37.

1  The impacts of accounting for hyperinflation for Vivo Energy Zimbabwe, in accordance with IAS 29, are treated as special items since they are not considered to represent the underlying 
operational performance of the Group and based on their significance in size and unusual nature are excluded as the local currency depreciation against the US dollar does not align to the 
published inflation rates during the period. 
IPO related items in 2020 and 2019 concern the IPO share awards which are accrued for over the vesting period.

2 
3  On 1 March 2019 Vivo Energy Investments B.V., a subsidiary of the Group, acquired 100% of the issued shares in Vivo Energy Overseas Holdings Limited (VEOHL) (formerly known as 

Engen International Holdings (Mauritius) Limited). The cost of the acquisition and related integration project expenses are treated as special items.

4  The Group recognised a write-off in 2019 related to a government benefits receivable as a result of a retrospective price structure change by the government to finance their outstanding 
debt. Such retrospective changes of existing price structures are considered non-recurring and are not representative of the core operational business activities and performance and 
are, therefore, treated as special items.

5  Restructuring costs were incurred in 2019 mainly as a result of the integration of VEOHL into our business model. The impact from these activities do not form part of the core 

operational business activities and performance and were, therefore, treated as a special item in 2019. 

6  The Management Equity Plan vested at IPO in May 2018 and is exercisable on the first anniversary of admission for a period of 24 months. Changes in the fair value of the cash-settled 

share-based plan do not form part of the core operational business activities and performance and should, therefore, be treated as a special item. The costs of share-based payment 
schemes introduced after the IPO are not treated as special items.

7  Represents the actual consolidated ETR without the impact of special items on the ETR.

RESOURCES AND RELATIONSHIPS

ENGAGING WITH
OUR STAKEHOLDERS

We listen to and collaborate with a 
wide range of stakeholders to grow 
our business and deliver value. 

Engagement with our shareholders and wider 
stakeholder groups plays a vital role throughout the 
business. It helps us gain a better understanding of the 
impact of our decisions on stakeholder interests as well 
as insight into their needs and concerns. 

Details of how we’ve engaged with, and taken into 
consideration, the interests of those stakeholders who 
are material to the long-term success of the business 
can be found on the following pages. 

Not all information is reported directly to the Board. 
However, the output of engagement with stakeholders 
informs Group decisions, and relevant feedback is 
reported to the Board and/or its Committees.

6

OUR PEOPLE

CUSTOMERS

GOVERNMENTS

PARTNERS

INVESTORS AND 
SHAREHOLDERS

COMMUNITIES

OUR PEOPLE

We want our people to be fulfilled and 
focused on doing business the right way.

CUSTOMERS

We want to understand and engage 
with our customers and continue 
to innovate and develop our range 
of products and services to meet 
their needs.

PARTNERS

We want to work closely with all 
our partners, always focused on doing 
business the right way, as we strive to 
achieve our vision of becoming Africa’s 
most respected energy business.

42

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

43

 More information on pages 42 to 58.WE HAVE SIX KEY STAKEHOLDER GROUPS:STRATEGIC REPORTHOW DID WE ENGAGE?
As COVID-19 impacted our markets, we acted 
quickly and decisively, implementing a range 
of preventive and protective health and safety 
measures for employees.

WHAT TOPICS WERE RAISED  
AND HOW DID WE RESPOND?
 – As employees switched to working from 
home, we maintained regular employee 
engagement as a key priority.

We provided guidelines and tools for remote 
working, and created a series of virtual 
training and e-learning programmes to 
upskill employees.

We created a repository of key information 
regarding COVID-19 on a dedicated page 
on our intranet.

We established an Employee 
Engagement Committee. 

HOW DID WE ENGAGE?
We continued to engage with our 
Retail customers through our Voice of Customer 
online feedback programme and Treated like 
a guest assessment programme.

We also expanded the number of countries 
with consumer-facing websites, social media 
platforms and loyalty programmes to better 
engage and interact with our Retail customers.

In the Commercial segment, we conducted 
a survey for key customers to assess our 
response to COVID-19 and ways to improve 
customer service.

 – In addition to daily leadership team 

meetings, we scheduled regular sessions 
with employees to provide updates and 
acknowledge their contributions.

 – We supported employees through Group 
and individual sessions with company 
health advisers.

WHAT TOPICS WERE RAISED  
AND HOW DID WE RESPOND?
 – A key concern was how to ensure 

continued provision of products and 
services while protecting the health and 
safety of our customers.

 – At our service stations, we launched a 

‘Clean & Safe’ sites initiative, providing hand 
washing stations, limiting the number of 
customers at any one time, and running 
stringent cleaning regimes.

 – In some of our markets we have introduced 

an LPG home delivery service and are 
rolling out a lubricants oil change at 
home programme.

 – We worked closely with one of our mining 
customers to develop a hybrid solar/fuel 
energy solution to meet its requirements.

WHAT WERE THE RESULTS?
 – An employee survey found that our people 
were proud of how we had managed the 
response to the pandemic, and that they 
had been kept informed on the impact of 
COVID-19 on the business. Employees also 
told us that they felt safe and protected, 
as well as supported by their line managers.

 – Representatives for the Employee 

Engagement Committee were identified 
and appointed, and the first two committee 
meetings have taken place.

 – Employees remained engaged, focused  
and continuously updated on relevant  
developments.

WHAT WERE THE RESULTS?
 – Our engagement activity showed that 
customers were extremely satisfied 
with our response to COVID-19.

 – In the Retail segment, 84% of customers 

were extremely satisfied with our 
Treated like a guest assessment. 82% were 
extremely satisfied with our response to 
COVID-19.

 – In the Commercial segment, customers said 
that it remained ‘easy to connect’ with the 
Company and gave us a high rating on the 
support we provided during COVID-19.
 – We continue to work directly with our 
Commercial customers to address their 
key requirements in a bespoke way.

HOW DID WE ENGAGE?
Our strong relationships with Shell and Engen 
continue to help us to market and launch 
new products, maximising the benefit of the 
relationships for all stakeholders.

Local dealers operate approximately 94% of 
our Retail network. During the lockdowns we 
continued to engage closely with our dealers, 
through ongoing dealer workshops and visits 
by Vivo Energy’s Territory Managers, to ensure 
that they were kept informed on our actions 
and that their businesses were protected.

WHAT TOPICS WERE RAISED  
AND HOW DID WE RESPOND?
 – We supported and protected our 

stakeholders through the pandemic, and 
worked closely with our dealer network 
and our transporters to keep our service 
stations open and protect the jobs of the 
front line staff employed by them while 
volumes were low.

 – We ensured that front line staff at our 

service stations had appropriate personal 
protective equipment (PPE) supplies to 
keep them safe.

WHAT WERE THE RESULTS?
 – As a result of our actions and support for 
our partners, including dealers and road 
transport contractors, these businesses – 
like our own business – remained protected 
during the lockdown period.

 – There is no alternative to road transport 

in our markets and as mobility restrictions 
were lifted, our customers started 
moving again, which drove demand for 
our products.

42

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

43

OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTRESOURCES AND RELATIONSHIPS CONTINUED

HOW DID WE ENGAGE?
As the COVID-19 pandemic intensified across 
the world, our focus during 2020 was on 
helping our communities, host governments 
and local partners to fight the virus and mitigate 
its impact.

COMMUNITIES

We want to be a positive force and 
make a real and lasting difference 
in the communities where we 
operate, not only by creating career 
opportunities for local people, but 
also by continuing to deliver a wide 
range of community investment 
programmes across our markets.

INVESTORS AND 
SHAREHOLDERS

We want to understand and engage 
with our investors to keep them 
informed about key developments 
in the Company.

GOVERNMENTS

We want to maintain good 
relationships with governments in 
the countries where we operate.

HOW DID WE ENGAGE?
In addition to the regular reporting cycle, 
the Executive Directors and our Head of 
Investor Relations regularly engage with our 
shareholders and potential new investors.

As a result of COVID-19, there were very few 
in person meetings or physical conferences 
during the year, and a far greater reliance on 
calls and video conferences to keep investors 
and shareholders informed and engaged. 
This had the benefit of greatly increasing the 
reach of engagement into different territories 
across the world that were previously not 
on the engagement calendar.

During the year, the Group issued its first 
corporate bond, which provided a broader 
capital markets presence and enabled 
significantly increased engagement with 
debt investors and credit rating agencies.

HOW DID WE ENGAGE?
We primarily engage with our host 
governments through industry bodies.

As a result of the pandemic, face-to-face 
meetings with governments were restricted 
during the year, however we were able to 
maintain a dialogue with ministers and senior 
members of our host governments through 
video calls.

WHAT TOPICS WERE RAISED  
AND HOW DID WE RESPOND?
 – The pandemic dramatically underlined the 
importance of supporting our communities.

 – Across our countries, we engaged 

with our host governments to identify 
how we could best support their efforts.

 – We donated to local COVID-19 

government funds.

 – We were also involved in a number of 

COVID-19 community investment activities, 
including supporting e-learning applications 
for children whose schools had closed, 
and providing supplies to those most 
in need through local NGOs.

WHAT TOPICS WERE RAISED  
AND HOW DID WE RESPOND?
 – In 2020 the primary focus was on the 
impact of COVID-19 on the Group’s 
operations and financial performance 
and we provided enhanced disclosure 
on trends through the year.
 – In addition, we continued to 

engage with stakeholders on capital 
allocation, governance, executive 
remuneration and Company strategy.
 – Furthermore, we have increased focus 

on ESG matters, and sought to 
enhance disclosure and engagement 
with the ESG rating agencies.

WHAT TOPICS WERE RAISED  
AND HOW DID WE RESPOND?
 – A key priority for our host governments 

during the year was managing the 
impact of COVID-19 in their markets.

 – We engaged with our host governments to 
see how we could best support their efforts, 
and both donated to local COVID-19 funds 
and provided fuel cards and medical supplies 
to Ministries of Health, so that emergency 
services in our markets could continue 
to function.

 – Throughout the year, we ensured that 
our Retail and Commercial network 
remained operational, so that critical 
fuel products could continue to be provided, 
keeping our governments and their 
countries operational. 

44

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

45

STRATEGIC REPORTWHAT WERE THE RESULTS?
 – Supporting our communities in their time 

of need has helped us continue to build our 
reputation. For example, Vivo Energy Kenya, 
in partnership with the Government of 
Kenya, produced 350,000 litres of sanitisers 
at its lubricant blending plant in Mombasa. 
This was distributed free of charge to 
Kenyans via various arms of national 
and county government, and various 
community organisations.

 – In addition, Vivo Energy Ghana, in 

partnership with its retailers, launched 
its ‘Retailer Sustainability Programme’ 
to implement COVID-19 prevention 
projects in communities where it operates. 
Many organisations across the country 
benefited from this programme.

WHAT WERE THE RESULTS?
 – The Group believes that the detailed 
engagement throughout the year has 
enhanced its relationships with its core 
stakeholders and their understanding 
of the key drivers of the business.
 – The Group has successfully managed 

investor churn through the year, welcoming 
a range of new institutional shareholders 
to its shareholder register.

WHAT WERE THE RESULTS?
 – Due to our central position within the 

economy, we’re major collectors of tax and 
duties on behalf of governments through 
the sale of petroleum products.

 – We create significant direct and indirect 
employment which generates major 
economic benefit for countries, and are a 
significant tax contributor in our own right. 
In 2020, we paid $89 million in income 
taxes to our host economies and collected 
significant taxes and duties through the 
sale of petroleum products.

SECTION 172(1) STATEMENT
Engaging with stakeholders is fundamental, and we believe that considering stakeholders 
in key business decisions is not only our legal obligation but the right thing to do. 
This has never been more relevant than during the COVID-19 pandemic, and the Group 
continues to work hard to keep its employees safe and its business viable while also 
striving to enable its customers and those critical businesses that rely on it to keep moving.
The individual Directors and the Board as a whole are aware and mindful of their duty 
under section 172(1) of the Companies Act 2006 to act in the way which they consider, 
in good faith, would be most likely to promote the success of the Company for the 
benefit of its members as a whole. In doing this, section 172 requires a Director to 
have regard, amongst other matters, to the:
 –  likely consequences of any decisions in the long-term;
 –  interests of the Company’s employees; 
 –  need to foster the Company’s business relationships with suppliers, customers 

and others; 

 –  impact of the Company’s operations on the community and environment; 
 –  desirability of the Company maintaining a reputation for high standards of business 

conduct; and 

 –  need to act fairly as between members of the Company. 
In discharging our section 172 duties we have regard to the factors set out above. 
We also have regard to other factors which we consider relevant to the decision being 
made.  We listen to and collaborate with a wide range of stakeholders in order to grow 
our business and deliver value.  The key stakeholder groups we have identified are our 
people, customers, partners, communities, governments, investors and shareholders. 
Further details about how we engage with these stakeholders can be found on 
pages 42 to 45 and page 77.  We acknowledge that not every decision we make will 
necessarily result in a positive outcome for all of our stakeholders. By considering the 
Company’s purpose, vision and values together with its strategic priorities and having a 
process in place for decision-making, we do, however, aim to make sure that our decisions 
are consistent and predictable.

DECISION MAKING 
The Vivo Energy Board has a clear framework for determining the matters within its 
remit and has approved Terms of Reference for the matters delegated to its Committees. 
Throughout the year, the Board has considered the long-term consequences of the 
decisions it has made, focusing on the interests of relevant stakeholders as appropriate. 
Set out below are two examples of how the Directors discharged their duties under 
section 172 during the year.

KEY BOARD DECISIONS
COVID-19
During 2020, COVID-19 affected businesses across the world. As the pandemic 
unfolded, the Board held a series of additional meetings to review the action which 
would be needed to ensure the business was in the best possible position to withstand 
the effects of COVID-19, and to protect staff, customers and partners while preserving 
shareholder value.
The Board considered carefully the needs of various stakeholder groups as the effects 
of COVID-19 unfolded. It took balanced and prudent decisions designed to protect the 
Company’s stakeholders in the long term.
As part of that process the Board took the following key decisions:
 –   Not to access government funding or borrowing; 
 –   Not to furlough or make any employees redundant;
 –   Not to pay a final dividend for 2019, in order to preserve reserves; 
 –  To declare and pay an interim dividend of $34 million, following the continued recovery 
in trading through the third quarter. This is the amount that would have been paid to 
shareholders had the final dividend for 2019 been paid rather than withdrawn; and

 –  To make donations, in cash and products, to a range of charities and funds in the 

countries in which the Company operates.

These decisions were considered to be in the best interests of our people, shareholders, 
customers, communities, governments and suppliers.

REFINANCING 
The Group has a clear strategy which is outlined on pages 22 to 23, and the Board 
regularly reviews this strategy in light of the changing external environment to ensure 
that the focus remains correct. A key strategic objective is to maintain attractive 
and sustainable returns through disciplined financial management. Prudent management 
of the Company’s liquidity and capital resources is fundamental to this objective.
In September 2020, the Board took the decision to issue $350 million of senior notes, 
with a seven-year tenor. The issue was timed to take advantage of favourable market 
conditions. The proceeds of the issue were used to repay some of Vivo Energy’s bank 
term facilities as well as for general corporate purposes. The Board considered and 
assessed the transaction and a range of alternatives to ensure that the final decision 
aligned with strategy and delivered appropriate returns. The Board took extensive 
professional advice, engaged with prospective investors, considered the key risks and 
the interests of shareholders, investors, our people and suppliers. It then concluded 
that the issue of senior notes would be in the best interests of the Company and its 
stakeholders as a whole.

44

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

45

OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTRESOURCES AND RELATIONSHIPS CONTINUED

MANAGING
HIGH-QUALITY ASSETS

Our well-maintained assets range from the bright, efficient 
service stations that provide high-quality products and customer 
convenience, to an extensive fuel storage network and lubricant 
blending plants. Owning or having operational control of these 
assets is essential to control costs, guarantee supply and manage 
HSSEQ and product quality.

HOW WE MANAGE  
OUR RETAIL NETWORK
At the end of 2020, our retail network 
comprised 2,330 service stations across 
23 countries, trading under the Shell and 
Engen brands. During the year we added 
a net total of 104 new service stations.

A key priority during the year was to adapt 
our service stations to make them safer for 
our customers and our dedicated teams who 
work there. Across the network, we made sure 
that our sites were cleaner and safer through 
increased cleaning protocols, provision of 
protective equipment including hand sanitiser 
and masks, COVID-19 preventative awareness 
campaigns and car sanitisation services. 
These activities and more helped reassure our 
teams and made our customers feel safe when 
visiting our sites.

We continued to make sure that our service 
stations are convenient and welcoming places 
to visit by refurbishing more sites and adding 
new Non-fuel retail offerings, including shops, 
pharmacies, coffee and food outlets.

Our customers are frequent and loyal visitors 
because our service stations are clean, vibrant, 
efficient and convenient. In 2020 we continued 
to increase our payment systems and to 
roll-out our new app for the Shell-branded 
markets, which is bringing more convenience to 
customers, and promoting even greater loyalty.

We support our dealers to 
ensure they have a platform 
to succeed and regularly check 
that they’re maintaining the 
standards that we require.”

HOW WE MANAGE  
OUR DEALER NETWORK
In order to manage our retail network 
efficiently, we utilise local dealers to operate 
approximately 94% of our sites to our exacting 
standards. We use a mix of three operating 
models across our network depending on the 
site location and circumstance. The majority 
of our service stations are company-owned 
and dealer-operated (CODO). However, 
we also have sites that are dealer-owned and 
operated (DODO) and a small number that 
are company-owned and operated (COCO).

We support our dealers to ensure they have 
a platform to succeed and regularly check 
that they’re maintaining the standards that 
we require. Across all our sites we manage 
and control HSSEQ, marketing and branding, 
as well as site and service standards, to ensure 
operational excellence.

We have increased the number of Territory 
Managers, allowing us to visit the sites more 
frequently, and have introduced a more 
structured call plan, driving compliance 
and growth.

46

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

47

STRATEGIC REPORTHIGHLIGHTS DURING THE YEAR

NETWORK  
EXPANSION 

104net total of new  

service stations

EXTENSIVE  
STORAGE  
FACILITIES

57depots owned

EFFICIENT 
MANAGEMENT  
OF NETWORK

94%of sites operated 

by local dealers

HOW WE MANAGE  
OUR BRANDS
Our principal partnerships are with Shell and 
Engen, with whom we’ve secured retail brand 
licence agreements until December 2031 
and March 2034 respectively. These give us 
rights to use specified Shell and Engen brands 
for our products and services, including our 
service stations.

We own 50% of SVL, which is the exclusive 
licensee for Shell’s lubricant brands in Africa 
(with the exception of South Africa, Libya and 
Egypt), giving us access to the industry’s most 
widely respected lubricants.

In most of the Retail markets where we 
operate we do not compete on price because 
fuel prices are regulated (margins on regular 
fuels were regulated in 20 of the 23 markets 
where we operated at the end of 2020).

This means we compete on location, customer 
experience and brand. We spend a material 
amount on marketing across our operating 
units to drive growth and protect and enhance 
our brand which – when coupled with the high 
levels of customer service, quality fuels, a safe 
fuelling environment and a quality Non-fuel 
retail offering – means that we’re able to 
consistently outperform our competitors.

HOW WE MANAGE  
OUR NETWORK OF STORAGE 
FACILITIES AND PLANTS
We’ve developed an extensive network of 
storage facilities to ensure that we can supply 
our retail and commercial customers. In 2020, 
we had access to over one billion litres of 
storage across Africa, mitigating supply risks. 
We own 57 depots in over 50 locations, giving 
us reliable access to over 667,000 cubic metres 
of directly-owned and managed storage 
capacity. In addition, through joint venture 
arrangements, we have further access to 
approximately 390,000 cubic metres of storage. 
This network is supplied by a combination 
of ship, pipeline, truck and rail. In recent years, 
average depot turns have increased from 8.2 
in 2016, 9.2 in 2017, 9.4 in 2018 and 9.7 in 2019. 
However, tank turns decreased to 8.6 in 2020, 
mainly due to lower uplifts in Q2 as a result 
of COVID-19 lockdowns. During the year our 
fully automated petroleum storage depot in 
Nanyuki, Kenya, with a capacity of 11.5 million 
litres of fuel, was officially opened and linked to 
Mombasa by rail.

We also benefit from a 50:50 joint venture 
with Shell, known as Shell and Vivo Lubricants 
(SVL). Through this joint venture, we have 
access to and operate two lubricant blending 
plants in Morocco and Kenya and have 
interests in blending operations in Tunisia, 
Côte d’Ivoire, Ghana and Guinea. This gives 
us access to around 158,000 metric tonnes 
of blending capacity. Our mining business offers 
consignment stocks for fuels and/or lubricants 
to 27 mining customers.

In the Marine sector, we have full bunkering 
operations in five countries and have the 
capability to supply fuel and lubricants to 
marine customers in a number of other 
markets. The LPG business owns bottling 
plants and has interests in joint venture 
facilities in seven countries.

46

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

47

OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTRESOURCES AND RELATIONSHIPS CONTINUED

DRIVING OUR
CULTURE AND PURPOSE

More than ever before, COVID-19 has underlined the 
importance of living by our operating culture of ‘Focus, Simplify 
and Perform’. This culture helped us to play our part during the 
pandemic and demonstrate that we do business the right way.

DOING BUSINESS THE RIGHT WAY
Our reputation is our most important asset 
and we work hard to maintain it at every 
opportunity. We demonstrate the highest 
standards of corporate behaviour at all times 
in every interaction with our employees, our 
customers, those with whom we do business 
and our shareholders. Throughout the year a 
key priority has been to protect our employees, 
customers and partners, while preserving 
shareholder value.

Our Code of Conduct and General Business 
Principles (both available on our website) 
underpin everything we do and are the 
foundation of our business. All new employees 
complete an online induction programme, 
which explains our policies and helps them 
integrate into the organisation quickly 
and comprehensively.

THE VIVO ENERGY WAY
Since the foundation of Vivo Energy in 2011, 
our operating culture of ‘Focus, Simplify and 
Perform’ has remained a central part of the 
way we do business. We achieve success 
by constantly reinforcing our fast and agile, 
decentralised business model, and this was 
more important than ever as COVID-19 
started to impact our markets.

Our values of honesty, integrity and respect for 
people guide our teams as they work towards 
our vision of becoming Africa’s most respected 
energy business.

During the year we communicated our Purpose 
– to safely provide innovative and responsible 
energy solutions to Africa, which enable growth 
and development of the continent and its 
people – to our employees. 84% of employees 
believe that we are delivering our Purpose.

We keep our people regularly informed 
about our business through interaction with 
their managers, employee town hall meetings, 
regular online newsletters and our Company 
intranet. Despite having to work remotely 
due to lockdowns, 92% of employees said that 
they were kept informed about the impact of 
COVID-19 on our business, on an ongoing basis.

We seek to maintain constructive 
relationships with labour unions formally 
representing our employees and have 
localised union agreements and guidelines 
in place, as applicable. Approximately 29% 
of the Group’s employees are unionised.

We have a detailed counterparty screening 
process in place which is formalised in the 
Vivo Energy Know Your Customer (KYC) 
Policy. The screening process enables us to 
gain comfort that we know who we are doing 
business with and that the ethics and values of 
our counterparties align to our core values.

Employees, third parties and members of the 
public also have access to our independent, 
24/7 anonymous whistle-blowing helpline. 
They can use this to report any concerns by 
telephone, online via web reporting or via 
a designated Vivo Energy whistle-blowing 
app, which is available for both Android and 
iOS devices.

During Q3 2020, we rolled out an all staff 
online training course to raise awareness 
regarding the ways in which concerns can be 
reported. The training also affirmed the rights 
of employees to report concerns anonymously 
and that employees do not need to be 
concerned about any form of victimisation 
or harassment where concerns are reported 
in good faith. All whistle-blowing reports are 
sent to our Head of Ethics & Compliance and 
Head of Forensics for review, in line with our 
Investigation Guidelines and Misconduct and 
Loss Reporting Policy.

We’re committed to providing equal 
opportunities for all our employees. 
Should any employees become disabled, 
our policy is to engage, re-train and 
make reasonable adjustments to enable 
continued employment.

Our operating culture of 
‘Focus, Simplify and Perform’ 
has remained a central part  
of the way we do business

48

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

49

STRATEGIC REPORTDELIVERING ON  
OUR PURPOSE 
STATEMENT

KNOWING 
WHO WE DO  
BUSINESS WITH

84%of employees believe  

we are delivering  
our Purpose

2,246

counterparties  
checked

CONTRIBUTING  
TO OUR  
MARKETS

$89m

income tax paid to  
our host economies

HUMAN RIGHTS
We strongly support the elimination of all 
forms of modern slavery. Such exploitation 
is entirely at odds with our core values of 
honesty, integrity and respect for people. 
These values are crucial to our success and 
growth, and to achieving our vision of becoming 
Africa’s most respected energy business.

Respect for human rights is embedded in 
our Code of Conduct and General Business 
Principles, which recognise a responsibility to 
conduct business as responsible corporate 
members of society and to support 
fundamental human rights in line with the 
legitimate role of business. Both the Code and 
the Business Principles explicitly address our 
commitment to combatting modern slavery 
and human trafficking.

Our anonymous whistle-blowing helpline 
contains a specific reporting category for 
raising concerns in relation to any form of 
unfair labour practices and potential human 
right violations. Any report received in relation 
to these categories is directly reported to 
the Vivo Energy General Counsel and the 
Vivo Energy Vice President Human Resources.

ANTI-CORRUPTION 
AND ANTI-BRIBERY
We continue to maintain a multi-site ISO 37001 
anti-bribery management systems certification, 
covering all of our markets. We carried out five 
onsite external reviews during the year as part 
of the annual maintenance audits. We provide 
mandatory employee training on topics such 
as Anti-bribery and corruption; Anti-money 
laundering; and our Code of Conduct. We also 
hold financial crime courses on a bi-annual basis 
for all employees, tailored to specifically address 
applicable scenarios, with training completion 
monitored by our Ethics & Compliance office. 
Courses are made available in our three 
operational languages to ensure that staff 
members can fully grasp the course content 
and learning objectives.

In addition, each employee is required to 
submit a Conflict of Interest declaration every 
year, confirming their understanding of our 
compliance policies. These declarations are 
reviewed and approved by line managers after 
which a detailed risk assessment is conducted 
by the Ethics and Compliance Office. 
Corrective measures are recommended and 
implemented by the Ethics and Compliance 
Office where required.

We have also implemented a new stand-
alone Sponsorships and Donations (S&D) 
Policy which requires high risk S&D to be 
pre-approved by the Ethics and Compliance 
Office and local Managing Directors. Very large 
S&D require the approval of the Chairman, 
the Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee, 
and the CEO.

 The speed of our response 
to COVID-19 and our focus 
on people and HSSEQ 
helped us stand out from 
the crowd and play our part.”

48

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

49

HIGHLIGHTS DURING THE YEAROTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTRESOURCES AND RELATIONSHIPS CONTINUED

DEVELOPING
OUR PEOPLE

We worked hard to keep our 2,747 people safe, focused and 
engaged throughout the pandemic, making sure that we continue 
to benefit from their skills and capabilities needed to support 
our growth plans.

THE IMPACT OF COVID-19  
ON OUR PEOPLE
At the start of 2020, nobody could have 
predicted the scale and impact that COVID-19 
would have on our people. But one thing that 
didn’t change was our overarching principle of 
keeping their health and safety a top priority.

Even before governments in our markets 
started imposing lockdowns and restricting 
movement, we acted quickly and decisively, 
implementing a range of measures to ensure 
that our people could work remotely from 
home, together with actions to protect 
those for whom this was not possible. 
Regular updates from leadership, online 
communications and interactions with line 
managers kept our people engaged, able 
to work remotely with ease, and focused 
on sustaining and protecting our business. 
Equally important, as mobility restrictions 
were eased after the first lockdown, we made 
sure we could reintegrate employees back 
into offices in a carefully-planned, COVID-safe 
manner, ensuring that strict guidelines were 
developed and followed to keep our people 
safe and well.

Across our markets, our company health 
advisers played an integral part in keeping 
our people safe, including mass testing of 
employees, and directly supporting the limited 
number of colleagues who have been infected 
with COVID-19, or required to self-isolate.

We conducted a short, pulse survey in 
November that was completed by 87% of 
employees. We were proud to see that 95% 
believed that we put their health and safety first 
during COVID-19; that 92% felt they were kept 
informed on the impact of the virus; and that 
89% said they were proud of the way we have 
managed COVID-19.

We’re also particularly pleased that no salaries 
were cut and no employees were furloughed 
or made redundant as a result of the pandemic.

TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT
Learning and development remains an integral 
part of our approach to talent management, 
with structured development plans in place 
to constantly build the skills and capabilities of 
our people. We invested $1 million in training 
throughout the year.

In part driven by the impact of COVID-19, 
a significant proportion of our training activity 
was shifted to virtual and online learning across 
all areas of the business to upskill employees 
during this period and maximise learning 
opportunities – always ensuring that this 
method of training had equally impactful results.

Emphasis was placed on training colleagues 
on the preventative measures needed to 
minimise the risk of spreading COVID-19, 
including mask use and the need for sanitising 
and handwashing.

In the second half of the year, we started 
to roll out our SAP S/4HANA Enterprise 
Resource Planning (ERP) system to our 
Engen-branded markets, supported by 
significant training. We’ve also identified 
competencies, gaps and training needs in 
order to maximise the value and utilisation 
of the ERP across the Group.

RECRUITING, RETAINING 
AND REWARDING OUR TEAMS
Throughout the year, and despite the 
COVID-19 pandemic, we continued to 
resource for future growth.

In addition to strengthening teams in our 
Engen-branded markets a number of new 
roles were identified, created and filled across 
the Group to expand our capabilities and help 
set us up for future growth in business areas 
such as Food, Convenience Retail, Power, 
Supply & Sourcing and Sales & Marketing.

During the year Doug Lafferty’s appointment 
was announced and on 1 February 2021 he 
joined our Board as Chief Financial Officer 
Designate. He will take up his role as Chief 
Financial Officer on 5 March 2021.

Our entrepreneurial culture means that 
remuneration is closely tied to achievement. 
Variable pay, in the form of annual discretionary 
bonuses linked to individual and business 
performance, is a key element of our culture.

50

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

51

STRATEGIC REPORTSTRUCTURED  
DEVELOPMENT  
FOR TRAINING & 
DEVELOPMENT

ENTREPRENEURIAL 
CULTURE AND 
LOW RATE OF 
RESIGNATIONS

DIVERSITY  
AS A COMPETITIVE  
ADVANTAGE 

$1m

invested in learning and 
development in 2020

3.5%resignations  

during the year

27%of employees  

are women

DIVERSITY
We promote the development and best use 
of our employees to create an inclusive work 
environment, where every employee has an 
equal opportunity to develop his or her skills 
and talents.

Part of our talent strategy, our Diversity 
Principle states that Vivo Energy values 
diversity as an organisational strength. 
We believe that employing and developing 
the top talent from all backgrounds and with 
varied experiences within the countries where 
we operate, gives us a competitive advantage.

Across the Group, 43 nationalities are 
represented, with 35 nationalities across 
our middle to senior management levels.

GENDER DIVERSITY
We strive to ensure balanced gender 
diversification across all employees.

Although our gender balance is steadily 
improving, we recognise that there is 
further room for improvement.

Across the Group, women represent 
27% of total employees, up from 26% in 
2019 and 25% in 2018. Female representation 
was higher (around 34%) among our 
office-based and sales staff in 2020 
(around 33% in 2019).

We’ve also developed bespoke incentive 
schemes for front line sales staff in the 
Retail, Commercial and Lubricants segments. 
In addition, we provide a wide range of benefits 
for many of our people including healthcare, 
pensions and life insurance. Long-Term 
Incentive Plan (LTIP) arrangements apply 
selectively to senior managers and certain 
other key members of staff.

See pages 102 to 104 for details of LTIP awards 
to our Executive Directors.

Low rates of resignations in 2020 of 3.5% are 
testament to the way we reward our teams, 
and underline our success in retaining talent. 
These figures are in line with those reported 
in 2019, which saw a 4.6% resignation rate. 
Our overall turnover percentage remains 
well below the African benchmark.

During 2019 our Senior Independent Director, 
Hixonia Nyasulu, was appointed Employee 
Engagement Champion. In 2020 the Employee 
Engagement Committee was established, 
representatives were identified and appointed, 
and the first two committee meetings took place.

For more information see page 89 in the 
Governance Report.

We conducted a short pulse survey in 
November, focused particularly on our 
response to COVID-19 and levels of employee 
engagement while working remotely. 92% of 
employees said they are proud to work for 
Vivo Energy and 95% said they choose to do 
more than what is expected of them in their 
roles. Local country results are being shared 
with employees and areas of improvement 
and action plans are being developed. 
A more detailed employee survey is planned 
for 2021 to ensure we continue to enhance 
employee engagement.

During the year, we developed a flexi-place 
working policy to help improve efficiency, 
productivity and our Employee Value 
Proposition. The aim is to roll out this 
discretionary policy to eligible employees 
during 2021.

OUR GENDER SPLIT AT  
31 DECEMBER 2020 WAS  
AS FOLLOWS:

Board of Directors
Senior Executive Team1
All other employees

Female

Male

Total

2
1
741

7
8
1,995

9
9
2,736

1 

 The CEO and CFO are counted in the Board of 
Directors row. While they are also members of the 
Senior Executive Team, they are not counted in this row, 
to avoid double-counting.

  Men 
  Women 

73%
27%

50

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

51

HIGHLIGHTS DURING THE YEAROTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTRESOURCES AND RELATIONSHIPS CONTINUED

LOOKING AFTER
OUR PEOPLE

Safety is our absolute priority. Our robust HSSEQ system and 
processes have helped us protect our employees, customers and 
partners from the risk of COVID-19.

OUR HSSEQ FOCUS AREAS
Our HSSEQ performance is benchmarked 
against the downstream activities of our 
industry peers, and we consistently score 
ahead of companies operating both within and 
outside Africa. HSSEQ is an integral part of 
our business plan and we work to incorporate 
it throughout our culture and operations. 
In 2020 we maintained four main HSSEQ focus 
areas, adding a focus on COVID-19 when the 
pandemic started impacting the world:

 – Road safety including providing driver 

training and rewarding safe driving, as well 
as incorporating extra safety equipment 
into vehicles.

 – Contractor safety which extends from 

requiring contractors to comply with our 
HSSEQ policies through to driver and 
vehicle initiatives.

 – Process safety such as ensuring that safe 

working practices are followed at all depots, 
blending plants and other sites where we 
operate potentially hazardous equipment.

 – Security including traveller and country 
security monitoring and incorporating 
security initiatives into the design and 
operation of our assets.

 – COVID-19 Acting swiftly to protect our 
people, customers and partners from 
the risks associated with the pandemic.

HSSEQ is an integral part of 
our business plan and we work 
to incorporate it throughout 
our culture and operations.”

KEEPING OUR PEOPLE  
SAFE FROM COVID-19
In 2020, Vivo Energy, in line with the rest of the 
world, experienced a year without precedent 
where our challenging HSSEQ environment 
was further impacted by the COVID-19 
pandemic. Despite this, our robust HSSEQ 
governance, policies and procedures ensured 
that we not only mitigated the risk of the 
pandemic to our employees and stakeholders, 
but once again achieved world-class 
HSSEQ results.

Our focus on the health and wellbeing of 
our employees, customers, contractors and 
stakeholders ensured that we were able to 
recognise, mitigate and overcome our normal 
HSSEQ risks while also being recognised by 
many stakeholders for our work on COVID-19 
risk mitigation within the markets where we 
operate. This is firmly in line with our goal of 
zero harm to people and the environment and 
endorses Vivo Energy’s vision of becoming the 
most respected energy business in Africa.

52

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

53

STRATEGIC REPORTKEEPING HSSEQ  
TRAINING RELEVANT 
AND CURRENT

PREVENTING  
INCIDENTS  

DEDICATED  
TO IMPROVED 
SAFETY

9,000

hours of HSSEQ  
training provided

92%of potential  

incident reports 
for 2020 closed out

370HSSEQ improvement 

stories submitted  
for Safety Day

TOTAL RECORDABLE CASE FREQUENCY
PER MILLION EXPOSURE HOURS

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

EMPLOYEE AND CONTRACTOR 
FATALITIES

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

0.10

0.04

0.19

0.10

0.31

0

0

1

0

0

CONTINUOUS 
HSSEQ IMPROVEMENT
During 2020 we reviewed the Group’s 
HSSEQ governance system and its associated 
policies, manuals, protocols and procedures. 
This ensured that we have a simple, focused, 
efficient and relevant HSSEQ Management 
System that is able to be understood, adopted 
and implemented across the countries where 
we operate.

This review and update was supported by 
the adoption of a bespoke HSSEQ information 
management system which allows our staff, 
from senior leadership through central and 
country management to our employees, to 
interact proactively within the HSSEQ sphere.

Our safety system is based on the premise that 
all risks should be recognised across all aspects 
of our business. These risks must have barriers 
and controls to prevent incidents and accidents 
occurring. On the occasions when an incident 
does happen, this is rigorously investigated. 
Lessons learnt from the incidents are shared 
and operational procedures and processes are 
updated to ensure that similar incidents do 
not reoccur. High potential incident reviews 
are led by senior management with extensive 
and detailed remedial action plans produced.

Our ‘Potential Incident’ reporting system 
aims to prevent incidents from happening, 
as opposed to fixing them after they’ve 
occurred – one of the true indicators of a 
world-class safety culture. During 2020, the 
Group recorded over 46,500 Potential Incident 
reports, with around 92% of these having been 
closed out by the end of December 2020. It is 
only through the constant attention to these 
potential incidents that major incidents and 
accidents are avoided.

Across all of our operating units (OUs) we 
were again very proud of our Total Recordable 
Case Frequency (TRCF) and Lost Time Injury 
Frequency (LTIF).

In our Engen-branded OUs, we further 
strengthened the HSSEQ culture, with the 
majority of Vivo Energy HSSEQ procedures 
being adopted. This process will be completed 
in 2021. These markets performed particularly 
well in HSSEQ and the performance data for 
2020 reflects the successful adoption of the 
Vivo Energy HSSEQ Management System.

For us to remain a leader in HSSEQ, it is 
imperative that we continue to ensure that 
our staff are competent and that HSSEQ 
training is relevant and current. In 2020, 
we commenced a comprehensive HSSEQ 
competency assessment review, with 
each operationally critical position being 
mapped and their competencies outlined. 
This will be implemented using our new 
information management system to ensure 
that competencies are tracked and current, 
and that employees are able to be evaluated 
for new positions or promotions.

In 2020, we provided over 9,000 hours of 
HSSEQ training, despite the severe travel 
restrictions. Extensive use was made of 
virtual learning platforms and a large number 
of HSSEQ training courses were adapted and 
distributed through the Group’s e-learning 
channels, including podcasts and interviews 
with HSSEQ Subject Matter Experts.

We maintain a Vivo Energy Group Crisis 
Management Plan and run training sessions 
and simulation exercises across our OUs.

During October, we ran our annual Safety 
Day across the Group, which this year focused 
on ‘Safety: Action Matters’, demonstrating 
how employees have been improving HSSEQ 
at Vivo Energy. 370 HSSEQ improvement 
stories were submitted by employees and the 
best were selected and showcased across the 
Group to celebrate and share best practice.

52

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

53

HIGHLIGHTS DURING THE YEAROTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORT 
RESOURCES AND RELATIONSHIPS CONTINUED

MANAGING OUR
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT

We continue to adapt our business to offer what our customers 
need and to support the transition to a low-carbon economy  
in the decades to come.

OUR ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY 
AND MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
We recognise that we have a responsibility 
towards the environment beyond legal and 
regulatory requirements. We are committed to 
reducing our impact and continually improving 
our environmental performance as an integral 
part of our business strategy and operating 
methods. We will encourage our partners, 
customers, suppliers and other stakeholders 
to do the same.

As part of this commitment, we promote 
cleaner and more efficient fuels and lubricants 
through our business channels as well as 
providing access to LPG where possible as 
a transition fuel to replace carbon intensive 
fuels. We will also look to utilise renewable 
technologies in our operations and as 
solutions for our customers.

We continued to deliver against our plan 
to receive external certification for our 
Environmental Management System (EMS) 
which is part of our Group-wide HSSEQ 
and Social Performance Management System, 
designed to cause zero harm to people and 
to protect the environment.

Across the Group, we secured the ISO 14001 
(Environmental Management) standard in 
five of our OUs, and both ISO 14001 and 
ISO 45001 (Occupational Health and Safety) 
certifications for Vivo Energy plc during 
the year. We now hold 19 different ISO 
certifications across the Group. We continue 
our plan to obtain local ISO certifications 
for the majority of our OUs within the next 
five years.

GREENHOUSE GASES
In order to reduce our environmental 
footprint and improve our environmental 
performance we have concentrated on 
operational efficiencies across our business. 
Reporting and tracking of emissions in 2020 
has ensured that we have continued to compile 
a comprehensive overview of our Scope 1 
and Scope 2 emissions. We will continue to 
promote reduction of both emissions and 
quantities of water and waste in all operations.

We adhere to the UK Government 
Environmental Reporting Guidelines and the 
UK Government Greenhouse Gas Conversion 
Factors. These are the methodologies used 
to calculate our GHG emissions.

Our combined GHG emissions from our 
23 Shell- and Engen-branded operating 
units were:

Kilotonnes 
of CO2 
equivalent 
2020

Kilotonnes 
of CO2 
equivalent 
2019

58.77

67.32

7.98

8.02

66.75

75.34

0.06926

0.07232

Emissions from 
combustion of fuel 
(Scope 1)

Emissions from 
electricity, heat, steam 
and cooling (Scope 2) 

Total Scope 1 & 2  
emissions

Emissions intensity 
ratio (KT CO2e/ 
10,000m3)

This figure includes emissions of CO2 equivalent 
(CO2e), including both combustion of fuel  
and the operation of our facilities (including 
the purchase of electricity, heat and cooling), 
as far as it has been possible for us to ascertain. 

We have not included emissions from our 
central offices located outside our OUs as 
these are small, shared office spaces, without 
accurate information and responsible for 
minimal emissions.

Our absolute emissions in 2020 are lower 
than 2019 as a result of reduced activity across 
our markets during the first half of the year. 
The intensity ratio for 2020 is broadly in line 
with the previous year due to continued 
energy efficiency measures across the Group.

We have enhanced tracking of our Scope 3 
emissions, to ensure we comply with all 
legislative requirements and are working 
towards comprehensively reporting these 
in subsequent annual reports, to provide a 
wider picture to investors and shareholders.

Finally, we also continue investigating 
opportunities for carbon credits and carbon 
offsets within our operations and with 
our partners.

54

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

55

STRATEGIC REPORTSETTING STANDARDS  
IN OUR HSSEQ SYSTEM

TOTAL SCOPE  
1 & 2 EMISSIONS

MINIMUM  
FUEL SPILLS

19ISO certifications  

obtained across  
the Group

66.75

kilotonnes of  
CO2 equivalent

0.00002%

of product volume  
lost to the environment

RESPONDING TO CLIMATE CHANGE
Africa has a fundamental reliance on roads to 
move goods and people around the continent 
and we expect this will drive growing demand for 
various fuels for many years ahead. The shift to 
electric vehicles (EVs) will lag developed markets 
due to the cost, lack of charging infrastructure, 
access to electricity and regulation, which means 
EVs are unlikely to become even a meaningful 
part of the car market in the majority of 
our countries for some time.

Cognisant of this, we still believe it is vital that 
we respond to climate change impacts and we 
actively strive to reduce our impact on the 
environment. We’ve outlined through this report 
the range of initiatives underway to manage our 
Scope 1 and 2 impact, ranging from solar power 
on sites, to trucking and distribution efficiencies 
and we will continue to do more going forward.

It is clear that due to the nature of the products 
we sell our indirect, Scope 3 impact is significantly 
larger than our direct emissions, and while we 
need to meet the growing demand for fuels 
from our customers, we must do this in the most 
climate-friendly way possible. Today we are one 
of the few companies in Africa putting additives 
into the majority of the Retail fuels we sell to 
make them more efficient and are looking at 
increasing our renewable energy offerings to our 
B2B clients and our own operations.

We’re in the process of more formally 
embedding climate change into our governance, 
strategy and risk management, and have engaged 
a sustainability consultancy to advise us as we 
develop this further. We will continue to adapt 
our business to offer what our customers need 
and to support the transition to a low-carbon 
economy in the decades to come. As part of this 
we have also enhanced the Board oversight of 
our climate change and broader ESG approach. 

In this manner, we’re enhancing the monitoring 
of the impacts of our business and plan to 
disclose more of these in future reports. 
We’re also committed to managing and 
reducing our impacts, whether through the 
use of new technologies or providing lower 
carbon alternatives such as LPG, solar or other 
commercially attractive options to customers 
as part of the transition. We must not leave our 
communities, who may be impacted the most by 
climate change, behind. We will continue to invest 
in those communities, supporting their efforts 
against climate change where we can.

Vivo Energy’s purpose is to safely provide 
innovative and responsible energy solutions to 
Africa, which enable growth and development 
of the continent and its people. Living our 
purpose is strongly aligned with the need for 
everyone to play their role in the battle against 
climate change and we believe that by doing so, 
and ensuring the longer-term sustainability of 
the business, we will continue to deliver value 
to all of our stakeholders.

54

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

55

HIGHLIGHTS DURING THE YEAROTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTRESOURCES AND RELATIONSHIPS CONTINUED

TRANSPORT EFFICIENCIES
Most product transportation in our countries 
is by road, which is a challenging and complex 
area for industry worldwide and particularly 
in the majority of the countries within which 
we operate. To improve safety performance, 
we focus on safe practices, behaviours and 
influence our contractors’ vehicle age and 
design. A major focus over the past few 
years has been on reducing the age of our 
contractors’ fleets, while increasing the size 
of the trucks from 35m3 to 42m3, to increase 
drop efficiencies. In addition, we continue to 
explore other options for improving supply 
and distribution efficiencies. In Kenya, we have 
shifted a large part of our inland distribution 
to the north and centre of the country from 
road to pipeline and rail. This not only reduces 
our carbon footprint substantially but also 
decreases our road transport risk.

SITE AND DEPOT EFFICIENCIES
We have continued to focus on improving 
energy efficiency at our service stations, 
depots and head offices to reduce the 
demand and cost of conventional electricity, 
while contributing to more environmentally 
friendly operations. Actions include LED 
lighting, more efficient heating and ventilation 
systems, and better insulated double glazing.

Where possible newly built and rebuilt sites 
will include solar power. During the year an 
additional 33 service stations had solar panels 
added, bringing the total number of sites across 
the network with solar power to 118.

In Reunion, which is a French Territory, 
we expect to see faster adoption of electric 
vehicles due to French Government 
subsidies, and as such we are investing in 
new technologies that may be utilised in 
future in alternative markets. During the 
year we equipped a number of our sites 
with photovoltaic panels that will supply 
Electric Vehicle Recharge Facilities (EVRF), 
meaning that the power used to charge EVs 
will be renewable. We have also signed a 
partnership agreement with Loisibike, which 
specialises in electric bicycles in Reunion, as 
part of the country’s Energy Saving Certificate 
(C2E) framework.

In Tunisia solar panels were installed in the 
Rades fuel depot and in the LPG filling plant, 
and can produce up to 13% of the annual 
electricity consumption of the depot.

In Reunion, which is a  
French Territory, we expect  
to see faster adoption  
of electric vehicles due to 
French Government subsidies, 
and as such we are investing 
in new technologies that 
may be utilised in future 
in alternative markets.”

PRODUCT IMPACT

CLEANER FUELS AND LUBRICANTS
The importation of products into most of 
our markets is regulated by governments that 
set specific standards for specifications of fuel 
products which balance environmental impact 
with affordability. Through our relationship 
with Shell, we have access to their advanced 
products, which enables us to include additives 
in the retail fuels we sell in our Shell-branded 
markets – driving better engine efficiency, 
reducing fuel consumption and therefore 
reducing emissions. 

During 2019, we launched new fuel 
formulations in a number of our markets, 
and while some new product launches were 
paused during 2020 we were able to launch 
the new formulation of Shell FuelSave with 
DYNAFLEX technology in Namibia and 
Mali during the year. We intend to expand 
the distribution of the latest additive fuel 
technology in our markets during 2021. 
We are also exploring opportunities to 
provide additives in the fuels we sell in 
our Engen-branded markets.

In Kenya, we launched new generations of 
lubricants in the Shell Helix and Rimula ranges. 
Derived from synthetic oil, these products 
help reduce CO2 emissions and save fuel. 
These lubricants are now sold in over ten of 
our markets.

The year saw an increase in demand for LPG 
across the markets in which we sell it, primarily 
due to the nature of government responses 
to the pandemic. LPG is seen as a transition 
fuel as it is used both for home cooking as an 
alternative to more traditional methods, and 
can also be used to replace Heavy Fuel Oils in 
industrial applications. We will look to develop 
this business further in 2021.

MARINE FUELS
At the beginning of 2020, new marine fuel 
regulations came into force, lowering the global 
bunker fuel sulphur limit from 3.5% to 0.5%. 
We supported the change and had prepared 
our facilities. In accordance with MARPOL 
2020, we now offer Low Sulphur Heavy Fuel 
Oil to our marine customers.

56

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

57

STRATEGIC REPORTWASTE MANAGEMENT AND 
PRODUCT STEWARDSHIP
We’ve increased our focus on product 
stewardship, ensuring that we manage 
our products from acquisition until disposal. 
In each country, we manage this in accordance 
with national legislation and product 
stewardship protocols.

All hazardous materials are accompanied by 
Safety Data Sheets, and are transported, stored 
and sold in accordance with strict requirements 
which adhere to both national and industry 
requirements. We dispose of all hazardous 
waste in accordance with national legislation 
and each country’s particular requirements for 
obtaining disposal certificates. This information 
is tracked, reported and verified by our 
audit regime.

During the year we also began to track the 
quantity of waste generated within the Group, 
whether in our offices, at our depots or on our 
sites. Once we have a suitable baseline for this 
we will look to report further.

PRODUCT SPILLS
We recorded an exemplary hydrocarbon spills 
performance during the year. There were 
only two minor spills recorded in the Group, 
with a total of only 1,700 litres being lost to 
the environment. This compares to 7,500 
litres that were spilt in 2019 and represents 
less than 0.00002% of the product volumes 
that we handled through the year. However, 
we believe that even this is unacceptable and 
continue to strive towards our goal of zero 
harm to the environment with programmes 
in place to reduce and minimise product spills. 
These include training for road transport 
contractors, quality marshals and detailed 
checklists to ensure the correct standards 
and procedures are followed in order to 
reduce the chance of spills.

POWER SOLUTIONS
We were delighted to secure a contract to 
provide solar power to the Nampala mine 
in Mali, our first contract with one of our 
commercial customers to provide a hybrid 
solar and fuel energy solution. We look 
forward to launching this project later this year 
and to expanding this offering to our existing 
and future Commercial customer base to help 
reduce their costs. We believe the project will 
reduce the mine’s CO2 emissions by around 
60,000 tonnes over the next ten years.

SOCIETAL IMPACT
We want to make a real and lasting difference 
to our communities, supporting them and 
promoting a better quality of life and more 
sustainable future.

Our team in Kenya has partnered with KOKO 
Networks, a clean technology company, with 
a network of around 600 smart fuel ATMs 
that enable liquid bio-ethanol cooking fuel to 
be scaled as a clean alternative to charcoal 
and kerosene. Our partnership with KOKO 
provides low-income households with a 
product that is cheaper, more convenient, 
safer, and has a much lower impact on the 
environment. One of the key benefits of KOKO 
Fuel for the consumer is that the initial cost is 
significantly lower than that of LPG, thereby 
reducing a key barrier to adoption. Uptake has 
been very strong, with hundreds of thousands 
of Nairobi residents benefiting and plans for 
expansion to the rest of Kenya are underway.

In Mauritius our team immediately responded 
following the grounding of the MV Wakashio, 
on a coral reef off the coast of the island in July. 
We provided our bunkering barge to help the 
salvage efforts and reduce further product spill 
to the sea. We provided oil spill kits, technical 
assistance and donations to support the 
government with the clean-up operation.

In Morocco we created an online version of 
our Mama Tabiaa programme, an educational 
initiative created with the Zakoura Foundation 
and supported by the Ministry of Education 
to educate students and their families on 
environmental issues.

NUMBER OF PRODUCT SPILLS
GREATER THAN 100KG

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

TOTAL VOLUME OF PRODUCT LOST
’000 LITRES

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

2

3

2

4

3

1.7

7.5

45.4

50.4

1.1

56

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

57

In Morocco we created an online version of 
our Mama Tabiaa programme, an educational 
initiative created with the Zakoura Foundation 
and supported by the Ministry of Education 
to educate students and their families 
on environmental issues

OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTRESOURCES AND RELATIONSHIPS CONTINUED

MAINTAINING AN EFFECTIVE
FINANCIAL STRUCTURE

We maintain a disciplined and effective financial structure,  
and manage to deliver maximum returns.

OPERATING LEVERAGE
Our mostly fixed cost structure mitigates the 
need for adding significant overhead whenever 
we grow the size of our Retail network, which 
sets the business up for significant operating 
leverage in the future.

CURRENT CREDIT RATINGS
We were awarded a rating of Baa3 by Moody’s 
in 2020, which is investment grade, and reflects 
well on our financial structure and business 
strategy. We also have current BB+ ratings 
from Standard and Poor’s and Fitch Ratings. 
The recent notes, issued in September 2020, 
were awarded the same rating. We actively 
monitor capital market conditions for 
opportunities to enhance the efficiency 
of our capital structure.

HOW WE’RE FUNDED
Our business has achieved tremendous growth 
since inception in 2011 and we’ve expanded our 
footprint in Africa by investing over $1 billion 
of funds generated internally from operating 
cash flows. Most of the Group’s funding 
requirements for new investments come from 
cash generated by existing operations as well 
as our structurally negative working capital 
position. We have a well-managed financial 
structure at Group level, with a leverage ratio 
of 0.86x in 2020 and have access to $2.1 billion 
in liquidity of which $1.3 billion is uncommitted. 
The Group issued $350 million worth of notes 
during the year, a good indicator of market 
confidence in our future performance.

CAPITAL ALLOCATION
The Group follows a rigorous return 
requirement in our capital allocation to ensure 
that every growth project adds significant 
value to our business. We carry out a 
robust post-investment review process that 
measures actual returns against projections, 
with the majority of our projects exceeding 
required returns.

WELL MANAGED  
FINANCIAL STRUCTURE

MARKET  
CONFIDENCE

STRONG  
LIQUIDITY

0.86x

leverage ratio in 2020  
(2019: 0.48x)

$350m

notes issued

$2.1bn

available short-term 
resources in 2020  
(2019: $1.9 billion)

58

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

59

PRIORITIES AND HIGHLIGHTS DURING THE YEARSTRATEGIC REPORTNON-FINANCIAL INFORMATION STATEMENT

This Annual Report contains the information required to comply with the Companies, Partnerships and Groups (and Non-Financial Reporting) 
Regulations 2016, as contained in sections 414CA and 414CB of the Companies Act 2006. The table below provides key references to information that, 
taken together, comprises the Non-Financial Information Statement for 2020:

NO.

REPORTING  
REQUIREMENT

POLICIES

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

–  Environmental policy

–  Code of conduct

REFERENCE IN THE  
2020 ANNUAL REPORT

–  Climate change

–  Climate change risk

PAGE 
NO.

54 to 57

67

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

–  HSSEQ and Social Performance policy

–  Managing our environmental impact

54 to 57

EMPLOYEES

–  Code of conduct

–  Our culture and purpose

–  General Business Principles

–  Our people

–  HSSEQ risk

–  Looking after our people

–  Whistle-blowing policy

–  Data protection policy

–  Privacy policy

–  Performance, reward and 
recognition framework

–  Travel security policy

65

48 to 49

50 to 51

52 to 53

HUMAN  
RIGHTS

SOCIAL  
MATTERS

ANTI-CORRUPTION  
AND ANTI-BRIBERY

–  Combating Modern Slavery statement

–  Our culture and purpose

48 to 49

–  Privacy policy

–  Data protection policy

–  Code of conduct

–  Engaging with our stakeholders

–  General Business Principles

–  Our people

–  HSSEQ and Social Performance policy

42 to 45

50 to 51

–  Anti-bribery and corruption manual

–  Criminal activity, fraud,  

64 

bribery and compliance risk

–  Our culture and purpose

48 to 49

–  Anti-money laundering policy

–  Anti-trust manual

–  Whistle-blowing policy

–  Know your counterparty policy

–  Gifts and hospitality policy

–  Sponsorship and Donations policy

–  Code of conduct

BUSINESS  
MODEL

PRINCIPAL RISKS  
AND UNCERTAINTIES

NON-FINANCIAL KEY 
PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

–  Business model and value creation

18 to 19

–  Principal risks and uncertainties

62 to 69

–  Non-financial key performance indicators

25

–  Our strategic objectives

22 to 23

58

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

59

OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTSTR ATEG IC REP ORT

RISK MANAGEMENT

OUR APPROACH
TO RISK

Active risk management is one of our key priorities and 
an important component of our strategic framework. 
Our success depends on our ability to identify and exploit 
emerging business opportunities in the markets where 
we operate, and this comes with an element of risk.

To achieve our risk management objectives, 
we have embedded risk management 
activities in the operational responsibilities 
of management and made these activities 
an integral part of our overall governance, 
planning, decision-making, organisational and 
accountability structure. Risk evaluation is 
conducted by assessing the probability of a 
risk occurring and its potential impact should 
this happen. 

The main purpose of risk evaluation is to 
help prioritise risks and ensure effective risk 
management. Through a structured approach 
to risk management, we are able to mitigate 
and manage risks and embrace opportunities 
as they arrive.

OUR APPROACH TO 
RISK MANAGEMENT
Our internal control system is based on 
the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations 
of the Treadway Commission’s (COSO) 
framework and uses the five components 
of the framework: control environment, 
risk assessment, control activities, monitoring, 
and information and communication.

Our approach is based on the underlying 
principle that line management is accountable 
for risk and control management. We follow 
a risk-based approach to internal control and 
management is responsible for implementing, 
operating and monitoring the internal control 
environment. The Board is responsible 
for reviewing and monitoring the overall 
risk profile, the adequacy of the Group’s 
risk management and the effectiveness 
of internal controls.

Our risk management framework is 
underpinned by a ‘three lines of defence’ 
approach, which defines how risk management 
activities are organised and where responsibility 
and accountability lie within the Group.
 – First line of defence – As the first line of 

defence, local functional managers own and 
manage their risks. They have ownership, 
responsibility and accountability for directly 
assessing, controlling and mitigating risks 
in line with the guidance, policies and 
requirements set by the Group. They are 
responsible for implementing corrective 
actions for control deficiencies identified 
through the KPI reporting and goal zero 
checklists (a monthly check completed 
by management which evidences that 
controls are operating as intended).

 – Second line of defence – Financial (Internal 
Control, Credit, Treasury) and non-financial 
(Legal, Ethics & Compliance, Supply, HSSEQ, 
Retail) risk management functions are in 
place at Group level to oversee and monitor 
risks and provide an objective challenge 
to the first line of defence. They can 
intervene directly by modifying internal 
controls, policies and procedures as well 
as developing risk systems.

 – Third line of defence – The Group’s 

(independent) Internal Audit function 
and the Audit and Risk Committee are 
in place to provide assurance to the 
Board on the effectiveness of governance, 
risk management and internal controls. 
This includes the extent to which the 
first and second lines of defence have 
achieved their risk management and 
control objectives.

In accordance with the UK Financial Reporting 
Council guidance, we define a principal risk 
as a risk or combination of risks that could 
significantly affect the financial performance, 
operations or reputation of the Group. 
Our principal risks disclosed hereafter relate 
to the current risks but also include the 
identified emerging risks. Emerging risks are 
considered particularly important in our 
strategic planning process to identify potential 
shifts in critical assumptions and develop 
or modify strategies to either minimise 
their negative effects or capitalise on the 
opportunities that they may present.

OUR RISK APPETITE
The Board is committed to adopting a risk 
profile and approving a risk management 
framework that is in line with our vision 
and culture. 

We ensure the risk management framework 
is adequately communicated, integrated in all 
areas of the organisation and that accountability 
is assigned at all appropriate levels. 

When considering risk appetite, the Board 
seeks to balance opportunities for growth and 
business development in areas of potentially 
higher risk and return, while being more risk 
averse in other areas such as reputation, 
legal, regulatory and health and safety.

60

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

61

STR ATEG IC REP ORT

GOVERN ANC E

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

OTH ER IN FORMATION

RISK ASSESSMENT,  
MONITORING AND REVIEW
For each risk or category of risks, our 
risk management process includes 
activities performed in a continuous cycle. 
Risk assessment includes risk identification, 
analysis and evaluation, and ensures each 
risk is analysed to identify the consequence 
and likelihood of the risk occurring and the 
adequacy of existing controls. Each reportable 
entity is responsible for implementing the 
appropriate structures, processes and tools to 
allow proper identification of risks. Once the 
risks have been identified, analysed, managed 
and evaluated, risk mitigation identifies the 
actions to be implemented by management. 
The risk register is one of the key components 
of our risk management and governance 
structure. The focus areas include HSSEQ, 
financial, operational, compliance, reputation 
and strategic risks. The Group risk register 
consolidates the register from the Central 
Functional Heads (top-down) and from 
each operating unit, maintained by all local 
management teams (bottom-up). The register 
is reported on a quarterly basis and facilitates 
evaluation of existing and emerging risks.

The Group register is reviewed by the 
Internal Audit team to ensure completeness 
of the reported risks and adequacy of their 
assessments before presentation to the Senior 
Executive Team for its review and analysis of 
the risks as well as the related control activities 
and mitigation measures.

The various risk reporting channels are 
consolidated into one streamlined escalation 
process which is used by the Board to assess 
and analyse the risks of the Group and 
implement an action plan when necessary. 

Our Internal Audit team performs a continuous 
assessment of our significant risks and 
communicates them to senior management 
who in turn develop action plans to address 
the identified risks. Internal Audit reports 
directly to the Audit and Risk Committee on 
the principal risks. The Committee will review 
and assess the status of each risk. Reviews and 
recommendations are presented to senior 
management to continuously strengthen 
our internal controls framework.

INTERNAL CONTROL SYSTEM
Our approach to internal control includes 
a number of general and specific risk 
management processes and policies. 
Within the essential framework provided by 
our General Business Principles, the primary 
control mechanisms are self-appraisal processes 
in combination with strict accountability for 
results. These mechanisms are underpinned 
by established policies, standards and 
guidance that relate to particular types of 
risk. These include structural investment 
decision processes, timely and effective 
reporting systems and performance appraisal. 
They cover all material controls, including 
financial, operational and compliance.

In addition to these structured self-appraisals, 
the assurance framework relies upon objective 
appraisals by Internal Audit and the Central 
Internal Control team. The results of these 
teams’ risk-based reviews of operations 
provide an independent view regarding the 
effectiveness of risk and control management 
systems. These established reviews, reporting 
and assurance processes enable us to regularly 
consider the overall effectiveness of the 
system of internal control and to perform a 
full annual review of the system’s effectiveness. 
Taken together, these processes and practices 
provide confirmation that relevant policies are 
adopted and procedures implemented with 
respect to risk and control management.

OUR DYNAMIC 
RISK ENVIRONMENT
As part of the risk management framework, 
we regularly consider changes in the nature, 
likelihood and impact of existing and new 
risks, including the Group’s ability to respond 
to changes in its business and the external 
environment. As detailed hereafter, our 
business environment and risk exposure have 
been particularly impacted in 2020 by the 
COVID-19 crisis. 

In response to the risks created by COVID-19, 
we have initiated our Business Continuity Plans 
and have put in place extensive measures to 
protect the health and safety of our employees, 
stakeholders, counterparties and communities. 
The pandemic and new ways of working 
have created increased opportunities for 
fraudsters, with an increase in phishing attacks 
and cyber-fraud activity reported. We have 
strengthened our controls in this area, by 
providing online training and guidance for all 
staff on how to securely work from home.

We have adapted the management of critical 
operational and finance activities, increasing 
the frequency at which the Group monitors 
our credit, supply commitments, demand, 
stocks, payables and forex exposures in the 
current high-volatility environment, enabling 
the Group to manage risks as they arise. 
These activities are expected to continue while 
the pandemic has a significant impact on the 
Group and will be adapted to the evolving 
business environment as well as the measures 
taken, imposed or released by authorities in 
the countries where we operate. The Senior 
Executive Team, together with relevant senior 
operational and financial management, has met 
on a regular basis, including weekly at the height 
of the impact, to review the key performance 
indicators, considered the Group’s response 
to the developing situation and reviewed the 
recovery plans for the businesses. Furthermore, 
the Board has met regularly during this period 
and has received updates from the Group. 
As part of the Group’s risk management 
framework, we continue to consider changes 
in the nature, likelihood and impact of existing 
risks, as well as new and emerging risks.

Considering the mobility constraints, our 
Control functions have developed remote 
review functionalities in order to maintain 
continuous monitoring of our activities.

The Forensics function is in charge of fraud 
detection and investigation activities as well as 
fraud awareness and prevention. The function 
works in close collaboration with the Group 
Ethics and Compliance function and acts 
independently of the business, reporting 
directly to the Head of Internal Audit.

The Misconduct and Loss Reporting Policy, 
together with the Investigation Guidelines, 
directs our response to fraud and manages the 
reporting, analysis and investigation of serious 
allegations or concerns. The Forensics function 
monitors the cases identified and initiates or 
advises on the investigations when suspicions 
or allegations are reported.

As detailed hereafter, as part of our ongoing 
risk analysis, we reviewed the potential 
impact of climate change on our business and 
acknowledged the increased focus from our 
key stakeholders around the issue. Our priority 
will be to ensure our business is as efficient 
as possible, while identifying areas where 
we can support the long-term transition to 
a low-carbon economy. We will continue to 
comply with the evolving regulation while 
adapting to deliver product offerings that meet 
future changes in customer needs. We are 
aware of our environmental impact and are 
committed to reducing this and continually 
improving our environmental performance. 
We encourage our stakeholders to do the 
same. In our view, this is consistent with our 
vision to become the most respected energy 
business in Africa.

As a listed company on the Main Market 
of the London Stock Exchange, we have 
considered the implications of the United 
Kingdom’s exit from the European Union 
(‘Brexit’) on the business of the Group. 
The Brexit withdrawal agreement (officially: 
The Agreement on the Withdrawal of the 
United Kingdom from the European Union), 
setting the terms of the withdrawal, was 
ratified by the UK on 24 January 2020 and 
by the European Parliament on 29 January 
2020. After extensive negotiations, the UK 
and the European Union agreed on the future 
commercial and cooperation terms and 
framework on December 24, 2020. In view of 
their geographical location, we do not expect 
our business operations to be impacted by 
this agreement.

60

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

61

STR ATEG IC REP ORT

RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED

5

These include:
 – Financial regulators and governments –  
as a UK listed company, Vivo Energy will 
be required to meet the climate-related 
disclosure standards set by the FCA, 
including alignment to the Task Force 
on Climate related Financial Disclosures 
recommendations. As a leading energy 
business in Africa, Vivo Energy’s licence to 
operate will depend on strong government 
relations. These governments and their 
multinational backers are, in many cases, 
increasingly focused on sustainability 
and low-carbon transitions, including 
the achievement of national targets or 
Nationally Determined Contributions 
(NDCs).

 – Investors – asset owners and managers 

are increasingly focused on the importance 
of climate related risks in their portfolios, 
often taking an active role in engaging 
companies on their readiness for transition. 
The emergence of initiatives like the 
Net-Zero Asset Owners Alliance, Climate 
Action 100+ and the Transition Pathway 
Initiative demonstrates the ambitions 
of the sector. The increased scrutiny is 
complemented by the use of a number of 
reporting platforms (e.g. Carbon Disclosure 
Project) and climate related data services 
that provide ESG ratings, climate risk metrics 
and temperature alignment to assess 
portfolio companies.

 – Business partners – as a licensee of the 
Shell and Engen brands, we recognise 
our responsibility to play our part in our 
branding partners’ strategy to reduce the 
overall carbon impact of our products. 

 – Customers – shifts are expected in 

customer needs and preferences over time 
which may impact future fuel demand. 

In common with many other companies, 
we currently track the performance of our 
business, with a focus on the operational savings 
from the investments we have made to reduce 
our impact on the environment.

PRINCIPAL RISKS  
AND UNCERTAINTIES
Our activities are exposed to various risks 
and uncertainties. These are risks that we 
assess as relevant and significant to our business 
at this time, however other risks could emerge 
in the future.

Overall, our risk management programme 
focuses on the unpredictability of the global 
market and seeks to minimise potential adverse 
effects on financial performance. In addition 
to the risks and uncertainties presented below, 
our ability to simultaneously manage the 
multiple growth generating projects is closely 
monitored by all relevant control functions. 

The Board has assessed the impacts of 
COVID-19 on the principal risk factors over 
2020 and considered that the heightened risk 
related to the impacts of the pandemic are 
likely to remain applicable in 2021. Indeed, 
at the time of issuance of this report, the 
visible impact of the pandemic remained 
lower in our markets than in most other 
regions of the world, but given the nature of 
the pandemic the Board did not exclude the 
scenario whereby the number of infections 
and mobility restrictions could increase again 
in our markets. COVID-19 has affected most 
of our principal risks, with Health and safety, 
Credit management, Oil price fluctuations 
and Currency exchange risk seeing particular 
increases in their risk profiles.

In addition to the impact of COVID-19 on the 
Group detailed hereafter in the description of 
our principal risks, as per the Board assessment, 
climate change factors are expected to have an 
increasing impact on the Group. Consequently, 
the climate change risk has now been added to 
our list of principal risks.

We believe that the demand for fuel in our 
markets will continue to grow and that the 
transition to a low-carbon economy will take 
significantly longer in our emerging economies 
than in Europe. However, we do recognise 
the impact that our operations have on the 
environment, as well as the risks that climate 
change may have on our activities, and are 
committed to playing our part towards meeting 
the Paris Agreement objectives. Vivo Energy 
has previously developed an environmental 
and social performance strategy and is evolving 
this to provide for the increasing expectations 
of our key stakeholders, business partners 
and customers in relation to climate change.

62

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

1  To remain a responsible and respected business in the communities in which we operate;2  To preserve our lean organisational structure and performance-driven culture;3  To maximise the value of our existing business;4  To pursue value-accretive growth; and5  To maintain attractive and sustainable returns through disciplined financial management.WE HAVE FIVE KEY STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES:STR ATEG IC REP ORT

GOVERN ANC E

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

OTH ER IN FORMATION

STRATEGIC 
OBJECTIVES

1

BR AND & REPUTATIONAL

OUR RISK

RISK IMPACT

OUR MITIGATION 

1. PARTNER REPUTATION AND RELATIONSHIPS

Our business depends on a small 
number of key contractual brand 
relationships with our brand partners, 
Shell and Engen. We also rely on our 
own business reputation and brand in 
order to successfully grow our business 
and develop new relationships with 
other brand partners. 

Our ability to grow and maintain our 
business in our markets and beyond 
depends on the reputation of our 
business partners and relationships 
(including our brand partners).

The termination of any key brand 
licence could have a material impact 
on our ability to grow or maintain our 
business and could have a material cost 
impact on current operations.

The deterioration of our brand name, 
or of any of our business relationships, 
including with our existing brand 
partners, may prevent collaboration 
opportunities with existing or new 
partners, thus hindering growth plans 
of the Group.

A negative trend or development in 
the brand or reputation of one of our 
key business partners could adversely 
impact our current business and future 
growth plans if it were to adversely 
impact consumer sentiment towards 
the brands under which we operate.

Our brand licence agreements contain 
customary termination provisions which provide 
that they can only be terminated in very specific 
circumstances rather than for mere convenience. 
Such termination provisions relate, inter alia, to 
events of material breach, insolvency etc. We have 
developed appropriate processes and procedures 
to monitor and ensure our compliance with 
the terms of our brand agreements thus 
preserving both the relationships with our brand 
partners and the sanctity of our key contractual 
relationships. The Group’s corporate reputation 
risk is one of the key risk categories subject to 
an ongoing assessment and mitigation in our 
risk management approach. It is continuously 
monitored and reported as part of the risk 
register and internal audit reporting.

We endeavour to only enter into brand 
relationships with well-established and reputable 
partners who are less likely to suffer significant 
loss of reputation or brand value. In all our 
key contracts and relationships, we ensure our 
partners adhere to ethical, HSSEQ and other 
operational standards that meet or exceed our 
own standards. Stringent Know Your Customer 
(KYC) procedures are performed prior to 
entering any contract over the Group’s low level 
threshold (and regardless of any value when 
the counterparty is related to a defined list of 
sanctioned countries) and repeated frequently. 
We promote and develop the communities in 
which we operate to help build the Vivo Energy 
brand as the most respected energy business 
in Africa.

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

63

STR ATEG IC REP ORT

RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED

BR AND & REPUTATIONAL

OUR RISK

RISK IMPACT

OUR MITIGATION 

STRATEGIC 
OBJECTIVES

2. CRIMINAL ACTIVITY, FRAUD, BRIBERY AND COMPLIANCE RISK

Violations of anti-bribery, 
anti-corruption laws, and other 
regulatory requirements may 
result in significant criminal or civil 
sanctions, which could disrupt our 
business, damage its reputation and 
result in a material adverse effect 
on the business, results of operations 
and financial condition.

The countries where we operate are 
exposed to high levels of risk relating 
to criminal activity, fraud, bribery, theft 
and corruption.

There are a number of regulatory 
requirements applicable to the Group. 
The related risk of non-compliance 
with these regulations has increased 
following the listing and the 
Engen transaction.

The COVID-19 pandemic and 
new ways of working have created 
increased opportunities for fraudsters, 
with an increase in cyber-fraud 
activity reported.

We provide compliance training programmes 
to employees at all levels.

Our Code of Conduct and KYC procedures, 
along with various other policies and safeguards, 
have been designed to prevent the occurrence 
of fraud, bribery, theft and corruption within 
the Group.

1

2

4

We have a confidential whistle-blowing helpline 
for employees, contractors, customers and other 
third parties to raise ethical concerns or questions.

We regularly maintain and update our information 
technology and control systems within the Group.

The Head of Ethics and Compliance and the 
Head of Forensics are involved in mitigating 
fraudulent activities in the Group.

We strive to ensure our anti-bribery management 
systems continue to be certified compliant under 
the ISO 37001 standard.

We have further strengthened our controls in 
2020 by providing online training and guidance 
for all staff on how to work from home securely.

PRICING

OUR RISK

3. OIL PRICE FLUCTUATIONS

The price of oil and oil products may 
fluctuate, preventing us from realising 
our targeted margins, specifically in 
the deregulated markets in which 
we operate.

The COVID-19 pandemic led 
to an unprecedented volatility 
in oil prices throughout 2020.

4. CURRENCY EXCHANGE RISK

We are exposed to foreign exchange 
risk, currency exchange controls, 
currency shortage and other 
currency-related risks.

Our risk includes potential 
hyperinflation in several countries, 
as we are currently experiencing 
in Zimbabwe.

Emerging market currencies have been 
hit hard by the global market sell-off on 
the back of the COVID-19 pandemic.

RISK IMPACT

OUR MITIGATION 

STRATEGIC 
OBJECTIVES

Higher supply costs in deregulated 
markets result in higher prices for our 
products and could reduce our ability 
to achieve targeted unit margins.

Price fluctuations could negatively 
impact the value of stocks, resulting 
in stock losses.

Exposure to commodity price risk is mitigated 
through careful inventory and supply chain 
management as well as dynamic pricing.

We have adapted the management of critical 
operational and finance activities, increasing 
the frequency at which the Group monitors 
its supply commitments, demand and stocks 
in the current high volatility environment.

Depreciation of foreign currency 
exchange rates could result 
in severe financial losses.

Our treasury policy requires each country to 
manage its foreign exchange risks. The Central 
Treasury team approves all hedging plans 
before they are actioned to ensure they 
are aligned with our strategic focus.

We mitigate currency exchange risks 
through margin and pricing strategies.

Since the start of the pandemic, we have 
increased the frequency at which the 
Group monitors its forex exposures.

3

4

5

2

3

4

64

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

65

STR ATEG IC REP ORT

GOVERN ANC E

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

OTH ER IN FORMATION

STRATEGIC 
OBJECTIVES

1

2

HEALTH, SAFETY, SECURITY & ENVIRONMENT

OUR RISK

RISK IMPACT

OUR MITIGATION 

5. HEALTH AND SAFETY

We are exposed to accidents or 
incidents relating to health, safety 
and the environment and from such 
accidents relating to employees.

We are further subject to HSSEQ laws 
and regulations and industry standards 
related to each of the countries in 
which we operate.

This is our principal risk most impacted 
by COVID-19. Main risk relates to 
staff or business partners contracting 
the virus, entailing threats to life and 
business continuity.

We may incur potential liabilities 
arising from HSSEQ accidents/incidents.

Brand reputation can be 
severely impacted, along with 
employee confidence.

Regulators and authorities may impose 
fines, disrupt our operations and 
disallow permits for future ventures.

The health and safety of our staff 
and business partners are at risk 
due to COVID-19. Unavailability of 
staff, contractors or retailers could 
also lead to closure of key sites.

We ensure all safety measures for our retail 
service stations, storage sites and employees 
are maintained at international standards.

We invest significantly in training and technology 
to improve road transport safety.

The highest emphasis is placed on process safety, 
and minimising security risks to our people, 
our facilities and the communities in which 
we operate.

We require all our contractors and partners 
to manage their HSSEQ policies and practices 
in line with ours.

On an ongoing basis, safety and security drills, 
campaigns and programmes are conducted to 
ensure widespread knowledge of the Group’s 
HSSEQ principles and procedures.

In addition to our ongoing, daily attention to 
HSSEQ, we hold an annual Safety Day, which 
creates an opportunity for all employees to 
refocus on the importance of HSSEQ of our 
Group. The day is used to reinforce safety 
measures as well as raise awareness of key issues.

Our BCCP has been reviewed (ensuring presence 
of critical staff, in particular those involved in site 
security) and COVID-19 protocols developed and 
implemented to cope with the pandemic specific 
risks. This includes international travel restrictions, 
adherence to World Health Organization 
guidelines and national legislation, special PPE 
and donning/doffing procedures, revised 
site access and visit controls, office and asset 
recovery and reintegration plan and engagement 
of key stakeholders including hauliers and 
contractors. Finally, recommendation was made 
for all non-essential physical work to be done 
remotely and business meetings to be virtual.

6. ECONOMIC AND GOVERNMENTAL INSTABILITY

Several countries and regions in 
which we operate have experienced 
economic and political instability that 
could adversely affect the economy 
of our markets.

An economic slowdown which 
adversely affects, for example, 
disposable income, vehicle distance 
driven, or infrastructure development, 
in one or more of these regions could 
negatively impact our sales and have 
a material adverse effect on the 
business, financial conditions and 
operational results.

The pandemic and its social and 
economic consequences could 
negatively impact the stability of some 
of the countries where we do operate, 
intensifying social tensions.

We closely monitor evolving issues in markets.

We ensure appropriate responses 
and business continuity plans are developed 
to minimise disruptions.

All local regulatory environments and changes 
are closely monitored.

1

4

64

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

65

STR ATEG IC REP ORT

RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED

OPER ATIONAL

OUR RISK

RISK IMPACT

OUR MITIGATION 

STRATEGIC 
OBJECTIVES

7. PRODUCT AVAILABILITY AND SUPPLY

We are dependent upon the supply 
of fuels, lubricants, and additives from 
various suppliers. When raw materials 
are needed urgently, asymmetric 
negotiations occur. The bargaining 
power shifts to the supplier who 
in turn can charge a higher price.

Furthermore, we are restricted by 
limited storage capacity within some 
country facilities.

In the short term, the pandemic led 
to an over-supply of crude oil leading to 
crude oil prices declining to historically 
low levels. The long-term impact on 
oil producers remains unpredictable 
and there may be future impacts on 
production and supply capacity.

8. BUSINESS CONCENTRATION RISK

A large part of the Group’s operations 
(and margins) are derived from 
Morocco when compared to 
other countries.

The increased procurement costs 
could lower our margins.

Limited supply of products and storage 
facilities may result in stock outs. 
This could further result in breach 
of contract and disruptions to our 
operations, leaving us susceptible 
to fines or penalties.

We ensure optimal inventory management 
through close monitoring of inventory days, 
sales and other factors which may require 
additional inventory levels.

We monitor our suppliers’ political and social 
environments, and realign our purchasing 
strategies as necessary.

We have increased storage capacity at 
strategic locations within Africa, following 
the Engen acquisition.

Since the outbreak of the pandemic, we have 
adapted the management and increased 
the frequency of monitoring of our supply 
commitments, demand and stocks.

Any unfavourable changes in market 
dynamics, such as the re-imposition 
of pricing regulations for fuel, or 
downturns in the performance of 
the operations overall, may lead to a 
decline in the Group’s performance.

Overall diversification is the key strategy 
and control measure.

The completion of the Engen transaction 
has increased the geographic diversification 
and reduced the relative weighting of the 
Shell-branded operating units, including Morocco, 
in the Group’s operations and volumes.

9. INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY RISK

Our organisation is currently migrating 
to a new ERP, a critical project that 
will redesign some of our operations, 
functions and controls.

During the COVID-19 pandemic, 
the Group experienced an increase 
in phishing attacks and cyber-fraud 
activity reported.

Inadequate processes and segregation 
of duties may impact the quality of 
the operations and controls, making 
fraud detection difficult. Data quality 
and management issues may have 
financial, operational or compliance 
consequences leading to increased 
(financial and operating) costs and 
missed opportunities.

Cyber-crime can lead to significant 
and direct financial losses, costly and 
time-consuming business disruption 
and impact reputation.

Significant achievements have been completed 
in the ‘enhancements and fixes’ programme 
designed to ensure the Group can take full 
advantage of its new ERP now operational in the 
15 Shell-branded countries. Deployment in the 
Engen-branded countries (most of them already 
operating with a solution from the same vendor) 
has started and is expected to be completed 
during 2021 allowing a full integration of all 
operating units into the Group’s platform.

The Group has developed its control activities 
to strengthen its cyber-defence capacity 
and efficiency to identify and block attacks. 
The last penetration test conducted in 2020 
by an external firm confirmed that our security 
controls are above industry average.

1

3

1

5

2

3

66

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

67

STR ATEG IC REP ORT

GOVERN ANC E

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

OTH ER IN FORMATION

STR ATEGIC

OUR RISK

RISK IMPACT

OUR MITIGATION 

STRATEGIC 
OBJECTIVES

10. ACQUISITION INTEGRATION

We may be unable to identify or 
accurately evaluate suitable acquisition 
candidates or to complete or integrate 
past or prospective acquisitions 
successfully and/or in a timely manner, 
which could materially adversely 
affect growth.

11. CLIMATE CHANGE

The increasing global actions to 
mitigate climate change and its impacts 
may lead to changes in our regulatory 
environments, customer behaviours 
and access to capital in the future 
which could materially impact the 
Group’s future prospects.

2

3

5

1

4

5

We may incur write-downs, 
impairment charges or unforeseen 
liabilities, placing strain on 
financial resources.

All acquisition decisions are intensively reviewed 
at several stages with ultimate approval by the 
Board. This ensures risks at all levels are being 
assessed and mitigated throughout the process.

Occurrences of indebtedness could 
result in increased obligations and 
include covenants or other restrictions 
that limit operational flexibility.

We ensure there are detailed integration plans 
with realistic timelines as well as designated teams 
to execute the plans.

Tailored on-boarding and training is delivered 
post-acquisition to ensure a smooth and 
efficient transition.

The Engen-branded operating units acquired 
in 2019 operate in line with the Group 
procedures and policies. The integration 
programme to align all key functions and 
activities to the Group standards has proved to 
be efficient. Operations are measured through 
key performance indicators.

Shift in customer behaviours, 
expectations and the development 
and adoption of affordable clean 
technology may impact future 
fuel demand.

Non-adherence to evolving regulation, 
brand partner expectations, technology 
adoption and customer needs 
exposes the Group to compliance 
and financial risks. Brand reputation 
can be severely impacted, along 
with employee confidence.

Financial markets may focus capital 
away from carbon intensive industries, 
increasing the cost of capital for 
the Group.

We have a range of initiatives underway 
in order to limit our environmental impact 
through efficiency measures, cleaner fuels 
and alternative product offerings. 

We are developing an assessment of the potential 
impacts of climate change on future fuel demand, 
access to finance, regulation and the impact of 
extreme weather events into our business model, 
strategy and financial planning process. 

We have enhanced the Governance oversight 
of ESG matters, including climate change, and the 
Nominations and Governance Committee now 
assists the Board with oversight of the Group’s 
climate change and ESG plans and strategy 
including its readiness to support the transition 
to a lower carbon future in our markets.

The Group intends to enhance its future 
reporting regarding climate change in order 
to comply with the Task Force for Climate 
Related Financial Disclosures in line with the 
UK Government’s expectations.

66

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

67

STR ATEG IC REP ORT

RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED

STR ATEGIC

OUR RISK

RISK IMPACT

OUR MITIGATION 

STRATEGIC 
OBJECTIVES

12. EPIDEMIC

We face the risk of prolonged impacts 
from the COVID-19 pandemic, 
or experience new and recurrent 
epidemics, worldwide, that may 
have dramatic effects on humans, 
economies and security.

We have adapted the management of the 
critical operational and finance activities, 
increasing the frequency at which the Group 
monitors its credit, supply commitments, 
demand, stocks, payables and foreign exchange 
exposures in a high-volatility environment.

1

5

Despite the sudden and unexpected outbreak 
of the pandemic, the Group Business Continuity 
Plans were immediately activated to keep 
employees, retailers and contractors safe and 
ensure the security of our critical sites and 
operations. The Group has been able to maintain 
supply to its retail sites and commercial customers.

In parallel, the Group provided support to 
communities, made a series of donations 
and brought logistic assistance to public 
COVID-19 operational management facilities 
in several countries.

The COVID-19 pandemic led to 
a dramatic drop in demand for oil 
and gas products due to the level 
of mobility restrictions imposed by 
governments. These restrictions 
may be replicated in the event of 
future pandemics.

The reduction in demand and 
subsequent change in product pricing 
could have a material impact on the 
entire fuel supply chain, from suppliers 
and distributors to dealers operating 
sites, as well as on the stability of 
the impacted countries.

Future pandemics may also lead to 
different changes in government 
actions and consumer behaviour that 
require the Group to rapidly adapt 
and manage its key operational and 
financial variables.

Africa has experienced several epidemic 
crises over the past decades, including 
Ebola in 2013-2016, with authorities 
taking strong measures such as 
lockdowns and curfews to limit the 
spread of contaminations which in turn 
severely impacted the economies.

FINANCIAL

OUR RISK

RISK IMPACT

OUR MITIGATION 

STRATEGIC 
OBJECTIVES

13. CREDIT MANAGEMENT

We face risks arising from credit 
exposure to commercial and retail 
customers as well as governments, 
including outstanding receivables 
and committed transactions.

The COVID-19 pandemic impacted 
the solvency and liquidity of most 
of our customers, with a heightened 
effect on the Aviation sector.

This may result in financial loss as a 
result of bad debts and lost revenue.

Exceeding payment terms will result 
in lower working capital, potentially 
creating liquidity challenges for 
the business.

We maintain country-specific Credit Policy 
Manuals which ensure a harmonised, cost 
effective and value-adding credit process 
in all classes of business.

2

4

Continuous monitoring of outstanding credit 
balances ensures our overall risk remains within 
our tolerance.

We impose strict guidelines and procedures 
should customers exceed the credit limits set.

Credit limits are set on an individual basis 
following assessment of the customer through 
KYC procedures.

We use debtor factorisation when considered 
cost effective.

We increased the frequency of our credit 
exposures monitoring and took rapid and 
coordinated action to stabilise our business 
and support our teams from the start of the 
COVID-19 pandemic. We saw elevated levels 
of overdue accounts early in the pandemic 
but worked successfully with customers 
to support them with their payments. 
At year-end, Credit KPIs are within target.

68

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

69

STR ATEG IC REP ORT

GOVERN ANC E

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

OTH ER IN FORMATION

HUMAN RESOURCES AND TALENT MANAGEMENT

OUR RISK

RISK IMPACT

OUR MITIGATION 

14. HUMAN RESOURCES AND TALENT MANAGEMENT

STRATEGIC 
OBJECTIVES

Our ability to attract, train and grow 
people as well as retain talent is key 
to the continuing success of the Group.

During the pandemic, our human 
resources and talent management 
risk has been impacted by 
governmental limitations on 
movements, delaying some 
international assignments and 
relocations. Some local measures may 
also affect our ability to move talent 
between countries in the future.

Increased costs caused by 
staff inefficiency.

We benchmark compensation packages and 
employee policies against market practice.

Interruptions to operations and 
delay in new projects.

We invest in employee training and 
career development.

1

2

Key people leaving the Group, 
with some joining competitors.

Disputes, strikes and 
sub-standard performance.

Loss of staff enjoyment, motivation, 
connectedness and attachment 
to the Group.

We use on-boarding workshops to ensure 
that new employees are familiar with our 
business, our culture and their roles when 
joining the Group.

We maintain constructive dialogue with unions 
and workforce representatives.

We maintain detailed succession plans and talent 
management programmes.

The Group has deployed a new communication 
approach and ways of working to keep connected 
with all staff throughout the pandemic.

5

12

2

9

7

8

4 6
3

13

14

1

11

10

T
C
A
P
M

I

H
G
H

I

I

M
U
D
E
M

W
O
L

  Partner reputation and relationships
  Criminal activity, fraud, bribery and compliance risk
 Oil price fluctuations
 Currency exchange risk
   Health and safety
 Economic and governmental instability
 Product availability and supply
 Business concentration risk
 Information technology risk

PRINCIPAL RISK FACTORS
1. 
2. 
3. 
4. 
5. 
6. 
7. 
8. 
9. 
10.   Acquisition integration
11.  Climate change
12.  Epidemic
13. 
14. 

 Credit management
 Human resources and talent management

LOW

MEDIUM

HIGH

LIKELIHOOD

RISK IMPACT
  Decrease
  Unchanged
Increase

68

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

69

PRINCIPAL RISK FACTORS 
STR ATEG IC REP ORT

RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED

LONG-TERM VIABILITY AND GOING CONCERN

LONG-TERM VIABILITY
In accordance with Provision 31 of the 
UK Corporate Governance Code 2018, 
the Directors have assessed the prospects 
of the Group over a period significantly longer 
than 12 months. The Directors believe that 
a five-year period is the most appropriate 
timeframe over which to assess the long-term 
viability of the Group. This timeframe is 
supported by the Group’s strategic business 
planning cycle. Primary financing has a term 
of seven years. The period of seven years 
is slightly longer than the five-year business 
planning cycle and therefore does not impact 
the appropriateness of the timeframe. 
The Directors have reasonable confidence 
over this time horizon which allows for an 
appropriate assessment of the Group’s 
principal risks.

ASSESSMENT OF PROSPECTS
The Group’s prospects are assessed primarily 
through its strategic and financial planning 
process. On an annual basis the Directors 
approve a detailed five-year strategic business 
plan, which forecasts the Group’s cash flows 
and ability to service financing requirements, 
pay dividends and fund investing activities during 
the period. The prospects assessment uses 
key macro drivers as assumptions to forecast 
how markets will evolve. Assumptions include 
for example, wage and salary growth rates, 
foreign exchange rates, inflation, GDP growth 
and crude oil price assumptions. 

ASSESSMENT OF VIABILITY
Although the output of the Group’s strategic 
and financial planning process reflects the 
Directors’ best estimate of the future prospects 
of the business, the Group has carried out a 
robust assessment of the potential financial 
and operational impact of principal risks and 
uncertainties facing the Group, including those 
that would threaten its business model, future 
performance, solvency or liquidity.

Four severe but plausible downside scenarios 
have been modelled where the following 
high impact principal risks have materialised:
 – Economic and governmental instability 
adversely affects a number of our local 
entities resulting in devaluation of local 
currencies (economic and governmental 
instability and currency exchange risks). 
 – Higher supply costs in unregulated markets 
resulting in higher prices for our products 
and lower unit margins and potential fines as 
a result of economic, social and governance 
requirements (oil price fluctuations, climate 
change and criminal activity, fraud, bribery 
and compliance risk).

 – Significant negative impacts on our working 
capital due to oil price increases, security 
stock increases and an increase in DSO and 
a decrease in DPO coupled with key cost 
increases (oil price fluctuations, product 
availability and supply and economic and 
governmental instability).

 – The negative impacts of the implementation 

of additional COVID-19 measures 
throughout our business and ceasing of 
operations in one of our operating units 
(economic and governmental instability 
and epidemic).

Each assessment starts with the available 
liquidity headroom which is calculated as 
an aggregation of cash and cash equivalents 
plus committed available credit facilities as 
at 31 December 2020. Then the five-year 
forecast is used to calculate the cash position 
and available headroom over the period taking 
into account the impact of the downside 
scenario adjustments. Each downside scenario 
assumed an appropriate management response 
to the specific events but not broader 
mitigating actions which could be undertaken. 
The assessments took account of the Group’s 
current funding, forecast requirements and 
existing committed borrowing facilities. 
It assumed that the revolving credit facility 
can be renewed. 

STATEMENT OF  
LONG-TERM VIABILITY
Based on the results of the analysis, the 
Directors have a reasonable expectation that 
the Group will be able to continue in operation 
and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the 
five-year period of their assessment.

GOING CONCERN
In accordance with provision 30 of the 2018 
Code, the Directors consider it appropriate 
to adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting in preparing the financial statements. 
Refer to page 132 in the notes to the 
consolidated financial statements.

This Strategic Report has been approved 
by the Board.

JOHAN DEPRAETERE
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

2 MARCH 2021

70

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

STR ATEG IC REP ORT

GOVERN ANC E

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

OTH ER IN FORMATION

GOVERNANCE

The following pages describe our governance 
arrangements, the operation of the Board and 
its Committees and how the Board discharged 
its responsibilities during the year.

CONTENTS

Chairman’s Statement 
Board Leadership and Company Purpose 
Board of Directors 
Senior Executive Team 
Division of Responsibilities 
Composition, Succession and Evaluation 
Nominations and Governance Committee Report 
Audit and Risk Committee Report 
Directors’ Remuneration Report 
Directors’ Report 
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 

72
74
78
80
82
86
87
90
94
113
116

Good governance is essential for creating 
long-term viability of the business 
and the economic development of 
the communities where we operate. 
The Vivo Energy Board has overall 
responsibility for governance and we 
are pleased to confirm that during 2020, 
Vivo Energy was fully compliant with 
the 2018 UK Corporate Governance 
Code (‘2018 Code’) (available from 
www.frc.com). 

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT
Details of how we have applied the 
main principles and complied with each 
provision of the 2018 Code are set 
out throughout the Governance and 
Directors’ Reports. Further information 
can be found here:
Board Leadership and Company Purpose 
Division of Responsibilities 
Composition, Succession and Evaluation  
Audit, Risk and Control 
Remuneration 

74
82
86
90
94

The Directors’ Report also contains 
information required to be disclosed 
under the UK Listing Authority’s (UKLA) 
Rules and the Disclosure Guidance and 
Transparency Rules (DTRs). To the 
extent necessary, certain information is 
incorporated into this Report by reference.

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

71

CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT

TOGETHER WE
MAINTAIN HIGH
STANDARDS OF
GOVERNANCE

Our vision is to become 
the most respected energy 
business in Africa and our 
actions through the pandemic 
have supported that.”

JOHN DALY
CHAIRMAN

72

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

GOVERNANCEDear Shareholder,

2020 brought so many changes 
and challenges to our working 
lives; changes that were all but 
impossible to foresee at the start 
of the year. It saw the Group 
and its stakeholders facing the 
global outbreak of the COVID-19 
pandemic, which has been by 
far the most unprecedented and 
disruptive event of recent times 
and probably of our lifetimes.

COVID-19
Throughout the pandemic, our first priority 
was, and still is, to protect the health, safety 
and wellbeing of our employees. As a supplier 
of essential products in our markets, we 
maintained supply at our retail sites and to our 
Commercial customers. To best ensure safety 
and to minimise the risk of virus transmission, 
a series of preventative health measures were 
implemented across our operations, retail 
sites and offices for our employees, customers 
and suppliers based on country-specific 
situations and government guidance. 

From the very beginning of the pandemic, 
the strength of our culture has shone through. 
Vivo Energy employees pulled together 
and responded with agility and pace to show 
their colleagues and our stakeholders that they 
can trust us to be there when it matters the 
most. I am humbled by the tenacity, resilience 
and dedication of our people as it is due to 
their significant efforts and sacrifices that our 
businesses kept running and our customers 
kept moving.

Since the introduction of the first lockdown, 
physical Board meetings became impossible and 
we moved to virtual meetings. I am grateful to 
my fellow Board members for their invaluable 
support and for making themselves available 
whenever required, frequently at short notice.

While we’ve focused on doing the right thing 
by our people, customers and suppliers, 
we also took significant steps to protect 
our financial stability, cash flow and liquidity. 
In response to the impact of COVID-19, the 
Board withdrew its recommendation to pay 
the 2019 final dividend and in September, 
the Group successfully completed its debut 
bond offering, raising $350 million to mainly 
refinance its existing amortising loan facility. 
Due to these and other rapid actions the 
Group took to protect the business and the 
resilience of the business model, our balance 
sheet has remained strong. As a result, we have 
not furloughed any employees nor made any 
COVID-19 related redundancies. In addition, 
the Board was pleased to be able to restore 
dividend payments and a dividend of 2.7 cents 
per share was declared in October. 

Our vision is to become the most respected 
energy business in Africa and our actions 
through the pandemic have supported 
that. As well as our employees, we have 
also prioritised the safety and wellbeing of 
our suppliers, partners and communities, 
consistently making sure that we have 
proactively provided support where 
it is needed.

We have made donations to relief funds, 
provided free fuel, food and medical supplies, 
and utilised our lubricant blending plants 
to produce hand sanitiser. Further details 
of how we have responded to the challenges 
of COVID-19 can be found throughout the 
Strategic Report. 

ESG
The events of this year have meant that the 
main considerations of the Group have often 
related to mitigating the effects of COVID-19 
but the Board has also maintained its corporate 
governance and strategy focus throughout 
the year. 

As a Group, Vivo Energy recognises the critical 
importance of meeting the growing needs of 
our customers for affordable energy, while at 
the same time reducing environmental impacts. 
This is a dual challenge; while planning for the 
future, we must also meet the energy demand 
of today. We’re committed to remaining 
relevant to our customers and delivering value 
to all our stakeholders. We’re doing this by 
evolving our customer offerings to meet future 
changes and identifying low-carbon growth 
opportunities to pursue as these become 
commercially viable. 

Besides evolving our customer offerings, we are 
committed to managing and reducing our own 
environmental impact. We continue focusing 
on improving energy efficiency at our service 
stations, depots and head offices. During the 
year an additional 33 service stations had solar 
panels added, bringing the total number of sites 
across the network with solar power to 118.

During the second half of the year, the Board 
spent time considering our ESG responsibilities 
and the steps we are taking as well as those 
we will be taking to do our part in providing 
sustainable solutions. We were pleased to 
secure a contract to commence our first 
solar project at the Nampala mine which 
will enable the mine to reduce its carbon 
footprint by about 60,000 tonnes over 
ten years. We will use this new project to 
spur further uptake of such projects in Africa. 
We have also sought our employees’ views 
on the meaning of a zero carbon company 
and engaged a third party consultant to 
work with us to further develop our strategy.

BOARD CHANGES
After more than eight years at Vivo Energy, 
Johan Depraetere, Chief Financial Officer, 
has decided to retire from his role with the 
Group and will be leaving us in the first half 
of 2021. Johan has been instrumental in the 
development and growth of the business, 
and a pleasure to work with. Johan will be 
missed by us all and we wish him all the 
very best for the future.

While we are sad to see Johan go, we are 
also pleased to welcome Doug Lafferty who 
joined us as Chief Financial Officer Designate 
on 1 February 2021. After an initial transition 
period, he will become Chief Financial 
Officer on 5 March 2021. Doug brings a wide 
range of experience to the role and we are 
looking forward to welcoming Doug to the 
Vivo Energy family. 

SUCCESSION AND DIVERSITY 
Succession planning is a key focus for the Board. 
In addition to ensuring orderly Chief Financial 
Officer succession, over the last 12 months 
the Board has discussed senior management 
succession plans and the internal talent 
pipeline, and received a detailed report on 
diversity among senior managers and their 
direct reports. 

All our appointments are made on merit 
taking diversity of skills, background, knowledge, 
thought and gender into consideration. 
Whereas we comfortably meet the Parker 
Review recommendations, we’re very mindful 
of not having met the 33% Hampton-Alexander 
target, with women currently representing 20% 
of our Board. We are committed to meeting 
this target as well as improving gender diversity 
among senior managers while also recognising 
the difficulty of achieving this in the short term.

OUTLOOK
This year, we have demonstrated the resilience 
of our business model and the strength of our 
customer engagement. Looking ahead with 
the expectation that 2021 will continue to be 
impacted by challenging external factors, the 
Board will continue to work with management 
to deliver on our strategic goals while ensuring 
that we continue to safeguard our business and 
the well-being of our employees, customers, 
suppliers and communities. While we cannot 
predict the future, we can continue doing 
what we do best, providing the energy that 
our customers depend upon.

The full implications of COVID-19 remain to be 
seen but one thing is certain. No one can defeat 
the pandemic alone. This is a challenge that we 
must face collectively as a global community. 

Together we are stronger. 

JOHN DALY
CHAIRMAN

2 MARCH 2021

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

73

OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTBOARD LEADERSHIP AND COMPANY PURPOSE

REINFORCING OUR CULTURE:
The Group’s culture is a focus area and the 
Board believes that the right culture and 
values, supported by effective leadership and 
a consistent tone from the top, are crucial to 
the success of the Group. During the year, 
the Directors looked at organisational culture 
in different contexts, discussed the Group’s 
culture and considered reports from the 
nominated Employee Engagement Champion 
and the Senior Management. The Board also 
considered the first annual culture report 
detailing how the Group has ‘lived’ its operating 
culture and values.

The annual report included:
 – the way in which Vivo Energy’s culture is 
embedded throughout the organisation; 
 – the mechanisms in place to provide insight 
and feedback on Vivo Energy’s culture; and

 – focus areas and timelines for 

2020 engagement.

In addition, an annual whistle-blowing report 
was presented to the Board, providing an 
update on the whistle-blowing programme.

OUR PURPOSE AND CULTURE 
The Group’s vision is to become Africa’s most 
respected energy business. We aim to do this 
by realising the full potential of our people and 
business partners and being recognised as the 
benchmark for quality, excellence, safety and 
responsibility in Africa’s marketplace. In line 
with our vision, the Group’s purpose is to safely 
provide innovative and responsible energy 
solutions to Africa, which enable growth and 
development of the continent and its people. 

Our operating culture of ‘Focus, Simplify and 
Perform’ and our values of ‘integrity, honesty 
and respect for people’ have always been 
core to our business. We believe that they 
remain fundamental to the future success of 
the business and, 2020 with its unprecedented 
challenges, has both enabled and allowed us, 
more than ever, to live by our culture and 
our values. 

As a business, we recognise that we are only 
as good as our people and we understand 
the value of recruiting and developing the 
best people. By living our values, our people 
differentiate us from our competitors and 
enable us to deliver our strategy. It is therefore 
important that all of our people understand the 
importance of our vision, values and purpose 
and their role in realising our vision of becoming 
Africa’s most respected energy business. 
Further information is available within the 
Strategic Report on pages 50 to 51.

The Board ‘s primary role is to ensure 
Vivo Energy’s long-term success by setting 
the Group’s strategic direction, ensuring that 
strategy is aligned with our purpose and culture 
and to promote and protect the Group’s 
interests for the benefit of all our stakeholders. 
The Group’s governance framework supports 
the Board in the delivery of the Group’s 
strategy and long-term sustainable success 
in various ways as detailed below.

HOW GOVERNANCE SUPPORTS 
OUR STRATEGY
The Board recognises that it is responsible for 
promoting the long-term sustainable success 
of the Group and for delivering long-term 
value for stakeholders. The Board does 
this by providing effective leadership and by 
ensuring that the Group’s business is conducted 
with high standards of ethical behaviour in a 
manner which contributes positively to wider 
society and having regard to the interests of its 
different stakeholders. To ensure the business 
can meet its strategic priorities, the Board, 
through its oversight of the development of the 
Group’s strategy, provided strong leadership 
and support to the Group. The Board 
continues to benefit from a strong mix of 
complementary skills and experiences, as 
well as dynamics that allow for open debate, 
challenge of existing assumptions and asking 
difficult questions. 

Throughout the year, the Board considered 
the long-term consequences of the decisions 
it made, focusing on the interests of relevant 
stakeholders as appropriate. A key component 
of the Board’s role in the development 
of Vivo Energy’s strategy is the approval 
of the annual operating plan. This process 
allows the Board to ensure that the business 
has the necessary resources to deliver its 
strategy. Other key strategic items considered 
by the Board during 2020 included:
 – Bond issue;
 – Growth strategies in non-core areas;
 – Solar project in Mali; and
 – Group’s ESG strategy and carbon emissions. 

Further information on the strategic 
priorities for the Group is available 
in the Strategic Report.

74

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

75

GOVERNANCEHOW THE BOARD 
MONITORS CULTURE:
Listening to our employees – The Group 
undertakes an employee engagement survey 
every two years. Survey questions allow 
employees to share their views on key topics, 
which provide valuable insight into employee 
engagement and the Group’s culture. The last 
full survey was conducted in 2018 and a shorter 
Pulse Survey during Q4 2020. The key findings 
were presented to the Nominations and 
Governance Committee and also discussed by 
the Board. Action plans have been prepared 
by the business to address the priority issues.

During 2019, the Company appointed the 
Senior Independent Director as its Employee 
Engagement Champion and in 2020, to assist 
Hixonia Nyasulu in this role, an Employee 
Engagement Champion Committee was 
established. The Committee supports the 
Nominations and Governance Committee 
and, in addition to Hixonia, has six members 
representing different operating regions. 
The Committee met twice in 2020 to 
discuss and consider the employees’ views 
on the Group’s COVID-19 response, ways 
of furthering employee engagement and 
the Employee Pulse Survey results and 
suggested follow up actions. In addition the 
Committee agreed on its success metrics 
and 2021 priorities. 

Hixonia has reported to the Nominations and 
Governance Committee and the Board on 
the Committee’s work and provided feedback 
on employee opinions and the alignment of 
our culture and values across the various 
aspects of our business, strategy and purpose. 
Further details on page 89. 

Whistle-blowing – Employees can report 
incidents of wrongdoing through both internal 
and external mechanisms. In addition to the 
reports raised through line managers, the 
Vivo Energy Global Helpline enables employees 
or others to raise concerns in relation 
to suspected violations of the law or the 
Vivo Energy General Business Principles (such 
reports may be raised anonymously, 24 hours 
a day, seven days a week via this independent 
helpline). Any reports are then referred to 
the Head of Forensics and Head of Ethics & 
Compliance or the General Counsel and are 
investigated or escalated to the Chairman and 
the Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee 
as required. 

To deal with any wrongdoing effectively, 
honest communication is vital and we 
encourage our employees to raise any such 
concerns of misconduct. During 2020, to raise 
further awareness of the importance and the 
process and procedure of reporting concerns 
of misconduct, we conducted mandatory 
whistle-blowing training. The Board is provided 
with periodic reports on whistle-blowing. 
Further information is available on page 48.

Ethics, bribery and fraud – Vivo Energy 
recognises that corruption undermines the rule 
of law and democratic process, impoverishes 
states and distorts free trade and competition. 
The Audit and Risk Committee regularly 
monitors and reviews the Company’s policies, 
incidents and trends arising from any such 
incidents and provides updates of key matters 
to the Board.

Risk management and internal controls – 
The Audit and Risk Committee annually 
reviews the effectiveness of the Group’s system 
of internal controls and risk management. 
The results of the Committee’s review are 
presented to the Board. During 2020, the 
Board assessed the Committee’s review and 
confirmed it concurred with the Committee’s 
assessment that the risk management and 
internal controls of the Group remain effective.

Promoting the success of the Company – 
The Directors, in conducting Board business 
and taking decisions at Board meetings, act 
in a way that is most likely to promote the 
success of the Company for the benefit of its 
members as a whole, while having due regard 
and taking into account the likely short- and 
long-term consequences of any decision on 
the Company and its business, the interests 
of all the Company’s stakeholders, including 
employees, and the impact on the community 
and environment in which the Company 
conducts its business.

The Board’s section 172(1) statement is 
included within the Strategic Report on 
page 45.

74

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

75

OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTBOARD LEADERSHIP AND COMPANY PURPOSE CONTINUED

KEY ACTIVITIES TO COMPLY WITH THE 2018 CODE

PURPOSE, CULTURE AND VALUES

Following the review of the Group’s purpose, the revised purpose was 
communicated to the organisation and the Board kept updated of the 
progress. During the year the Board also considered the Employee Pulse 
Survey results, the first culture report and feedback from the Employee 
Engagement Champion.

The Board is responsible for the Group’s whistle-blowing processes 
and received periodic reviews during the year. Further details on the 
Board’s involvement with purpose, culture and values can be found 
on pages 74 to 75.

REMUNERATION

The Remuneration Committee reviews workforce compensation, 
related policies and the alignment of incentives and rewards with 
the Group’s culture and takes these reviews into account in the 
setting of the policy for Executive Director remuneration.

During 2020, the Remuneration Committee received updates on 
workforce remuneration, reviewed the 2018 Code and approved 
the Committee’s revised Terms of Reference. Further details on 
the Committee’s activities can be found on pages 94 to 112.

NOMINATIONS AND GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE

The Nominations and Governance Committee is responsible for 
ensuring plans are in place for orderly succession to both the Board 
and senior management positions, and for overseeing the development 
of a diverse pipeline for succession.

During the year the Group’s senior management succession plans and 
talent pipeline were discussed and reviewed by both the Nominations 
and Governance Committee and the Board.

AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE

The role of the Audit and Risk Committee is to monitor and review 
the Group’s financial reporting, the effectiveness of risk management 
and internal controls, the Group’s whistle-blowing procedures and the 
integrity of the internal and external audit processes.

WORKFORCE AND STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT

The Board appointed Hixonia Nyasulu as Employee Engagement 
Champion and in 2020 an Employee Engagement Champion Committee 
was established to assist Hixonia. Further details are set out below.

The 2018 Code emphasises that the Board should understand the views 
of key stakeholders and be in a position to explain how their interests 
have been considered in decision-making.

EMPLOYEE ENGAGEMENT CHAMPION

Hixonia Nyasulu was appointed as the Company’s Employee Engagement 
Champion in 2019. She is assisted in this role by the Employee 
Engagement Champion Committee. During the year the roles of the 
Employee Champion and the Committee were formalised to ensure 
that the purpose was clear and that there were mechanisms in place 
for reporting and feedback.

In her role, Hixonia has engaged with the VP HR and regional HR 
representatives to obtain an understanding of the issues and concerns 
of the workforce and received feedback and business improvement 
suggestions from the employees.

At the 2019 AGM, shareholders approved the Remuneration Policy 
and the intention is to next review the policy in 2022.

A successor to the Chief Financial Officer was identified and the 
Committee recommended to the Board the appointment of Doug 
Lafferty as Chief Financial Officer Designate from 1 February 2021 
and as Chief Financial Officer from 5 March 2021. The appointment 
was preceded by a confidential market search and the selection process 
was carried out with the assistance of Spencer Stuart, an independent 
external executive search and leadership consultancy, which has no other 
connection with the Group. The Committee ensured that the procedure 
for the appointment was rigorous, transparent, objective and merit-based. 
Further details can be found on page 89.

The Committee reviewed and approved its revised Terms of Reference.

This year the Committee placed particular focus on monitoring 
the impact of COVID-19 on risk management, corporate reporting, 
the going concern and long-term viability assessment and regulatory and 
accounting considerations of the bond issue. Further details can be found 
on pages 90 to 93.

During Director discussions, factors set out in our section 172(1) 
statement on page 45 are considered, where relevant to the Board’s 
decision-making. The Board has formalised this within its decision-making 
processes, by ensuring that the consideration of stakeholder interests 
are set out in all Board and Committee papers in a proportionate 
and appropriate way, relevant to the matter to be considered. 
This will enable the Board and its Committees to effectively address 
stakeholder concerns.

In conjunction with the Committee she has: 
 – Brought employee perspectives to the Board to increase Board 

effectiveness and decision-making.

 – Reviewed employee engagement and feedback mechanisms to ensure 

they remain effective and appropriate.

 – Reviewed the output of the Employee Pulse Survey.
 – Devised success metrics and Committee activities for 2021.

Planned activities include engaging with and receiving feedback from 
employees via various channels, exploring ways to increase employee 
engagement through line managers and considering new ways of 
working post-COVID-19. Details on the 2021 engagement activities 
will be reported in the 2021 Annual Report.

OTHER ACTIVITIES

The Board approved revised Terms of Reference for each Board 
Committee to reflect the 2018 Code. Copies of these documents 
are available on the Group’s website.

The Board will continue to embed its approach to comply with the 
2018 Code during the forthcoming year to ensure that the approach 
to implementation provides support to the Group’s strategic objectives.

76

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

77

GOVERNANCESTAKEHOLDERS
The Board is committed to building positive 
relationships with all stakeholders and 
recognises that this is not only vital to building 
a sustainable business but also the right thing to 
do. Multiple stakeholders are impacted by our 
business, including shareholders, employees, 
customers, partners and the communities and 
governments of the countries in which the 
Group operates. As we enter a new year in the 
midst of a global pandemic, we continue to be 
mindful of the needs and expectations of our 
stakeholders. We recognise that working with 
our stakeholders towards shared goals assists 
us to deliver long-term sustainable success. 

During the year, the Group undertook a 
number of stakeholder engagement initiatives. 
Further information on how the Group 
engages with all its stakeholders is available 
within the Strategic Report on pages 42 to 45. 
In addition to the Group activities, the Board 
undertook the following stakeholder activities:

SHAREHOLDERS

INVESTOR RELATIONS
The Board believes that having clear, open and 
transparent communications with the capital 
markets is an essential element of being a 
listed company. In order to achieve this, the 
Company has a designated investor relations 
function, which acts as the primary point 
of contact with the investment community 
and is responsible for both maintaining and 
enhancing Vivo Energy’s relations with current 
and potential shareholders and the sell-side 
analyst community. During the year, the Group 
issued its first corporate bond, which provided 
a broader capital markets presence and 
meant that significantly increased engagement 
took place with debt investors and credit 
rating agencies. 

Due to the impact of COVID-19 the 
Company had to adapt its normal programme 
of face-to-face institutional engagements 
and move to virtual engagements, primarily 
video-call based. While there are some natural 
drawbacks to this necessary approach, it had 
the benefit of greatly increasing the reach of 
engagement into different territories across 
the world that were previously not on the 
engagement calendar.

During the year the Company maintained 
an extensive programme of scheduled and 
ad-hoc engagement with institutions and 
analysts driven by the constantly changing 
operating environments and an increase in 
direct engagement from institutions as they 
looked to manage through the combined 
impact of working from home and the volatile 
markets. During the year we conducted 
virtual investor roadshows and attended 
virtual investor conferences that were 
primarily aimed at investors based in the 
United Kingdom, United States, South Africa 
and Europe.

These engagements were undertaken by a 
combination of Executive Management and 
the Investor Relations function. Due to the 
restrictions on travel, the Group did not host 
any investors in our operating units during 
the year. 

We do not anticipate that all of our Board of 
Directors will be able to attend the meeting 
in-person due to travel restrictions and health 
and safety requirements. If any Director is 
unable to attend in person, we will endeavour 
to ensure that he/she can attend by phone.

The engagements with capital markets 
stakeholders cover a broad range of topics, 
but in 2020 the primary focus was on the 
impact of COVID-19 on the Group’s operations 
and financial performance. In addition to this 
we continued to engage with stakeholders 
on capital allocation, governance, executive 
remuneration, governance and Group strategy. 
Furthermore there has been increased focus 
on ESG matters, including climate change, and 
the Group has looked to enhance disclosure 
and engage with the ESG rating agencies to 
ensure a clearer understanding of the business 
sustainability approach.

Investor Relations regularly presents to, and 
discusses developments in the capital markets, 
with the Board, as well as sharing sell-side 
research and investor feedback. At the end 
of the year, we commissioned a perception 
study of a cross-section of our shareholders, 
non-holders and sell-side analysts, which 
we believe will be an important tool, both 
from a strategic planning and a corporate 
governance perspective.

Due to the importance that the Board 
places on communication with shareholders, 
arrangements can be made for major 
shareholders to meet with the Chairman, 
the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial 
Officer, the Senior Independent Director and 
the Independent Non-Executive Directors, 
as required.

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING (AGM)
The Company’s third AGM will be held at 2:00 
p.m. on 18 May 2021.  The Notice of the AGM 
will include further details, including the venue.  

Details of the business to be proposed at the 
meeting are contained in the Notice of AGM 
which will be sent to shareholders at least 20 
working days prior to the date of the meeting. 
Voting at the AGM will be conducted by way 
of a poll and the results will be announced 
through the Regulatory News Service and 
made available on our website following 
the meeting.

To encourage shareholders to participate in 
the AGM process, the Company will offer 
electronic proxy voting through both our 
registrar’s website and, for CREST members, 
the CREST service.

Although it is our intention to hold the AGM 
at the time set out above, we will continue to 
closely monitor the impact of the COVID-19 
outbreak in the United Kingdom and how it 
may affect the arrangements for this year’s 
AGM, particularly in relation to social distancing, 
large gatherings and travel.

EMPLOYEES
Our people are central to us delivering 
against our strategic objectives and our vision 
to become Africa’s most respected energy 
business. Our success is reliant on our culture 
and the Board is committed to ensuring that 
our workforce policies and practices are 
aligned with the purpose, values and culture of 
Vivo Energy. Further information on employee 
engagement programmes is set out in the 
Strategic Report on page 43.

OTHER STAKEHOLDERS
Alongside our shareholders and employees, 
we have identified customers, partners, 
communities, governments and investors as 
our main stakeholders. Where the Board does 
not engage directly with the stakeholders, it is 
kept updated so that the Directors maintain 
an effective understanding of what matters 
to all our stakeholders and can draw on these 
perspectives in Board decision-making and 
strategy development. Updates are provided 
in a variety of formats including face-to-face 
presentations and reports by the Chief 
Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer 
as well as by the senior management of the 
Group’s businesses. Senior management is 
requested, when presenting or providing 
reports to the Board on strategy and principal 
decisions, to ensure that the presentations 
cover what impact the strategy/principal 
decision has on the relevant stakeholders 
and how the views of those stakeholders 
have been taken into account. 

For details of how the Board complied with 
Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 
and how it further engaged with other 
stakeholders, see page 45.

VISITS TO OUR LOCAL 
OPERATING UNITS
Visiting our local operating units allows the 
Directors to gain a better understanding 
and insight into particular issues faced by the 
operating unit and the business in general. 
In addition, these visits give the Directors a 
valuable opportunity to engage with our key 
stakeholders including employees, customers 
and local communities. A schedule of visits for 
2020 had been agreed but, due to COVID-19 
travel restrictions, the Board’s travel plans are 
currently on hold. Board visits to the Group’s 
operating units will continue as soon as it is safe 
to travel again. In the meantime the Board’s 
learning and understanding of our business is 
continuing through virtual deep dives. The deep 
dives have consisted of reports and virtual 
presentations and over the year have covered 
topics such as Zimbabwe, Mozambique, culture 
and share price.

76

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

77

OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTBOARD LEADERSHIP AND COMPANY PURPOSE CONTINUED

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Committee membership key

  Audit and Risk Committee

  Nominations and Governance Committee

  Remuneration Committee

  Chair

JOHN DALY CHAIRMAN

INDEPENDENT ON APPOINTMENT 
APPOINTMENT DATE: 20 APRIL 2018

SKILLS AND EXPERIENCE
John brings strong international and consumer expertise to the Board having 
held various executive leadership positions over the course of 20 years 
at British American Tobacco plc (BAT). His most recent positions at BAT 
were chief operating officer (2010-2014) and regional director for Asia Pacific, 
based in Hong Kong (2004-2010). John is a former director of Reynolds 
American Inc., a US public company owned 42% by BAT. Prior to his time 
with BAT, John held various sales and marketing positions with Johnson & 
Johnson, Bristol-Myers Squibb, Pennwalt Corporation and Schering-Plough. 
Until November 2020 John was a non-executive director of Glanbia plc. 

EXTERNAL PUBLIC APPOINTMENTS
Britvic plc – non-executive chairman

COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP

NATIONALITY

CHRISTIAN CHAMMAS CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

APPOINTMENT DATE: 20 APRIL 20181

SKILLS AND EXPERIENCE
Christian has extensive experience in the energy sector and has a deep 
knowledge of Africa and emerging markets. Prior to joining the Group, 
Christian was at Total for 31 years where he held several executive positions 
in Central America, the Caribbean, Pacific and India. Christian served 
as chief executive officer for the Total group of companies in Nigeria, 
Cameroon and Kenya, followed by successive positions as executive vice 
president for the Total group of companies for Central Africa, executive 
vice president for the Total group of companies for Caribbean and 
Central America, and as Total group representative for India and executive 
country chairman for downstream companies. His last position at Total was 
as executive vice president for the MENA region in the downstream division. 

EXTERNAL PUBLIC APPOINTMENTS
None

COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP
None

NATIONALITY

JOHAN DEPRAETERE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

DOUG LAFFERTY CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER DESIGNATE

APPOINTMENT DATE: 20 APRIL 20182

APPOINTMENT DATE: 1 FEBRUARY 2021

SKILLS AND EXPERIENCE
Johan has wide-ranging experience in senior finance roles both 
at Vivo Energy and other multinational companies including the 
Samsung Group, McKinsey and Morgan Stanley. Johan’s responsibilities 
include financial control, treasury & credit, IT and procurement.

EXTERNAL PUBLIC APPOINTMENTS
None

COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP
None

NATIONALITY

SKILLS AND EXPERIENCE
Doug Lafferty was appointed as Chief Financial Officer Designate 
in February 2021 to become Chief Financial Officer in March 2021. 
His responsibilities include financial control, treasury & credit, IT and 
procurement. Prior to joining the Group, Doug spent three years 
as CFO and Executive Director for Williams Grand Prix Holdings 
plc. Doug has also held a range of senior positions during a 16-year 
international career with British American Tobacco, including Group Head 
of Commercial Finance and Regional Head of Finance for the Americas.

EXTERNAL PUBLIC APPOINTMENTS
None

COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP
None

NATIONALITY

1  Prior to this he was Chief Executive Officer of the Group with effect from 2 January 2012.
2  Prior to this he was Chief Financial Officer of the Group with effect from 6 April 2012.

78

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

79

GOVERNANCE 
 
THEMBALIHLE HIXONIA NYASULU
SENIOR INDEPENDENT  
DIRECTOR

CAROL ARROWSMITH
INDEPENDENT  
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

CHRISTOPHER ROGERS
INDEPENDENT  
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

APPOINTMENT DATE: 20 APRIL 2018 

APPOINTMENT DATE: 20 APRIL 2018 

APPOINTMENT DATE: 22 APRIL 2018 

SKILLS AND EXPERIENCE
Hixonia has global experience across multiple 
sectors in South Africa and Europe for blue-chip 
companies, as well as on the Banking Enquiry panel 
for the South African Competition Commission. 
Hixonia held numerous management roles at 
Unilever in South Africa between 1978 and 1984, 
and subsequently founded two highly successful 
companies. She has substantial experience as a 
non-executive director having held non-executive 
director positions at Unilever plc, Sasol Ltd, 
Anglo Platinum Ltd, the Development Bank 
of Southern Africa, Nedbank and served as a 
member of the JPMorgan Advisory Board for 
South Africa until October 2013.

EXTERNAL PUBLIC APPOINTMENTS
Anglo American plc – non-executive director

COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP

SKILLS AND EXPERIENCE
Carol has extensive experience of executive 
remuneration. For over 20 years, she specialised 
in advising boards of directors on executive 
remuneration across a range of sectors. 
Carol is a former vice chair and senior partner of 
Deloitte LLP, a global partner in Arthur Andersen 
and managing director of New Bridge Street 
Consultants. Carol is a fellow of the Chartered 
Institute of Personnel and Development. 

EXTERNAL PUBLIC APPOINTMENTS
Compass Group plc – non-executive director 
and chair of their remuneration committee 
Centrica plc – non-executive director 
and chair of their remuneration committee 

COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP

NATIONALITY

SKILLS AND EXPERIENCE
Chris is a Chartered Accountant and has extensive 
financial and commercial experience. Chris was 
a director of Whitbread plc from 2005 to 2016 
where he served as group finance director from 
2005 to 2012 and managing director of Costa 
Coffee from 2012 to 2016. He was group finance 
director of Woolworth Group plc and chairman 
of the Woolworth Entertainment businesses 
from 2001 to 2005. Previously Chris held senior 
roles in both finance and commercial functions 
in Comet Group plc and Kingfisher.

EXTERNAL PUBLIC APPOINTMENTS
Travis Perkins plc – non-executive director 
Kerry Group plc – non-executive director 
Sanderson Design Group plc – 
non-executive director

COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP

NATIONALITY

NATIONALITY

GAWAD ABAZA
INDEPENDENT  
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

JAVED AHMED
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR  
(VITOL APPOINTED DIRECTOR)  

TEMITOPE LAWANI
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR  
(HELIOS APPOINTED DIRECTOR)

APPOINTMENT DATE: 1 DECEMBER 2018 

APPOINTMENT DATE: 12 MARCH 20183 

APPOINTMENT DATE: 16 MARCH 20183 

SKILLS AND EXPERIENCE
Gawad has a wealth of African commercial 
experience. He has significant operational 
knowledge of running consumer-focused 
businesses across the African continent having 
held several senior management positions in 
the Middle East and Africa at Kraft and Cadbury.

SKILLS AND EXPERIENCE
Javed joined Vitol in 2009 and leads its global 
investing activity. Prior to this, Javed was with 
Morgan Stanley from 1997 to 2009 where he 
held positions including managing director and 
the head of acquisitions and structured transactions 
for Morgan Stanley’s commodities group.

EXTERNAL APPOINTMENTS
Gama Transformation Consultancy LLC – 
managing director

COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP

NATIONALITY

EXTERNAL APPOINTMENTS
Positions at a number of Vitol’s portfolio 
companies, including Petrol Ofisi, VTTI, 
VPI Holding and OVH Holding

COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP

NATIONALITY

SKILLS AND EXPERIENCE
Temitope is a co-founder and managing partner of 
Helios Investment Partners, the largest Africa-focused 
private investment firm. He is also co-CEO and 
a director of Helios Fairfax Partners. Prior to this, 
Temitope was a principal at TPG Capital. 
After beginning his career at the Walt Disney 
Company as an M&A and corporate development 
analyst, he went on to serve on the boards of 
various corporate enterprises. Temitope is 
currently a member of the MIT Corporation, 
the MIT School of Engineering Dean’s Advisory 
Council, the Harvard Law School’s Dean’s Advisory 
Board, and on the board of the END Fund.

EXTERNAL PUBLIC APPOINTMENTS
Helios Towers plc – non-executive director 
Positions at a number of Helio’s portfolio 
companies, including Mall for Africa, 
Zola Electric, OVH Energy and Axxela

NATIONALITY

3  Previously a supervisory board member of Vivo Energy Holding B.V. (the former Group holding company).

78

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

79

OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BOARD LEADERSHIP AND COMPANY PURPOSE CONTINUED

SENIOR
EXECUTIVE TEAM

A  CHRISTIAN CHAMMAS

B  JOHAN DEPRAETERE

C  DOUG LAFFERTY

D  HANS PAULSEN

E  FRANCK KONAN-YAHAUT

F  ERIC GOSSE

G  OMAR BENSON

H  HERMAN NIEUWOUDT

I  MEHDI ABAGHAD

J  NAOUFEL AISSA

K  REINETTE WESSELS

L  ADRIAN DE SOUZA

80

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

81

GOVERNANCEA  CHRISTIAN CHAMMAS
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
See Christian’s biography on page 78.

B  JOHAN DEPRAETERE
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
See Johan’s biography on page 78.

C  DOUG LAFFERTY
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER DESIGNATE
See Doug’s biography on page 78.

D  HANS PAULSEN
EVP EAST AND SOUTHERN AFRICA
Hans is the EVP East and Southern Africa, a role 
he has held since 1 July 2019. Prior to his current 
role, Hans served as the Group Programme 
Manager leading the SAP implementation project 
for the Group. Hans joined Vivo Energy in 2013 
as Managing Director Uganda. 

Before joining Vivo Energy, Hans held senior 
management roles in the telecoms sector both 
in Uganda and Zambia. He also previously worked 
in the oil and gas industry with Royal Dutch Shell 
in Uganda and Kenya from 1997 to 2002.

NATIONALITY

G  OMAR BENSON
EVP SALES AND MARKETING
Omar is the EVP Sales and Marketing, a role he 
has held since January 2021. During 2020 he was 
Acting EVP Sales and Marketing, before being 
permanently appointed to this role.

Prior to this Omar has held various other senior 
positions at Vivo Energy, including Head of Fuel 
Retail from 2013 and adding Convenience Retail 
from 2015. In 2018 he was appointed VP Retail, CR, 
QSR and ONFR. Prior to joining Vivo Energy Omar 
held various roles at Shell where he spent 11 years 
and before that Omar worked for Air Liquide, 
Mobil Oil and Copharmed.

NATIONALITY

E   FRANCK KONAN-YAHAUT
EVP WEST AFRICA
Franck is the EVP West Africa, a position he 
has held since February 2019. Franck previously 
held the positions of Managing Director, 
Shell Côte d’Ivoire and Burkina Faso Cluster, 
Managing Director, Côte d’Ivoire, before taking 
up his previous role of Managing Director, Senegal 
in September 2014. Franck transferred from 
Royal Dutch Shell to Vivo Energy following the 
sale of the Africa Downstream business in 2011. 
Franck joined Royal Dutch Shell in 1996 from PwC, 
and following a number of years as finance manager 
in Guinea, Ghana and West Africa, he moved to 
West Africa Gas Pipeline Company in the Shell 
upstream business as general manager Finance 
and Administration.

NATIONALITY

H   HERMAN NIEUWOUDT
CHIEF OF STAFF
Herman is the Chief of Staff for the Group, 
a role which he has held since September 2018. 
Prior to this he was the Vice President Human 
Resources, a position he held since the inception 
of Vivo Energy. He is primarily responsible for 
executive compensation and resourcing and 
the Chairman’s and CEO’s office.

Herman transferred from Royal Dutch Shell 
to Vivo Energy following the sale of the Africa 
Downstream business in 2011. During his 
17 years with Shell he held various roles including 
downstream policy and compensation manager 
for the Africa region and general manager HR for 
Shell Oil Products Africa. Herman joined Shell in 
1995 from Dulux South Africa where he was the 
head of HR for the industrial coatings division.

NATIONALITY

F   ERIC GOSSE
EVP BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT, SUPPORT 
AND INDIAN OCEAN ISLANDS
Eric is the EVP, Business Development, Support 
and Indian Ocean Islands, a position he has held 
since January 2019. Eric is responsible for business 
development and projects, supply and sourcing 
(fuels), distribution, power and solar, technical audit, 
technical and engineering and HSSEQ.

Eric joined the Group from Total where he held 
various senior positions over the course of more 
than 25 years. He brings a wealth of commercial 
and industry experience to the Group.

NATIONALITY

I  MEHDI ABAGHAD 
VP RETAIL
Mehdi is the Vice President for Retail, a role he 
has held since October 2020. Prior to this Mehdi 
was the Retail Manager in Morocco where he 
successfully grew and developed the service station 
network and Retail offer in that market. 

Mehdi has more than 20 years’ experience in 
the industry. Before joining Vivo Energy, Mehdi 
was the Commercial Manager for Shell Morocco 
and before that he worked as the Commercial 
and Export Director for Nexans and as a trader 
for the investment bank Upline Securities. 

NATIONALITY

 NAOUFEL AISSA

J 
VP LUBRICANTS & COMMERCIAL
Naoufel is the VP Lubricants & Commercial, 
a role he has held since July 2017. Prior to this, 
Naoufel held various senior roles at Vivo Energy, 
including Head of Lubricants from July 2015 and 
Managing Director, Tunisia until July 2015.

Naoufel transferred from Royal Dutch Shell 
to Vivo Energy following the sale of the Africa 
Downstream business in 2011. He has over 
15 years’ experience including various sales 
and marketing roles in Shell globally and throughout 
Africa. Naoufel held the role of Managing Director 
for Shell Tunisia from September 2009.

NATIONALITY

K   REINETTE WESSELS 
VP HUMAN RESOURCES
Reinette is the VP Human Resources, a position 
she has held since September 2018, having joined 
the Group in October 2013 as Head of Talent 
and Development. Reinette is responsible for 
providing strategic leadership and direction for 
the HR Function across the Group.

L  ADRIAN DE SOUZA 
GENERAL COUNSEL
Adrian is the Group’s General Counsel, a role he 
has held since July 2020. He is responsible for the 
Group’s Legal, Ethics, Compliance and Company 
Secretarial functions and has extensive experience 
working for listed and multinational companies 
across a number of sectors.

Prior to joining the Group, as an independent 
consultant, Reinette provided specialised consulting 
to a number of listed companies in the areas of 
reward and talent management strategies and 
deployment. Her knowledge and experience of the 
human resources field spans a period of 29 years, 
across a number of diverse sectors, including 
holding various generalist, specialist and executive 
HR positions at British American Tobacco, where 
Reinette worked for 12 years and as remuneration 
consultant at Old Mutual for seven years.

NATIONALITY

Adrian qualified as a solicitor in 1997, working 
in private practice with Hogan Lovells and 
Clifford Chance before joining SABMiller plc.

Adrian then became General Counsel and 
Company Secretary at the FTSE 100 company 
Land Securities Group plc, a position he held 
for five years, before taking a similar role at 
a Goldman Sachs private equity business. 
Before joining the Group, Adrian was 
Company Secretary at Barclays Bank UK plc.

NATIONALITY

80

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

81

OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTDIVISION OF RESPONSIBILITIES

THE ROLE OF THE BOARD

An effective board comprises of a diverse 
group of individuals, each contributing different 
experiences, skills and backgrounds enabling 
the board as a whole to provide challenge, 
informed opinions and advice on strategy 
and relevant topics. 

Collectively, the Board is responsible for 
promoting the long-term success of the 
Group by setting strategic priorities, generating 
value for stakeholders and ensuring that 
the Group continues to contribute to wider 
society. In particular, the Board is responsible 
for reviewing opportunities and maintaining 
effective risk management and internal 
control systems.

As is normal for large companies, the 
Vivo Energy Board relies on Executive 
Management to run the business with the 
Board monitoring management activities 
and holding them to account against targets 
and standards. The Board discharges some 
of its responsibilities directly while others 
are discharged through its principal Board 
Committees and through management. 
In order to retain control of key decisions and 
ensure there is a clear division of responsibilities 
between the Board and the running of the 
business, the Board has a clear framework 
for determining the matters within its remit 
including an agreed schedule of Matters 
Reserved for the Board and has approved 
Terms of Reference for the matters delegated 
to its Committees. The Terms of Reference 
and the schedule of Matters Reserved for 
the Board are available on our website. 

All Committee Terms of Reference 
were revised during the year. No changes 
to the schedule of Matters Reserved for 
the Board were deemed necessary in 2020. 

The Board’s reserved matters include:
 – Group strategy;
 – Governance and regulatory compliance;
 – Financial reporting;
 – Major capital commitments;
 – Major contracts and agreements; 
 – Internal controls; 
 – Significant remuneration changes;
 – Stakeholder engagement; 
 – Material corporate transactions;
 – Assessing and monitoring the culture 

of the Group;

 – Ensuring effective arrangements to engage 

with employees; and 

 – Ensuring effective whistle-blowing 

arrangements are in place.

OUR GOVERNANCE STRUCTURE

THE BOARD

AUDIT AND RISK 
COMMITTEE

NOMINATIONS AND 
GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE

REMUNERATION 
COMMITTEE

The role of the Committee is 
to assist the Board in fulfilling its 
corporate governance obligations 
in relation to the Group’s financial 
reporting, internal control and 
risk management systems. 
In addition, it provides oversight 
of the Internal Audit function 
and the external auditors.

The Committee leads the process 
for, and makes recommendations 
to the Board, regarding the 
appointment of new Directors 
to the Board. In addition, the 
Committee supports the Board 
with the succession planning process, 
implementation and delivery against 
the Board Diversity Policy and 
employee engagement process.

The role of the Committee is to set, 
review and recommend the policy 
on remuneration of the Chairman, 
Executives, Company Secretary 
and Senior Management team.

In addition, it monitors 
the implementation of 
the Remuneration Policy.

Following each Committee meeting the Chair of the Committee provides an update to the Board, detailing decisions made and key matters discussed. 
Copies of the Committee minutes are circulated to all Board members to the extent appropriate.

82

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

83

BOARD AND COMMITTEE ATTENDANCEThe Board has a comprehensive annual programme of meetings to monitor and review strategy across all the elements of the Group’s business model. In 2020 five Board meetings were scheduled. Additional meetings were held as and when required, for example to consider the bond issue and the appointment of Doug Lafferty. The Chairman ensures that regular meetings are also held with the Non-Executive Directors without the presence of the Executive Directors.In the spring, during the first height of the COVID-19 pandemic, the Board received weekly updates from management on developments, the Group’s response and actions taken. All Directors are expected to attend all Board and relevant Committee meetings unless prevented from doing so by illness or conflict of interest. Senior executives below Board level are invited, when appropriate, to attend Board meetings to make presentations on the results, opportunities, deep dives and strategies relating to their operating units. Board agendas are carefully planned to ensure that sufficient time and consideration are given to the Group’s strategic priorities and key monitoring activities as well as reviews of strategic issues. In advance of each meeting, papers and relevant materials are provided to Directors via a secure web portal which also provides access to a library of relevant information about the Company and Board procedures. Directors unable to attend specific Board or Committee meetings are asked to provide comments in advance and if necessary follow up with the relevant Chair of the meeting.GOVERNANCE2020 BOARD ACTIVITY

During the year the Board has considered all relevant matters within its remit, including the following:

STRATEGY AND FINANCE

 – Continued the review of the Group’s long-term strategy
 – Considered the Group’s plan for 2021-2025 
 – Monitored the Group’s performance against the annual plan for 

2020 and approved the annual plan for 2021 after taking into account 
management’s revised assumptions and outlook for the year

 – Reviewed and considered whether a final dividend for 2019 should 

be made

 – Reviewed and approved the 2020 interim dividend recommendation

 – Reviewed and approved the preliminary and interim 

results announcements 

 – Received and considered COVID-19 updates and the 

Group’s response 

 – Considered and approved the issuance of $350 million of senior notes
 – Considered and discussed the Group’s ESG strategy
 – Reviewed the Group’s solar project and discussed alternative energies
 – Mozambique and Zimbabwe deep dives

PEOPLE AND CULTURE

 – Reviewed senior management succession plans and the Group’s 

internal talent pipeline

 – Received reports from the nominated Employee 

Engagement Champion

 – Received a report from the VP HR on the output of the Employee 

Pulse Survey 

GOVERNANCE, COMPLIANCE AND RISK

 – Received and considered the first annual culture report
 – Received Health & Safety updates
 – Approved Doug Lafferty’s appointment
 – Approved the Company’s Modern Slavery Statement

 – Reviewed and approved the 2019 Annual Report and Accounts and 

Notice of AGM

 – Undertook an assessment of the effectiveness of the Group’s risk 

management and internal controls framework, which concluded that 
they remain effective

 – Reviewed and approved the terms of reference of the Board’s 
Committees to ensure these are aligned with the 2018 Code
 – Received updates on the 2018 Code and its implementation 
 – Received regular Investor Relations reports 
 – Considered the output of the 2020 Board Effectiveness Review 

STANDING AGENDA ITEMS

 – Received reports from the Chief Executive Officer
 – Received reports from the Chief Financial Officer
 – Received Investor Relations updates 

 – Received updates from the Board’s Committees
 – Reviewed and approved the previous meeting minutes

82

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

83

Since the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic, Directors have been able to participate in meetings using secure virtual meeting technology. The following table shows the attendance of Directors at scheduled Board and Committee meetings during the year: BoardAudit and  Risk CommitteeNominations and  Governance CommitteeRemuneration  CommitteeJohn Daly5/5n/a2/25/5Christian Chammas5/5n/an/an/aJohan Depraetere5/5n/an/an/aHixonia Nyasulu5/55/52/25/5Javed Ahmed15/5n/a1/2n/aTemitope Lawani5/5n/an/an/aCarol Arrowsmith5/55/52/25/5Christopher Rogers5/55/52/25/5Gawad Abaza5/55/52/25/5Notes:The maximum number of scheduled meetings held during the year that each Director could attend is shown next to the number attended. Additional meetings were held as required. Minutes of Board and Committee meetings are made available to all Directors.1 Javed Ahmed was unable to attend one Nominations and Governance Committee meeting due to a conflicting business engagement.OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTDIVISION OF RESPONSIBILITIES CONTINUED

THE BOARD’S COMMITTEES 
AND THEIR ROLES
The Board has established three principal 
Committees: the Audit and Risk Committee, 
the Nominations and Governance Committee 
and the Remuneration Committee. 
Each Committee has its own terms of 
reference approved by the Board which are 
available on our website. Membership of each 
Committee is determined by the Board on 
the recommendation of the Nominations and 
Governance Committee. The Board structure 
is set out on page 82. In addition to the principal 
Committees, the Board is also supported by 
the Market Disclosure Committee and the 
Employee Engagement Champion Committee. 

The membership, roles and duties discharged 
during 2020 for each Committee is detailed 
in their respective Committee reports on 
pages 87 to 112.

In 2020 an Employee Engagement Champion 
Committee was set up. The Committee’s 
primary function is to assist the nominated 
Employee Engagement Champion on 
furthering employee engagement and 
understanding and listening to employees’ views 
and suggestions. Further details are provided 
on page 89.

The Market Disclosure Committee ensures 
the legal and regulatory obligations and 
requirements arising from the listing of the 
Company’s securities on the London and 
Johannesburg Stock Exchanges are met. 
This includes the timely and accurate disclosure 
to the market of all relevant information.

The Market Disclosure Committee meets 
at such times as is necessary or appropriate. 
The members of the Committee are 
the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, 
Chief Financial Officer, Group Financial 
Controller, General Counsel and 
Head of Investor Relations. 

In addition to the oversight provided by 
the Board and its Committees, the Executive 
Directors are supported by the Senior 
Executive Team which helps them discharge 
their duties. The Senior Executive Team 
comprises the senior leadership team, 
who have management responsibility for the 
business operations and support functions. 
The Senior Executive Team supports the 
Executive Directors in the discharge of 
their duties. The membership of the Senior 
Executive Team can be found on pages 80 and 
81. The Senior Executive Team holds regular 
meetings and relevant matters are reported to 
the Board by the Chief Executive Officer and, 
as appropriate, the Chief Financial Officer.

DIRECTORS
Led by the Chairman, the Board of Directors 
comprises four Independent Non-Executive 
Directors, two Executive Directors and two 
representatives from our major shareholders, 
Vitol and Helios. Together, they ensure high 
standards of governance and bring a broad 
range of skills and experience to our business. 
All Directors are encouraged to use their 
independent judgement and to constructively 
challenge all matters, whether strategic 
or operational. 

All Directors are required to devote sufficient 
time and to demonstrate commitment to 
their role. There is a process for the approval 
of any additional external appointments for 
the Executive Directors or Independent 
Non-Executive Directors. All additional 
appointments are to be approved by the 
Board in advance of such appointments 
being accepted. 

During 2020 the Board approved Carol 
Arrowsmith’s appointment to Centrica 
plc and Gawad Abaza’s appointment to 
Gama Transformation Consultancy LLC. 
These appointments were not considered 
to unduly affect Carol or Gawad’s time 
commitment to the Company, nor impair their 
ability to serve as Directors of the Company. 
Following an internal review, it was confirmed 
that no conflict of interest would arise through 
either of these additional appointments.

In addition to the above appointments, the 
Board also noted that during 2020 John Daly 
stepped down from the Board of Glambian 
plc and Gawad Abaza stepped down from the 
Mondelez International and Cadbury Nigeria 
plc Boards.

Further information on the skills and 
experience, Committee membership and other 
appointments of each Director can be found in 
their individual biographies on pages 78 and 79. 

INDEPENDENCE 
With the exception of Javed Ahmed and 
Temitope Lawani, the Non-Executive Directors 
were considered to be independent on 
appointment and are still considered to be 
independent, in accordance with the criteria 
outlined within the 2018 Code. They are 
considered free from any business interest, 
which could materially interfere with the 
exercise of their judgement. In addition, the 
Board is satisfied that each Non-Executive 
Director dedicates the necessary amount of 
time to the Company’s affairs and to their role. 

The Board has agreed that each Director shall 
stand for appointment or reappointment as 
appropriate at each AGM. All Independent 
Directors are appointed and reappointed by a 
dual vote, where the approval of shareholders 
excludes the major shareholders.

In accordance with the respective relationship 
agreements, should either of the two 
shareholder nominated Directors not be 
reappointed by a vote at the AGM, the 
respective shareholder would be entitled 
to nominate them for reappointment to 
the Board.

Copies of the Executive Directors’ service 
contracts and letters of appointment for the 
Non-Executive Directors are available for 
inspection by shareholders at each AGM and 
during normal business hours at the Company’s 
registered office. 

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
Directors have a statutory duty to avoid 
situations in which they may have interests 
which conflict with those of the Company. 
The Board has adopted procedures as provided 
for in the Company’s Articles of Association 
for authorising existing conflicts of interest and 
for the consideration of, and if appropriate, 
authorisation of new situations which may arise. 

A register setting out each Director’s interests 
is maintained and records both Javed Ahmed’s 
and Temitope Lawani’s appointments on 
behalf of the Company’s major shareholders. 
In addition, where a Director holds 
directorships or other similar appointments 
in companies or organisations not connected 
with the Company where no conflict of 
interest has been identified, such appointments 
are registered as potential conflicts and are 
authorised and recorded.

As good practice, the Chairman requests 
each of the Directors to declare any 
conflict of interest at each Board meeting.

84

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

85

GOVERNANCEIn line with best practice, the roles of our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer are separate, clearly defined and set out in writing. The role profiles 
have been approved by the Board and are available on our website. The key roles of our Board are set out below:

CHAIRMAN

The Chairman’s primary role is to lead the Board and ensure that it operates effectively. In particular, he sets the Board’s agenda and promotes a 
culture of open discussion and debate between Executive and Non-Executive Directors. He also has a pivotal role in ensuring effective communication 
with shareholders and other stakeholders and ensures that the members of the Board are kept aware of the views of the major investors.

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

The Chief Executive Officer develops the Group’s strategic direction for consideration and approval by the Board and represents the Group 
to external stakeholders. He is responsible for running the business of the Group and ensuring the delivery of the strategy agreed by the Board. 
The CEO does this in close collaboration with, and with the support of, the Senior Executive Team.

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

The Chief Financial Officer is responsible for providing strategic financial leadership, establishing financial planning and maintaining adequate internal 
controls over financial reporting, representing the Group to external stakeholders as well as the day to day management of the finance function. 
In addition to the finance function, IT and procurement functions also report to the Chief Financial Officer.

SENIOR INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR

The Senior Independent Director is an Independent Non-Executive Director of the Board. This role provides advice and additional support and 
experience to the Chairman and where necessary, performs an intermediary role for other Directors. The Senior Independent Director leads the 
annual appraisal and review of the Chairman’s performance and is available to respond to shareholder concerns when contact through the normal 
channels is inappropriate. 

The Senior Independent Director is also the Board’s nominated Employee Engagement Champion.

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

The Non-Executive Directors are responsible for contributing sound judgement and objectivity to the Board’s deliberations and overall decision-making 
process, providing independent challenge, and monitoring the delivery of the strategy within the Board’s risk and governance framework.

COMPANY SECRETARY

It is the responsibility of the Company Secretary to ensure that there are good information flows to the Board and its Committees. The Company 
Secretary advises the Board on corporate governance and best practice and assists the Chairman in ensuring that the Directors have a suitably tailored 
and detailed induction and ongoing professional development programmes. The removal of the Company Secretary is a matter for the Board as 
a whole. 

All Directors have access to the advice and services of both the Group General Counsel and the Company Secretary. Directors may take independent 
legal and/or financial advice at the Company’s expense when it is deemed necessary in order to discharge their responsibilities effectively. No such 
independent advice was sought during the year to 31 December 2020.

84

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

85

OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTCOMPOSITION, SUCCESSION AND EVALUATION

BOARD AND COMMITTEE EFFECTIVENESS REVIEW
An effective Board is vital to the success of Vivo Energy and, in order to ensure that the Board continues to operate as efficiently as possible, 
in line with current best practice and the 2018 Code, the Board undertakes a formal review of its performance and that of its Chair and Committees 
each year, with an external evaluation every three years. This year, the Chairman, with the support of the Company Secretary, facilitated an internal 
evaluation of Board and Committee effectiveness. As an internally-facilitated review was also conducted in 2019, it is expected that the 2021 review 
will be conducted externally.

THE BOARD EVALUATION PROCESS
The 2020 process was undertaken in three stages:

STAGE 1

STAGE 2

STAGE 3

The Board reviewed the report and considered 
the recommendations. The Chairman in 
conjunction with the Company Secretary 
will develop a plan of action to improve 
areas highlighted by the evaluation over 
the forthcoming year.

The Chairman and Company Secretary 
reviewed last year’s process and created 
a comprehensive online questionnaire. 
This sought the Directors’ views on a number 
of topics such as Board composition and 
performance, diversity, succession planning, 
risk management, financial reporting and 
controls and the performance of the Board’s 
Committees. The questionnaire was designed 
to also evaluate progress versus the prior 
year’s improvement suggestions as well as 
to assist in identifying focus areas for 2021. 
Respondents completed the questionnaires 
confidentially and the results were collated 
and reported without attribution.

A complementary questionnaire drafted by the 
Senior Independent Director was also issued 
covering the Chairman’s performance.

Findings

Responses to all questions were sent to the 
Chairman and responses on the effectiveness 
of the Committees were also submitted to the 
respective Committee Chairs. The results of 
the evaluation process were reviewed by the 
Board and the Committees at their respective 
meetings in December 2020.

The Chairman also provided individual 
feedback to each Director on their 
individual performance.

The Senior Independent Director led the 
review of the Chairman’s performance and 
held a meeting with Directors without the 
Chairman present to discuss the results of 
the review before providing feedback to 
the Chairman. 

The conclusions of the 2020 effectiveness review were positive and confirmed that the Board continues to operate effectively benefiting from positive 
dynamics, strong engagement and a collegiate boardroom culture that allows for open discussion and constructive challenge. The Chairman continues 
to provide robust, effective and considerate leadership to the Board and each Director continues to contribute effectively. In addition, the Committees 
were all confirmed to be operating in an effective manner.

The Directors felt that, with the exception of operating unit visits, all improvement suggestions from 2019 had received attention from the Board and 
its Committees during the year. Nevertheless, the Board felt that it would benefit from further time spent on considering and discussing succession 
plans and the internal talent pipeline during 2021. Visits to the Group’s operating units will also recommence as soon as it is safe to travel again. 

The opportunities identified for the Board to further improve its effectiveness over the next year, included: 
 – Additional focus on understanding the interests of the Group’s stakeholders; 
 – Improving the Board’s understanding of key competitors and markets; 
 – Allocating more time to strategy with increased focus on future trends and alternative energy;
 – Continued focus on key risks and risk appetite; and
 – Continuing the programme of Board visits to the Group’s operating units.

These key areas would guide the development of the Board’s objectives for 2021.

86

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

GOVERNANCENOMINATIONS  
AND GOVERNANCE  
COMMITTEE REPORT

JOHN DALY
CHAIRMAN

INTRODUCTION
This has been a busy year for the Committee, 
which continues to establish itself within 
the business.

The key areas of activity have been the search 
for our new Chief Financial Officer, succession 
planning for our senior management, diversity 
across the business and the formation of an 
employee committee to assist the Group’s 
Employee Engagement Champion to perform 
her role more effectively.

ROLE OF THE COMMITTEE
The Committee reviews the executive and 
identified senior leadership and succession 
needs of the organisation and ensures that 
appropriate procedures are in place for 
nominating, training and evaluating Directors. 
In particular, the Committee reviews the size, 
structure and composition of the Board in 
the context of the current and future needs 
of the business and makes recommendations 
to the whole Board.

It is also responsible for considering and 
monitoring changes in the governance 
environment promulgated by its various 
stakeholders and adopting the relevant aspects 
in a way that promotes efficient, effective and 
entrepreneurial management for the long-term 
success of the Company.

MEMBERSHIP
During the year under review, the following 
were members of the Committee:
 – John Daly – Chair
 – Gawad Abaza
 – Javed Ahmed
 – Carol Arrowsmith
 – Hixonia Nyasulu
 – Christopher Rogers.

All of the members are independent 
Non-Executive Directors, with the exception 
of Javed Ahmed who is deemed not to be 
independent by virtue of his appointment 
by Vitol. Their biographies appear on 
pages 78 and 79.

In addition to its Members, the Committee 
Chair invites other Non-Executive Directors, 
the Chief Executive and Executive Vice 
President, Human Resources to attend 
meetings, as appropriate. The Company 
Secretary, Chief of Staff and General Counsel 
have standing invitations to attend.

MEETINGS
The Committee met twice during the year, and 
considered the following:
 – The establishment of the Employee 

Engagement Champion Committee and 
feedback from its meetings

 – The search for and appointment of the 
Group’s new Chief Financial Officer
 – Succession planning for Directors and 

senior managers

 – Diversity within the Group and initiatives 
for the improvement of gender diversity

 – Governance around the impact of 

climate change 

 – A corporate governance update 
 – Employee survey results
 – Updated terms of reference.

BOARD APPOINTMENTS
All appointments are subject to a formal, 
rigorous and transparent process. The Board 
supports the provisions of the Voluntary Code 
of Conduct for Executive Search firms. It will 
only engage executive search firms that are 
signatories to this code, which includes the 
adoption of measures designed to improve 
ethnic and gender diversity on boards.

The Committee reviews the terms of 
appointment for all Directors and makes 
recommendations to the Board.

During the year, the Board made one 
appointment, Doug Lafferty, who joined 
the Company as its Chief Financial Officer 
designate on 1 February 2021. Details of the 
process around his appointment are set out 
on page 89.

BOARD DIVERSITY
The Board adopted a new diversity policy 
in 2019. This formally recognises the value 
diversity brings to the Board and aims to 
promote the recruitment of people who 
are diverse in terms of ethnicity, age, skills, 
background, gender and perspective.

The Committee is aware of and supports 
the Parker and Hampton-Alexander initiatives. 
The Company comfortably meets the Parker 
recommendation of having at least one 
Director from an ethnic minority background, 
with four Directors meeting that criteria. 
The Board is very conscious that the Company 
has not met the Hampton-Alexander target 
for gender diversity, with 22% of the Board 
consisting of women at year end, against a 
target of 33%. 

The Committee is absolutely committed to 
meeting this target, while also cognisant of the 
difficulty of achieving this in the short term. 
As the Company was listed relatively recently, 
in 2018, the Non-Executives are relatively 
early in tenure and there are no plans to 
increase the size of the Board. In addition, 
two Non-Executives are appointed by large 
shareholders. The Committee will continue 
to keep gender diversity under review and 
look for opportunities to appoint more 
women in the future, while always selecting 
the best candidate for every role.

87

OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTVIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020NOMINATIONS AND GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED

Shareholders should not assume that the 
failure to meet this target means the Board 
lacks diversity. The conversations, perspectives, 
challenge and insights shared around the 
Board table are those of a very diverse group 
of people. The Board’s Directors are drawn 
from eight different nationalities. They have 
experience working across a number of 
industries and territories that complement 
our business. The Directors have had executive 
careers in a broad range of industries including 
FMCG, Energy, Engineering, Marketing, 
Commodities, Professional Services, Corporate 
Finance, and General Management and many 
of them have experienced significant regulation 
and change. The Board has given great 
consideration to this mix, which is essential 
to the advancement of its strategy and given 
the nature of the business and the diverse 
range of cultures and territories in which 
the Group operates. 

In particular and to support the Group’s 
strategy, several members of the Board have 
experience in advancing community initiatives 
in a number of settings, have significant 
financial and operational skills to help improve 
financial discipline and offer advice on efficient 
operating structures.

Others have experience in operating in high 
growth, performance-driven cultures and help 
management to address issues that arise in 
the advancement of the Group’s strategy.

Details of diversity among our senior 
management, their direct reports and the 
Group more widely can be found on page 51.

SENIOR MANAGEMENT 
SUCCESSION PLANNING
The Committee discussed succession planning 
and received a detailed report on diversity 
among senior managers and their direct 
reports. Management recognised that this is 
an area which requires improvement and took 
the Committee through a series of initiatives 
that would address the imbalance in the short, 
medium and longer term. The Committee has 
agreed with management that this is a critical 
issue for the business in the coming year and 
beyond and will carefully monitor progress.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
The Board operates a policy to identify and, 
where appropriate, manage any potential 
conflicts of interest that Directors may have. 
The Nominations Committee monitors the 
situation and determines the actions necessary 
to address potential conflicts of interest.

In the year under review, no new conflicts 
of interest were noted.

We’re building a diverse 
organisation to ensure 
the business has the 
right talent to deliver against 
the Group’s strategy.”

JOHN DALY
COMMITTEE CHAIR

INDEPENDENCE AND 
RE‑ELECTION TO THE BOARD 
The independence, effectiveness and time 
commitment for each of the Non-Executives 
have been reviewed. The Committee was 
satisfied with the contributions of all Directors. 

The Company received feedback from some 
investors outlining concerns as to whether 
the nature of some Non-Executives’ external 
commitments meant they had insufficient time 
available to properly perform their duties 
for the Company. While the Committee has 
always been confident that all Non-Executives 
have been fully committed to the Company 
and had sufficient time, the past year 
has seen a reduction in the number 
of outside appointments.

John Daly and Chris Rogers resigned from 
one external non-executive position each and 
Gawad Abaza retired from his executive role 
at Mondelez International.

During the year, Carol Arrowsmith took on 
an additional non-executive appointment at 
Centrica plc and Gawad Abaza began his own 
consultancy business. The Board considered the 
likely time commitments for each role, whether 
they would negatively impact on their roles 
with the Company and whether any conflicts 
of interest would arise. The Board was satisfied 
on all of these matters and approved the new 
positions prior to Carol and Gawad taking 
them up. 

In addition, the Committee re-considered 
all external appointments of Directors 
(including the Chairman) in terms of their time 
requirements and potential conflict of interests. 
The Committee is satisfied that each Director 
will be in a position to effectively discharge 
their duties in the coming year. 

BOARD DIVERSITY

BOARD TENURE

BOARD INDEPENDENCE

  2 females 
  7 males 

22%
78%

  All appointed in 2018  0‑3 years

  Chairman 
  4 Independent Non-Executives 
  2 Shareholder appointed

  Non-Executives 

  2 Executive Directors 

11%
45%

22%
22%

All figures are as at year-end.

88

GOVERNANCEVIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020The Committee also considered whether those 
Non-Executives designated as independent 
last year remain so and confirms that they 
do. Accordingly, for the purposes of the 2018 
UK Corporate Governance Code, the Board 
as a whole is independent.

Shareholders will be asked to appoint 
Doug Lafferty at the Annual General Meeting 
in May and Johan Depraetere will retire from 
the Board in early March 2021. The other 
Directors will stand for re-election, with the 
support of the Board. 

GOVERNANCE 
The Committee oversees the governance 
agenda on behalf of the Board and considers 
papers and proposals issued by governments, 
regulatory bodies and investor groups and their 
application to the Group. It ensures that the 
decisions taken by the Board and its delegated 
Committees are made in the best interests 
of the Company and that they address any 
wider implications that may affect stakeholders.

In the year under review, the Committee 
received a presentation on governance 
proposals from stakeholders. This presentation 
covered the short and medium term as well 
as trends likely to affect the Company in the 
longer term, and its approach to adopting 
the appropriate governance proposals. 
A presentation on additional governance 
requirements reflecting best practice in 
climate change reporting was received by 
the Committee and referred to the whole 
Board for consideration. Details of the 
impacts of climate change on the Group and 
its approach to mitigating them can be found 
on pages 54 to 57.

NEW EMPLOYEE 
ENGAGEMENT COMMITTEE
In 2019, the Board appointed its Senior 
Independent Director, Hixonia Nyasulu, 
as its Employee Champion.

Hixonia worked with the Group’s Vice 
President: Human Resources, Reinette Wessels, 
to put together a structure that would enable 
her to connect with as many colleagues as 
possible in the context of significant restrictions 
on travel. A committee of seven people was 
established, comprising of Hixonia and Reinette, 
together with representatives drawn from each 
of five regions.

Terms of Reference were put in place, which 
ensured the committee was not just a conduit 
of views from the workforce to the Board, 
but also a means of relaying the Board’s 
messages to colleagues. 

At its first meeting, the committee satisfied 
itself that members were able to effectively 
collect and present the views of all colleagues. 
The Committee will monitor its progress in 
this regard.

During the year, engagement was encouraged 
via existing colleague suggestion boxes, 
regular town hall meetings held with staff, 
breakfast meetings held with local Managing 
Directors, an employee survey, the results of 
which feature on page 51 and other channels 
tailored to individual businesses and countries. 
The committee also reviewed detailed statistics 
on health and safety.

Priorities for 2021 have been set, together 
with metrics to measure progress. 
These centred around the full 2021 Employee 
Engagement Survey, Staff Turnover, Diversity 
and Inclusion and Mental Health. The regional 
representatives will also launch other initiatives 
to solicit the views of colleagues, including 
a new e-suggestion box.

COMMITTEE EFFECTIVENESS 
As set out on page 86, the Committee 
reviewed its own effectiveness based on 
responses to a questionnaire. Members asked 
for another meeting to be added to the plan 
for the year and that the focus be on diversity, 
particularly gender diversity, executive 
succession and the Group’s talent pipeline.

Overall, the feedback was positive 
and the Committee concluded that 
it operated effectively. 

JOHN DALY
CHAIRMAN

DOUG LAFFERTY 
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER DESIGNATE

THE APPOINTMENT  
OF OUR NEW CHIEF FINANCIAL 
OFFICER DESIGNATE 
During the course of the year the Group’s 
Chief Financial Officer, Johan Depraetere, 
informed us of his intention to stand down 
from his position. Johan has been with the 
business since April 2011 and has been an 
excellent Chief Financial Officer. He indicated 
that he was able to give the Board as 
much time as it needed to find a first class 
replacement and facilitate an orderly handover.

The Board and Committee had previously 
considered executive succession planning, 
both formally and informally. This preparation 
meant that the search process could begin 
quickly, and a meeting was held to confirm the 
role specification and to decide which of the 
pre-screened executive search firms to instruct.

The Committee appointed Spencer Stuart 
to lead the search. The firm was chosen on 
the basis of the strength of its Chief Financial 
Officer practice, as well as its understanding 
of the business and culture gained from 
its recruitment of several Non-Executives 
during the IPO process. Spencer Stuart has 
no connection with the individual Directors 
or the Company, other than to provide 
recruitment services. 

The key search criteria were to identify 
candidates with considerable experience 
in large international organisations with 
exposure to emerging markets and who 
had worked successfully across a wide range 
of cultures. They would be required to 
demonstrate experience of leading change, 
driving results, strong commercial orientation, 
leading people from a range of backgrounds 
and a commitment to strong governance. 

The Committee was very conscious 
of the need to improve gender diversity 
on the Board and required Spencer Stuart 
to ensure their shortlist included a number 
of female candidates.

Spencer Stuart conducted the search, 
considering internal and external candidates 
from a number of different countries and 
sectors. Their initial work identified almost 
300 finance professionals, with that number 
then reduced to the 48 who best met the 
criteria. The list was reduced further until 
17 profiles were introduced to the Company, 
of which nine formed the shortlist and were 
interviewed. The shortlist was specifically 
drafted with gender diversity as a key aim.

The candidates followed a rigorous process, 
run by the Chairman and Chief Executive. 
The candidates met the Chief of Staff and 
Executive Vice President, Human Resources 
and had individual meetings with the majority 
of the Board. The calibre of candidates 
was very high. Although the Committee 
had targeted the appointment of a female, 
Doug Lafferty was the outstanding candidate 
and we are delighted that he agreed to 
accept our offer to join the Board.

89

OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTVIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020AUDIT, RISK AND CONTROL

AUDIT AND RISK  
COMMITTEE  
REPORT

CHRISTOPHER ROGERS
COMMITTEE CHAIR

COMMITTEE MEETINGS
During 2020, the Committee held five 
scheduled meetings, of which two meetings 
were held virtually due to the restrictions of 
COVID-19. Further meetings were held on 
3 February 2021 and 26 February 2021, the 
latter to approve the 2020 Annual Report 
and Accounts. Details of attendance by 
members at Committee meetings can be 
found on page 83. The Committee Chairman 
extended Committee meeting invitations 
to the Chief Financial Officer, Company 
Secretary, General Counsel, Group Financial 
Controller and Head of Internal Audit during 
the year, which were accepted by all parties. 
The external auditor was invited and attended 
all meetings. 

The Committee meets regularly with the 
external auditors and the Head of Internal 
Audit in private to discuss any issues which 
may have arisen.

The Committee keeps the Board informed 
of its activities and recommendations, with 
the Committee Chair providing an update 
after every Committee meeting detailing 
activities of the Committee including the 
recommendations and matters of particular 
relevance. The Board reviews and discusses 
key matters of the Committee meetings at 
the Board meetings. All recommendations 
set forth by the Committee, to the Board, 
in 2020 were accepted.

The terms of reference, which outline the 
Committee’s responsibilities, are reviewed 
on an annual basis and approved by the Board. 
The Committee’s amended terms of reference 
in 2020 can be found on the Group’s website: 
www.vivoenergy.com.

The Committee promptly reports concerns 
to the Board in the event it is not satisfied with, 
or believes that an action or improvement is 
required concerning any aspect of financial 
reporting, risk management and internal 
control, compliance or audit-related activities.

This year the Committee placed particular 
focus on the following key areas:
 – Impact of COVID-19 on risk management, 
corporate reporting, the going concern 
and long-term viability assessment;
 – Identification and assessment of a new 

principal risk factor, Epidemic, as a result 
of COVID-19;

 – Regulatory and accounting considerations 

of the bond issuance; and

 – Operating effectiveness and reliance on 
information technology general controls 
specifically relating to SAP S/4HANA.

COMMITTEE STRUCTURE
The Committee continues to remain 
in compliance with the 2018 Code. 
During the year, there had been no changes 
to the composition of the Committee. 
All members remain Independent 
Non-Executive Directors. The Committee 
has a balanced mix of commercial, financial 
and audit knowledge, with the Chairman of 
the Committee, Christopher Rogers, meeting 
the requirements of recent, relevant financial 
experience. The biographies of all Committee 
members can be found on page 79.

ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES 
OF THE COMMITTEE
The primary role of the Audit and Risk 
Committee (‘Committee’) is to assist the 
Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities 
by reviewing and monitoring the:
 – Integrity of the financial and narrative 

statements of the Company, including its 
full year and half-year reports, preliminary 
results announcements and any other 
formal announcements relating to its 
financial reporting information;

 – Assumptions or qualifications in support 
of the going concern and long-term 
viability statements;

 – The robust assessment of emerging 

and principal risks facing the Group as 
well as the adequacy and effectiveness 
of the Group’s internal control and risk 
management systems;

 – The Group’s internal financial controls 
system to identify, assess, manage and 
monitor financial risks;

 – Effectiveness of the Internal Audit function 

at least annually;

 – Ensure the Head of Internal Audit has 

direct access to the Board Chair and the 
Committee Chair, providing independence 
from the executives and accountability to 
the Committee;

 – Relationship with external auditors, including 
reviewing the independence, objectivity and 
effectiveness of the audit process, taking 
account of relevant professional, regulatory 
and ethical guidance; 

 – The appointment, reappointment and 

removal of the external auditor and making 
a formal recommendation to the Board;

 – Processes for compliance with laws, 

regulations and ethical codes of conduct;
 – The adequacy and security of the Company’s 
arrangements for its employees, contractors 
and external parties to raise concerns, 
in confidence, about possible wrongdoing 
in financial reporting or other matters; and

 – The Directors’ duties in relation to 

the Companies Act and various other 
applicable governance codes.

90

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

91

GOVERNANCEDuring these unprecedented times we worked 
closely with management to assess shifts in strategic 
priorities and business activities, to understand and 
oversee the impact on the financial statements, 
and maintain the integrity of our financial reporting.”

CHRISTOPHER ROGERS
COMMITTEE CHAIR

The Committee reviewed reports to 
support the going concern assumption and 
long-term viability of the Group and deemed 
the Group’s statements on these topics to 
be appropriate. Note 2 of the notes to the 
consolidated financial statements, page 132, 
provides further insight into the going concern 
assessment. The Committee reviewed and 
approved the principal risk factors and their 
impacts. Further details on these areas can 
be found on pages 62 to 69 in the Strategic 
Report. The Committee is satisfied that the 
Annual Report clearly depicts the Group’s 
strategy, business model, financial performance 
and positions.

The Committee considered the disclosure 
guidance provided by the Financial Reporting 
Council on COVID-19 and its impacts 
on corporate reporting, cash flow and 
liquidity, IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from contracts 
with customers’, IFRS 16 ‘Leases’, and other 
corporate governance topics. 

Other disclosures and activities reviewed by 
the  Committee were:
 – Assessment of the Group’s ongoing legal 
cases and regulatory investigations; and

 – Changes and amendments in the 

International Financial Reporting Standards.

COVID-19
The Committee has considered the range 
of implications that the COVID-19 pandemic 
has had on risk management and corporate 
reporting in the period. The key considerations 
have been summarised below.

PRINCIPAL RISK FACTORS
The impact of COVID-19 on the Group’s 
principal risk factors have been reviewed 
in-depth together with related mitigations. 
The Epidemic principal risk factor considers the 
risk of prolonged impacts from the COVID-19 
pandemic, new and recurrent epidemics that 
may have dramatic effects on the population, 
economies and security. The Committee 
recognised and considered the impact of 
climate change on the Group’s financial 
reporting and considered the disclosure in 
the 2020 Annual Report and Accounts to 
be appropriate. Further information on the 
Groups principal risk factors can be found 
on pages 62 to 69 in the Strategic Report.

FINANCIAL REPORTING

Areas of financial reporting 
The Committee and management have 
factored the impact of COVID-19 on 
accounting estimates and judgements, notably 
impairment testing. Refer to pages 147 and 176 
for further information on accounting estimates 
and judgements.

In addition, the Group has reviewed the 
amounts provided against receivables and loans 
for expected credit losses, taking into account 
the potential for increased losses due to the 
economic impact of COVID-19.

Given the nature of our operations this did 
not result in a significant impact on the overall 
expected credit losses for the Group.

The financial close process and external audit
In response to governmental advice and 
restrictions regarding social distancing and 
travel, the Group’s employees involved in 
the preparation of management information, 
financial reporting and supporting the external 
audit have been mostly working from home, 
as have the external audit teams. This has 
required teams to identify a different way 
of working during the financial close process. 
Financial system users who work remotely 
have the required access including access 
to software tools for the collation of audit 
evidence. Despite the challenges faced through 
remote working, the Group has met all 
reporting deadlines without the need for an 
extension in the publishing of the consolidated 
financial information.

COMMITTEE ACTIVITIES

FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
The Committee reviewed the half-year and 
annual financial statements published for the 
2020 financial year. Specific consideration was 
given to the clarity of disclosures including the 
impact of COVID-19, integrity of the financial 
reporting process, compliance with legal and 
financial reporting standards and the application 
of existing and new accounting policies and 
judgements. The Committee concluded the 
accounting policies, judgements and estimates 
are appropriate and balanced.

The Committee endorsed the Annual Report 
and assessed it to be fair, balanced and 
understandable to shareholders. In making 
these assessments the Committee reviewed 
disclosures, discussed the requirements 
with senior management and inspected 
representations made to the auditors. 
Based on the Committee’s endorsement 
a recommendation to the Board was made 
and following the review of the report as a 
whole, the Board confirmed the assessment 
and approved the publication of the 2020 
Annual Report.

90

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

91

OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTAUDIT, RISK AND CONTROL CONTINUED

Significant financial reporting judgements considered by the Committee were as follows:

Key judgements and estimates

Committee actions

Conclusions

GOODWILL IMPAIRMENT ASSESSMENT

Goodwill recognised from the acquisition business 
is subject to impairment testing.

Key judgement areas surrounding the impairment 
assessment include the determination of the 
cash-generating units (CGU) and assumptions 
used in the calculation of the recoverable amounts 
of the CGU (including cash flow projections 
based on financial plans, discount rates and 
future growth rates).

The Committee assessed the following aspects 
of the goodwill impairment test:
 – The impact of COVID-19 and 

environmental impacts;

The Committee is in agreement with the 
appropriateness of the analysis performed 
by management, the judgements applied and 
the estimates used.

 – The CGU level at which goodwill is monitored; 
 – Assumptions in relation to terminal growth in 
the businesses at the end of the five-year plan 
cycle period; and

The impact of COVID-19 has been considered to 
be temporary, with a delay in achievement of the 
Group’s growth rate. The Committee recognised 
COVID-19 does not have a pervasive impact.

 – Sensitivity analysis on the discount rate 

and projected cash flows.

The Committee concluded that the significant 
assumptions used for determining the recoverable 
amounts were appropriate and sufficiently robust. 

The Committee is satisfied that goodwill is not 
impaired. Further information on the impairment 
of goodwill can be found in notes 4 and 12 of the 
consolidated financial statements.

Based on the assessment, the Committee 
concluded that the receivables were 
properly stated and the level of provisioning 
was appropriate. 

The Committee concluded that the related tax 
positions are appropriate. Further information 
on the tax positions can be found in note 4 
of the consolidated financial statements.

OTHER GOVERNMENT BENEFITS RECEIVABLE

Other government benefits receivable are 
subsidies received from national governments 
for fuel sold as part of the Group’s ordinary 
course of business.

TAX POSITIONS

Determining the Group’s income and other 
tax positions requires interpretation of the tax 
laws in numerous jurisdictions. Resolution of 
uncertain tax positions can take several years 
to complete and can be difficult to predict. 
Therefore, judgement is required to determine 
the Group’s income tax liability related to 
uncertain tax positions.

The assessment of recoverability risk related 
to other government benefits receivable was 
considered by the Committee by taking into 
consideration the:
 – Stability of the macroeconomic and political 

environment; and

 – Credit risk and governmental policy changes.

Considered the appropriateness of the key 
judgements and estimates in relation to the 
uncertain tax positions.

Factors considered include the:
 – Status of recent current tax audits 

and enquiries;

 – Results of previous claims;
 – Transfer pricing policies of the Group; and 
 – Any changes to the relevant tax environments.

VIVO ENERGY PLC (COMPANY) IMPAIRMENT TEST

The Group determines the recoverable amount 
of investment in subsidiaries where a trigger 
for impairment is identified. 

Market capitalisation of the Company is currently 
below its carrying value. In accordance with 
IAS 36 ‘Impairment of assets’ and in light of the  
COVID-19 crisis, this was the triggering event 
for the impairment assessment. 

Key judgment areas surrounding the impairment 
assessment include the assumptions used in the 
calculation of the recoverable amounts such as 
cash flow projections based on financial plans, 
discount rates and long-term growth rates.

The Committee assessed the following aspects 
of the impairment test:

 – The impact of COVID-19;
 – Assumptions used, specifically the discount rate 

and terminal growth; and

 – Sensitivity analysis on the discount rate and 

terminal growth.

The Committee concluded that the assumptions 
used for determining the recoverable amounts 
were appropriate and sufficiently robust.

The Committee is satisfied that the investment 
in Vivo Energy Holding B.V, held by the Company, 
is not impaired. Further information on the 
impairment assessment can be found in note 2 
of the Company financial statements.

INTERNAL CONTROLS 
AND RISK MANAGEMENT
The Committee is tasked with the responsibility 
of reviewing and assessing risks, their impact 
and ensuring that appropriate controls are 
designed and implemented to mitigate these 
risks. The Group’s risk assessment process and 
the way in which significant business risks are 
managed remains a key area of focus for the 
Committee, the Internal Audit and Internal 
Controls functions.

The risk register is one of the key components 
of the risk management structure, which covers 
the regular ongoing identification, assessment, 
mitigation and management of risks and 
is monitored regularly by the Committee. 
The areas of focus remain largely unchanged 
and address both the current and emerging 
risks of the Group. In 2020, the Group further 
elaborated its risk management framework 
through the deployment of an additional 
bottom-up risk assessment process at local 
operating unit level.

Details relating to the principal risks and 
uncertainties of the Group as well as the 
mitigating controls can be found in the 
Strategic Report on pages 62 to 69.

The Committee further reviewed the 
internal controls of the business as a whole. 
The internal control framework is intended to 
manage rather than eliminate the risk of failure 
to achieve the business objectives and can only 
provide reasonable and not absolute assurance 
against material misstatement.

92

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

93

GOVERNANCEThe Committee completed its review of the 
effectiveness of the Group’s system of internal 
controls and risk management. The review 
covered the full year up to the date of this 
Annual Report. There are no significant 
weaknesses or instances of significant control 
failure identified during the year. The Group’s 
resilience and response to the impact of events 
in 2020, in particular the COVID-19 crisis, 
confirmed the robustness and responsiveness 
of the risk management framework. Given the 
strong and adaptable processes in place the 
Committee is confident in its conclusion of the 
effectiveness of the internal controls and risk 
management system and has reported this 
opinion to the Board.

INTERNAL AUDIT
The Committee has reviewed and approved 
the internal audit plan and the progress of 
audits performed for the year. The Committee 
was regularly updated on the actions taken 
and status of the audit recommendations. 
Internal audit findings including remedial action 
plans were presented and discussed in detail 
with the Committee. There is continuous 
communication between the Head of Internal 
Audit and the Chair of the Committee to 
ensure that all the information required by 
the Committee to perform its duties are 
made available.

The Internal Audit function has adapted its 
approach to cope with the travel restrictions 
and border closures in Africa throughout 
2020. A SAP-based audit methodology has 
been deployed which improved our remote 
auditing capability.

Following the review done by the Committee, 
the Internal Audit function’s resources have 
been strengthened, in particular, through the 
on-boarding of a SAP audit resource which 
increased the audit capacity on SAP general 
controls and change management.

The Committee considers the experience 
and expertise of the function appropriate to 
address all categories of risk within the business. 
The Internal Audit function’s performance 
was assessed against the approved internal 
audit plan. The Committee concluded that 
the Internal Audit function was effective for 
the year and is satisfied that the scope, extent 
and effectiveness of the internal audit activities 
were appropriate.

ETHICS AND COMPLIANCE

WHISTLE-BLOWING AND FRAUD
We have a confidential whistle-blowing helpline 
for employees, contractors, customers and 
other third parties to raise ethical concerns 
or questions. During 2020, a mandatory 
whistle-blowing training was launched to 
raise awareness around reporting concerns 
of misconduct. The Ethics and Compliance 
Committee closely monitored the numerous 
COVID-19 donations made during the 
year to ensure the relevant approvals were 
obtained. Furthermore all KYC procedures 
were performed for those donations which 
exceeded the Group’s KYC threshold.

EXTERNAL AUDIT

INDEPENDENCE
The Committee reviewed the auditor 
independence policy which is designed to 
safeguard the continued independence of 
the external audit firm. The policy sets out: 
 – The audit fee;
 – Oversight of audit firms who perform 

audit services; and

 – Audit-related and non-audit services 

provided to the Group.

Oversight by the Committee includes, but is 
not limited, to making the recommendation 
on the appointment, reappointment and 
removal of the external auditor, assessing 
their independence on an ongoing basis, 
involvement in fee negotiations, approving the 
statutory audit fee, the scope of the statutory 
audit and appointment of the lead audit 
engagement partner. 

Nicholas Stevenson was appointed as lead 
partner in 2018 and will be subject to the 
mandatory partner rotation.

The Committee assesses the independence 
of the external auditor on an ongoing basis. 
PwC have confirmed to the Committee their 
independence in accordance with the Ethical 
Standard for Auditors issued by the Financial 
Reporting Council (FRC). 

During the year, the external auditor had 
presented the 2020 financial audit plan. 
The audit plan included the proposed audit 
scope as well as the assessment of key audit 
risks. The scope of the audit was assessed and 
reviewed by the Committee to be appropriate.

External auditors are prohibited from providing 
all but certain non-audit services as directed 
by the FRC Revised Ethical Standard 2019. 
Any approved non-audit services with fees 
exceeding the threshold set to identify trivial 
services or which are not stipulated within 
the policy must be reviewed and approved 
by the Committee. 

The external auditor is only considered for 
non-audit services in instances where they 
have the most appropriate technical skills 
and expertise.

AUDIT FEES
On an annual basis, the Committee reviews 
the audit fees, resourcing and terms of 
the engagement. On a quarterly basis, the 
Committee reviews the non-audit services 
provided by the auditor.

The Committee is responsible for overseeing 
the process of approving all non-audit services 
provided by the external auditor. In doing so, 
it ensures the objectivity and independence 
of the auditor is safeguarded. Prior to approval, 
consideration is given to whether it is in the 
interest of the Company that the services 
are purchased from PwC instead of another 
supplier. For the 2020 financial year, the total 
amount paid to PwC for non-audit services 
does not represent a significant portion of 
their total revenues. 

In 2020, the Group incurred total fees of 
$3.0 million (2019: $3.9 million) to PwC. 
Of this total, $2.4 million (2019: $3.0 million) 
related to audit work and $0.6 million 
(2019: $0.9 million) to audit-related services. 
Audit fees are disclosed in note 7 of the 
consolidated financial statements.

APPOINTMENT AND EFFECTIVENESS
The Committee is tasked with the primary 
responsibility of overseeing the work 
performed by, and the relationship with PwC, 
the Group’s external auditors since 2018.

The Committee reviewed the quality, cost 
and independence of the external audit and 
are satisfied with each of these elements. 
Senior finance personnel are required to 
complete the Group’s auditor effectiveness 
review template which provides insight into 
various aspects of the audit and the quality 
of work performed by PwC. The Committee 
further considered its own assessment and 
feedback from senior finance personnel 
across the Group. Based on these reviews, 
the Committee concluded that there had been 
appropriate focus and challenge by PwC on 
the primary areas of the audit and that PwC 
had applied an appropriate level of scepticism 
and conducted the audit with the required 
level of skills and expertise. The Committee’s 
recommendation to reappoint PwC as 
the Group’s external auditor in 2020 was 
accepted at the Annual General Meeting 
held on 20 May 2020. The Committee further 
recommended to the Board that PwC be 
reappointed by shareholders at the Annual 
General Meeting on 18 May 2021.

A re-tender of the external audit by the 
Committee shall be in accordance with 
the Financial Reporting Council guidance. 
The tender process for audit-related 
engagements is initiated and approved by 
the Committee. The Committee confirms 
compliance with the provisions of the 
Competition and Markets Authority’s Order 
for the financial year under review.

COMMITTEE EFFECTIVENESS
Each year the Board undertakes an evaluation 
of the performance of the Audit and Risk 
Committee. This provides an opportunity 
to identify efficiencies, maximise strengths 
and highlight areas for further development. 
Overall feedback provided by the Board was 
positive and the Committee is considered to be 
functioning effectively in meeting its objectives.

CHRISTOPHER ROGERS
COMMITTEE CHAIR

2 MARCH 2021

92

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

93

OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTDIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

REMUNERATION  
COMMITTEE 

CAROL ARROWSMITH
COMMITTEE CHAIR

DEAR SHAREHOLDER
On behalf of the Board I am pleased to present 
our Directors’ Remuneration Report for 2020. 

This Remuneration Report details how the 
current policy was implemented during 2020 
and the decisions on remuneration for 2021.

COVID-19
As for most businesses, 2020 brought significant 
challenges for Vivo Energy. A strong start 
to the year was followed by a significant 
dip in our financial performance during the 
second quarter. Governments across Africa 
reduced social interaction and movement, 
which saw a reduction in demand for our 
products and services. Management moved 
swiftly to contain costs and focus operations 
on those areas where we could continue to 
trade, while also remaining mindful of how 
the business could emerge from the pandemic 
in as strong a position as possible.

HSSEQ is integral to how we operate and 
we continued with our relentless focus on 
it through the year, to ensure wherever 
possible the safety and well-being of our staff, 
our customers and the wider community. 
Among a number of initiatives we swiftly 
implemented hand washing and sanitising 
stations and screening protocols for the safety 
of our staff and customers. Blending capacity 
in our lubricant sites was also partly switched 
to the manufacture and distribution of hand 
sanitiser for the wider community and we also 
provided fuel to emergency service vehicles 
to help in the battle against COVID-19. 

Financial performance recovered well in the 
second half as governments eased mobility 
restrictions and demand rapidly returned at our 
retail sites. During this second half management 
quickly focused on restoring competitiveness 
and creating a firm platform from which to 
grow; this can be seen in the improvement 
in market share compared to 2019 and the 
significant net total of service stations added. 
We have also been developing new and 
innovative ways of meeting the energy needs 
of our customers and we won our first solar 
contract providing a hybrid solar/fuel energy 
solution for a gold mine in Mali. We also 
successfully completed our inaugural bond 
transaction, securing stable long-term financing 
at lower cost. Following the continued recovery 
in trading through the third quarter, the Board 
declared an interim dividend of $34 million, 
which is the amount that would have been 
paid to shareholders had the final dividend of 
the year ended 31 December 2019 been paid, 
rather than withdrawn. 

Through all this we have not made any staff 
redundant nor put anyone on furlough. 
Nor have we taken advantage of any 
government financial support schemes.

PERFORMANCE AND 
REMUNERATION OUTCOMES 
FOR 2020
We have always used our incentive framework 
to align management’s interests with those of 
our shareholders and provide an emphasis on 
those aspects of performance which support 
the resilience of our future success. This year 
is no exception, with the Remuneration Policy 
operating as intended. 

We set ambitious financial performance 
targets for 2020, before the global nature of 
the pandemic was fully understood. Inevitably, 
even though our leadership team performed 
strongly throughout the year, curtailing costs, 
focusing on growth opportunities, building new 
revenue streams and ensuring the resilience 
of the business, we did not meet those 
ambitious targets. Therefore the 70% of the 
annual bonus based on the achievement of 
stretching financial targets did not pay out.

30% of our annual bonus is based on strategic 
and operational targets which are tailored 
to the contribution that can be made by the 
CEO and the CFO. As the year unfolded it 
was evident that some of these targets were 
not aligned with the interests of shareholders; 
accordingly, we replaced some more 
subjective non-financial targets with specific 
and measurable goals focused on restoring 
competitiveness and creating a platform for 
future growth. These objectives were based 
on our ability to grow market share and open 
new sites, focusing management on growth 
opportunities that would deliver sustained 
ongoing value for shareholders. We believe that 
this was a proportionate and logical approach 
to incentives, to ensure alignment between the 
management and our shareholders.

Very strong performance was delivered 
across all the strategic and operational targets, 
including an increase in Retail market share 
compared to 2019 in a number of our major 
markets, which make up over two thirds of the 
business, and the net total of service stations 
added was well ahead of plan. Consequently, 
we decided that this element of the bonus 
would pay out in full, resulting in an overall 
bonus payment of 30% of maximum.

Financial performance recovered well in the 
second half as governments eased mobility 
restrictions and demand rapidly returned.”

CAROL ARROWSMITH
COMMITTEE CHAIR

94

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

95

GOVERNANCEBonus awards have been made in the wider 
organisation, with higher payouts in jurisdictions 
where business has particularly outperformed.

PRIORITIES FOR 2021
Our remuneration policy has been in place 
since the IPO in 2018. During 2021, we will be 
reviewing how well it has operated and what, 
if any, changes are appropriate, in particular 
to ensure it reflects corporate governance 
best practice and is aligned with shareholder 
interests. We welcome any input from 
shareholders as we develop our thinking and 
intend to consult with shareholders during 2021 
on any proposed changes, with the revised 
policy being put to the vote at our AGM 
in 2022. 

As part of this review, we will also ensure 
that the remuneration policies of our 
wider workforce remain aligned with 
our approach to executive and senior 
management remuneration.

This Directors’ Remuneration Report will be 
put to an advisory vote for shareholders at 
the 2021 AGM on 18 May 2021. I am looking 
forward to meeting with shareholders during 
2021, as we work on the review to our 
remuneration policy. 

CAROL ARROWSMITH
COMMITTEE CHAIR

2 MARCH 2021

The first of our awards under the LTIP is due 
to vest, based on performance to the end of 
2020. Of the three performance measures: 
EPS, ROACE and Relative TSR, (weighted 
40%, 40%, 20% respectively), the ROACE 
outcome was close to maximum at 19.67%, 
whilst EPS and Relative TSR did not meet their 
thresholds. The Committee chose not to make 
any adjustment to these outcomes; therefore, 
the award will vest at 37.4% of maximum. 
Vested awards will be subject to a two-year 
holding period.

In recognition of the performance leading 
up to the IPO, and to retain these individuals 
through the first years of the business post 
Admission, it was agreed prior to the IPO 
that one-off share awards would be granted 
to the Executive Directors and certain senior 
executives. The terms of these legacy awards 
were agreed with our two major shareholders 
prior to the IPO, were fully disclosed in the 
prospectus and have continued to feature 
in our Annual Reports. The third and final 
tranche of these awards will vest in May 2021. 
The Committee, in consultation with our two 
major shareholders, and taking into account 
the particularly strong performance in the 
second half of the year, approved a vesting 
level of 96.8%. Further details are set out on 
pages 103 to 104. These are legacy awards and 
will not be replicated in future years.

CHANGE IN CFO
We are delighted to welcome Doug Lafferty,  
whose appointment as CFO to succeed 
Johan Depraetere was announced in 
November last year. We are sad to be saying 
goodbye to Johan and owe him a great debt 
for the way he has led the finance function 
both before and since the IPO, and in 
particular thanks is due to him for all the work 
and insightful support he and his team have 
brought to our remuneration work. Johan’s 
remuneration in relation to his departure 
is fully in line with our remuneration policy 
and details can be found on page 104 of the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report.

Doug’s remuneration package is also fully in line 
with our policy. No buy-out awards were made 
to Doug on appointment.

REMUNERATION FOR 2021
Our remuneration approach for 2021 
remains aligned with our Policy and is 
intended to attract and retain performance 
orientated individuals of the right calibre to 
take our business forward. In line with our 
Policy, the Committee has made the following 
decisions with respect to the remuneration 
for Executive Directors in 2021:
 – Base Salary – Christian’s salary remains 
unchanged at £640,000 and Doug is 
appointed on a base salary of £400,000. 
Johan Depraetere’s salary was £450,000.

 – Annual Bonus 2021 – The maximum 

opportunity remains unchanged at 200% for 
the CEO and 150% for the CFO. We have 
retained the same bonus measures as 
for previous years with adjusted EBITDA 
weighted 40%, gross cash profit weighted 
30% and non-financial metrics weighted 
30%. We believe that this continues to 
give us a good balance between top line 
growth, bottom line delivery and focus 
on strategic development areas for the 
business. Details of targets will be disclosed 
retrospectively in next year’s report as they 
are commercially sensitive.

 – LTIP 2021 – The maximum award levels 
of 250% for the CEO and 200% for the 
CFO and the performance measures of 
EPS, ROACE and Relative TSR weighted 
40%, 40% and 30% respectively remain 
unchanged. The Committee is still in the 
process of finalising targets for this award. 
However, we intend to publish details 
of the targets on the Company website 
ahead of the 2021 AGM.

REMUNERATION POLICY 
FOR THE WIDER WORKFORCE
The Committee continues to endorse and 
support the strong pay for performance 
ethos which runs across the entire organisation. 
It is very mindful of the great commitment 
that all our employees have shown throughout 
this difficult year and has had regular updates 
and briefings throughout the year on how 
employees have been coping during the 
pandemic. The Committee has oversight of 
the budget and the distribution of annual pay 
increases and it has been particularly mindful 
this year on how incentive plan performance 
has been measured and payouts determined to 
ensure that the immense effort that employees 
have put in is recognised and rewarded. 

AGM VOTING OUTCOMES
At the 2020 AGM, shareholders voted on the 2019 Remuneration Report. Shareholders approved the Remuneration Policy at the AGM in 2019.

Remuneration Policy 
(2019 AGM)
Remuneration Report 
(2020 AGM)

Number  
of votes  
‘For’

%  
of votes  
cast

Number  
of votes  
‘Against’

%  
of votes  
cast

Total number  
of votes  
cast

Number  
of votes 
‘Withheld’

1,120,880,170

99.84%

1,785,050

0.16%

1,122,665,220

1,000

1,105,746,093

95.66%

50,124,535

4.34%

1,155,870,628

50

94

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

95

OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTDIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

SUMMARY OF
OUR APPROACH

5

Our approach to remuneration is intended to reflect  
our core values and remain consistent with our vision 
to become the most respected energy business in Africa.

VOLUME
Million litres

9,637

-7%

ADJUSTED EBITDA
US$ million

360

-16%

SERVICE STATIONS 
ADDED
Net total 

TOTAL RECORDABLE 
CASE FREQUENCY
Per million 
exposure hours

104

0.10

96

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

97

Maintain a highly performance-driven cultureReflect our values – notably on risk, HSSEQ and good business practiceReward for execution of strategy and align pay with shareholders’ interestsCommitment to openness  and transparencyOUR REMUNERATION PRINCIPLES1  To remain a responsible  and respected business in the communities in which we operate;2  To preserve our lean organisational structure and performance-driven culture;3  To maximise the value of our existing business;4  To pursue value-accretive  growth; and5  To maintain attractive and sustainable returns through disciplined financial management.WE HAVE FIVE KEY STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES:GOVERNANCEPAY ELEMENT

APPROACH

REMUNERATION FOR 2021

BASE SALARY

Fixed pay levels 
set at competitive levels 
with role-appropriate 
benefits.

Christian Chammas (CEO):  

£640,000

Johan Depraetere (departing CFO):  

£450,000

Doug Lafferty (incoming CFO):  

£400,000

BENEFITS

Benefits package includes private medical care cover, life assurance and annual medical screening.

Pensions capped at 10% of salary, consistent with other UK employees.

ANNUAL BONUS

Incentive linked to 
short-term targets.

Maximum opportunity unchanged at: 

CEO: 200% of salary

CFO: 150% of salary

Performance targets remain weighted at 70% on financial performance  
and 30% on non‑financial performance.

Adjusted EBITDA 40%

Gross cash profit 30%

Strategic goals 30%

50% of any bonus achieved will be deferred in shares until the Executive Director 
has achieved their shareholding requirement.

The detailed targets for the 2021 bonus are deemed to be commercially sensitive as they 
are closely linked to our internal business plans and are therefore excluded from this report. 
However, the Committee intends to provide retrospective disclosure of targets in next year’s 
Remuneration Report. 

LTIP

Incentive linked to  
long-term priorities.

Maximum opportunity unchanged at: 

CEO: 250% of salary

CFO: 200% of salary

Performance measures remain: 

EPS: 40%

ROACE: 40%

Relative TSR: 20% vs FTSE 350 (excluding financial services)

Awards are expected to be made prior to the AGM and targets published on the 
Company’s website.

Performance will be measured over a three‑year period from 1 January 2021  
to 31 December 2023. Awards will also be subject to a two‑year holding period.

ADDITIONAL SAFEGUARDS

SHAREHOLDING

DISCRETION AND JUDGEMENT

MALUS AND CLAWBACK

CEO has very significant shareholding  
in the Company.

Incoming CFO will be expected to  
build up a holding of 2x salary.

Shareholding guidelines apply for two years 
after stepping down from the Board.

A key feature of the Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy, to ensure 
pay reflects performance.

Provisions in place to prevent payments 
for failure.

96

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

97

REMUNERATION FOR EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS IN 2021OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE GOVERNANCE

ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES 
OF THE COMMITTEE
The Remuneration Committee operates 
with a delegated authority from the Board 
and is responsible for:
 – Determining and agreeing with the 

Board the Remuneration Policy for the 
Executive Directors.

 – Setting individual remuneration packages 

and terms and conditions for the Executive 
Directors and other senior executives.
 – Reviewing and noting the remuneration 

trends and practices across the Company 
and taking these into account when 
reaching any decisions.

 – Evaluating the achievement of performance 
conditions under the annual bonus and LTIP.
 – Determining the Chairman’s remuneration, 

though the Board itself determines the levels 
of fees for the Non‑Executive Directors.

No individual is present when his or her 
remuneration is being determined.

MEMBERSHIP
All members of the Committee are 
Non‑Executive Directors as defined 
by the Code.

Committee members
All members were appointed in May 2018, 
unless otherwise stated in their biographies 
on pages 78 to 79:
 – Carol Arrowsmith – Chair
 – John Daly
 – Hixonia Nyasulu
 – Christopher Rogers
 – Gawad Abaza

MEETINGS
The Committee held five scheduled meetings 
during 2020, plus additional meetings as 
required. Details of attendance by members 
at Committee meetings can be found on 
page 83. The Committee normally invites 
the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief 
Financial Officer, the General Counsel, the 
Company Secretary and the Chief of Staff 
to attend appropriate elements of the 
scheduled meetings.

ADVISERS TO THE 
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE
Deloitte LLP were appointed as independent 
advisers by the Committee in 2018 following 
a competitive tender process. Deloitte are 
members of the Remuneration Consultants 
Group and, as such, voluntarily operate 
under the code of conduct in relation to 
executive remuneration consulting in the UK. 
Total fees received by Deloitte in relation 
to the remuneration advice provided to the 
Committee during 2020 amounted to £40,350. 
Fees are based on hours spent. Deloitte LLP in 
the UK do not provide any further services to 
the Company. Carol Arrowsmith was formerly 
a partner at Deloitte LLP, retiring in May 2014. 
No other Directors have any connection with 
Deloitte LLP. The Committee is satisfied that 
the advice provided by Deloitte is independent.

98

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

99

In reaching decisions on both rewarding performance in 2020 and setting remuneration for 2021, the Committee was mindful of the UK Corporate Governance Code and considers that the remuneration framework appropriately addresses the following factors:ClarityThe Committee believes that the remuneration framework provides clear and transparent disclosure in relation to our executive remuneration arrangements.SimplicityRemuneration arrangements for Executive Directors are well understood by participants and we have sought to clearly explain our approach to shareholders.The ongoing structure of executive remuneration consists of fixed pay, annual bonus award and the LTIP award.RiskThe Committee believes that the structure of Executive Directors’ remuneration does not encourage inappropriate risk-taking.Malus and clawback provisions also apply to both the annual bonus and LTIP award. The Committee also retains scope to exercise discretion to ensure outcomes are appropriate.PredictabilityOur remuneration policy contains detail of maximum opportunity levels for each component of variable pay.ProportionalityThe Committee believes that poor performance should not be rewarded. For both incentive awards, achievement requires performance against challenging performance targets.Alignment to cultureThe Committee believes that the framework is well aligned to the culture of the business, with performance measures for variable awards being aligned to the Company’s wider strategy.PAY IN THE WIDER WORKFORCEWhen determining the approach to pay for the Executive Directors, the Committee is very mindful of pay and employment conditions for the wider employee base as this provides valuable context and ensures consistency in how pay principles are applied across the organisation.As a Committee, we value the opinions of our people and take into consideration the wider workforce. During the course of the year, we conducted an employee engagement survey and local town hall meetings, encouraging employees to provide feedback. Whilst we do not directly engage with the workforce on the Directors’ Remuneration Policy, we do have access to employee feedback on employment conditions across the organisation. Further detail on the Board’s approach to engagement with employees is set out on page 89.We are not currently required to disclose our CEO pay ratio, as there are less than 250 employees in the UK. However, the Committee does receive various briefings during the year on how pay and reward practices are operating, has oversight of the budget, its distribution for annual pay increases and how incentive plans are assessed and payouts determined.SHAREHOLDER ENGAGEMENTWe are committed to an ongoing dialogue with our shareholders and welcome feedback in relation to our approach to Board remuneration.As a Committee, we consult with our shareholders on a regular basis and appreciate their input and continued support. We consulted with our major investors prior to the adoption of the current Remuneration Policy. The Committee will undertake a review of the Remuneration Policy in the coming year in advance of seeking approval for a new policy at the 2022 AGM as part of the normal three-year renewal cycle. We intend to once again consult with our major shareholders in the coming months prior to the finalisation of the new policy in order to seek feedback on the key terms.GOVERNANCE2020 DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

This Directors’ Remuneration Report (DRR) has been prepared on behalf of the Board by the Committee in accordance with the relevant 
requirements of the Large and Medium‑sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008.

ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION
This section of the DRR sets out how the Policy has been applied in the year and how it will be applied in the coming year. In accordance with the 
legislative requirements, this DRR, along with the Remuneration Committee Chair’s Statement, will be subject to an advisory shareholder vote 
at the 2021 AGM. Sections of this report that are subject to audit, in line with disclosure regulations, have been flagged below.

SINGLE TOTAL FIGURE OF REMUNERATION (AUDITED)

EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
The following table sets out the total remuneration for the Executive Directors for the year ended 31 December 2020.

Johan Depraetere is included as he worked throughout 2020. Doug Lafferty joined the Company on 1 February 2021, his remuneration package 
is in line with the Policy and is disclosed on page 105.

The first awards under the LTIP will vest in 2021 with the three‑year performance period ending on 31 December 2020. Estimated values 
of these awards are included in the table. The table also includes details of the third and final tranche of the IPO Share Award which vests in 
May 2021. These legacy awards were agreed prior to the IPO, but have been included, consistent with the disclosures in the previous two years. 
No more awards have been or will be made under this legacy plan.

Full details of all legacy arrangements were set out in the Prospectus on Admission and in previous Directors’ Remuneration Reports.

Salary 
Benefits1
Retirement benefits2
Total Fixed Pay

Annual bonus
Long‑Term Incentive Plan3
Legacy incentives: IPO Share Award4
Total Variable Pay including Legacy Incentives
Total Pay

Less Legacy Incentives
Total: Less Legacy Incentives

Christian Chammas

Johan Depraetere

 (£’000)

 (£’000)

FY2020

FY2019

FY2020

FY2019

640

5
64
709

384
332
317
1,033
1,742

(317)
1,425

640

5
64
709

936
–
302
1,238
1,947

(302)
1,645

450

5
45
500

203
187
223
613
1,113

(223)
890

450

5
45
500

494
–
212
706
1,206

(212)
994

1  The benefits consist of private medical cover. Directors also receive life assurance and have an annual medical screening.
2  The retirement benefits represent the Company’s contribution to the Executive Directors’ retirement planning at a rate of 10% of base salary. This benefit level is consistent with the 

level provided to other UK employees.

3  The first awards under the LTIP will vest in 2021. An estimated value of the awards vesting has been shown based on the average share price over the fourth quarter of 2020 (82.1p). 
No awards vested under the Long‑Term Incentive Plan in 2018 or 2019, as the first awards under this plan were granted in 2018. The 2018 LTIP awards were formally granted on 
8 August 2018 when the share price was 148 pence.

4  The third tranche of this legacy award will vest in May 2021. An estimated value of the third tranche of this award has been shown based on the average share price over the fourth 
quarter of 2020 (82.1p). The value of the second tranche, shown for 2019, has been restated based on the share price on the vesting date (78.6p). IPO share awards were formally 
granted on 18 May 2018, when the share price was 174 pence.

98

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

99

OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTDIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

ANNUAL BONUS – 2020
The Executive Directors’ annual bonus targets for 2020 were set against a combination of financial and non‑financial performance measures. 

The measures for financial performance were adjusted EBITDA and gross cash profit weighted at 40% and 30% of the bonus opportunity respectively. 
The remaining 30% was based on a number of strategic and operational objectives. 

Details of the performance targets and the outcomes are set out below.

FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE – 70% OF THE AWARD
The financial targets for the bonus were set in February 2020 before the global impact of COVID‑19 had become fully apparent and were therefore 
set assuming more favourable trading conditions. Although it became quickly apparent that the performance thresholds were no longer realistic 
in the light of unfolding circumstances, the Committee determined that the targets for this element of the bonus should remain unchanged. 

Despite the external challenges, the business delivered a robust set of financial results as demonstrated by the Board’s decision to declare an interim 
dividend of $34 million, which is the amount that would have been paid to shareholders had the final dividend of the year ended 31 December 2019 
been paid, rather than withdrawn. Financial results for the second half of the year were also ahead of market expectations. There remained a strong 
focus on protecting the health of our people, customers and communities across all operations. The Executive Directors, management teams and all 
employees have delivered outstanding performance, reflecting the ongoing resilience of the business model and positioning the Company for growth 
as the markets continue to recover.

Performance measure

% of element

Adjusted EBITDA (40%)
Gross cash profit (30%)

10%
$434m
$755m

20%
$440m
$760m

40%
$450m
$771m

60%
$461m
$782m

80%
$475m
$796m

100%
$488m
$809m

Actual performance

Result
$360m
$697m

% of element

0%
0%

STRATEGIC AND OPERATIONAL OBJECTIVES – 30% OF THE AWARD
In light of the quickly evolving priorities of the business, the objectives for the Executive Directors were adapted at the mid‑year stage to ensure 
greater focus on positioning the business for growth after the pandemic. Objectives relating to a long‑term business strategy were replaced with more 
specific targets linked to retail market share and net site additions. The Committee also determined that any payout under the non‑financial element 
would be subject to the delivery of adjusted EBITDA of $200 million in H2.

CHRISTIAN CHAMMAS 

Area

Focus

Market  
Competitive  
Position

Drive the recovery in H2 with focus on improving 
market share

Growth Agenda

Deliver on plans for the expansion of the retail network 

HSSEQ

Demonstrate focus on and personal leadership of the 
HSSEQ agenda, in particular the impact and response 
to COVID‑19 on staff, customers and business partners 

Human Capital

Strengthen the senior leadership team with critical 
new hires and develop clear succession plans at next 
level down

FINAL ACHIEVEMENT: 30%

Outcome

Retail market share increased across a number of our major 
markets compared with 2019. These major markets make 
up over two thirds of the business.

Retail network significantly increased, with 104 net new sites 
added by the end of the year, versus a stretch plan target 
of 100.

An outstanding HSSEQ year. All performance measures 
of TRCF, spills and consequential lost volume significantly 
exceeded in both Shell and Engen‑branded OUs.
Initiatives, including hand washing/sanitising stations and 
screening protocols, were swiftly put in place to protect 
both customers and employees and their ongoing 
safety was monitored constantly. Additional support was 
provided with the lubricant blending plants producing 
hand sanitiser and fuel was provided from our supplies 
for emergency vehicles.

New CFO was successfully hired, and a number of other 
key roles were also filled, in spite of the challenges in 
recruiting. Detailed succession plans are in place for the 
members of the Senior Executive Team and other critical 
roles, with regular reporting to the Nominations and 
Governance Committee.

Underpin

Adjusted EBITDA of $200 million in H2

Adjusted EBITDA of $220 million achieved in H2.

100

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

101

GOVERNANCESTRATEGIC AND INDIVIDUAL OBJECTIVES – 30% OF THE AWARD

JOHAN DEPRAETERE 

Area

Focus

Market  
Competitive  
Position

Infrastructure 
Development

Drive the recovery in H2 with focus on improving 
market share

Complete the implementation of the new ERP system, 
ensuring integration of analytics and Engen upgrades

Financial Management Optimise cost, capex and cash management with particular 

focus on H2

Ethics & Compliance

Strengthen internal controls framework

FINAL ACHIEVEMENT: 30%

Outcome

Retail market share increased across a number of our major 
markets compared with 2019. These major markets make 
up over two thirds of the business.

The new ERP system is now fully implemented and 
operational across all Shell‑branded OUs, with Engen OUs 
on track for full deployment by the end of 2021.
Analytics, dashboards and real‑time reporting are 
embedded in the business and have been a critical 
management tool during the pandemic.

Led the inaugural bond offering through to successful 
completion, securing long‑term finance at lower cost. Capex 
spend continued through the year in spite of the operational 
challenges and refinancing took place to offset potential 
impairments resulting from the oil price crisis.

All audit actions were addressed and resolved, with auditing 
now moved fully to being done remotely. There were no 
major control breaches during the year and the use of SAP 
in this area has now become a core activity.

Underpin

Adjusted EBITDA of $200 million in H2

Adjusted EBITDA of $220 million achieved in H2.

OVERALL OUTCOME

Christian Chammas (maximum – 200% of salary)
Adjusted EBITDA
Gross cash profit
Non‑financial Objectives
Total
Johan Depraetere (maximum – 150% of salary)
Adjusted EBITDA
Gross cash profit
Non‑financial Objectives
Total

Maximum Opportunity 
% of salary

% of salary

£’000

Outcome

80%
60%
60%
200%

60%
45%
45%
150%

0%
0%
60%
60%

0%
0%
45%
45%

0
0
384
384

0
0
203
203

As noted above, the performance targets for adjusted EBITDA and gross cash profit were set to reflect a more positive economic environment. 
In spite of a strong performance through the year, ensuring the resilience of the business and building new income streams, the financial portion 
of the annual bonus, making up 70%, did not pay out. Management’s focus on growing retail market share and the retail network has created a strong 
platform for creating sustainable ongoing value for shareholders. There was also out‑performance of financial expectations for H2 and the Board was 
pleased to declare an interim dividend of $34 million, which is the amount that would have been paid to shareholders had the final dividend of the year 
ended 31 December 2019 been paid, rather than withdrawn. The HSSEQ performance was outstanding and work on succession planning has brought 
in some key new hires and developed plans down the organisation. In addition the ERP system has become fully operational across the whole business, 
the balance sheet has been strengthened through the successful bond issue and audit controls were judged to be fully functioning. The Committee 
in particular noted that that there had been a strong level of performance across strategic priorities, both those focused on growing the business 
during the year and those with a more long‑term orientation, and therefore determined that the payout of 30% of the maximum bonus for both 
the CEO and the CFO represents a fair outcome.

As both Christian Chammas and Johan Depraetere have shareholdings which significantly exceed the shareholding guidelines, 2020 bonus awards 
are payable in cash and not subject to deferral, in line with the shareholder approved Remuneration Policy.

100

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

101

OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTDIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE AWARDS

2018 LTIP AWARD
The performance period for the first award under the Long‑Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) ended on 31 December 2020. The 2018 LTIP award was 
subject to EPS, ROACE and Relative TSR performance targets. The performance achieved in the three‑year performance period and the consequent 
vesting levels are shown in the table below. The Committee reviewed the outcome of the awards in the context of the business performance over 
the three‑year performance period and determined the vesting level of 37.4% was appropriate. 

Any shares vesting are subject to a two‑year holding period, which will ensure continued alignment with our shareholders.

2018 Awards

EPS 
Compound annual growth
ROACE 
Weighted average over performance period
Relative TSR 
v. FTSE 350 (exc. financial services)
Total vesting level in respect of 2018 Awards

Weighting

Threshold 
(20% of  
award vests)

Target 
(50% of  
award vests)

Maximum 
(100% of  
award vests)

40%

40%

20%

6% 

16%

Median

8% 

18%

–

12% 

20%

Upper 
quartile

Achieved

<6%

19.7%

Below 
median

% of 
award vesting

0%

37.4%

0%

37.4%

The vesting of the 2018 award was heavily impacted by market conditions in 2020. However, the business has delivered very strong returns on 
capital over the last three years, while continuing to execute strategic goals. Financial trends for H2 were also more positive. In addition, the business 
has continued to deliver against key HSSEQ targets. Therefore the Committee is satisfied that the vesting levels are warranted. 

LTIP AWARDS GRANTED IN 2020
Awards were made under the LTIP during 2020, on the same basis as for prior years. These awards were granted in the form of nil‑cost options 
over Vivo Energy plc shares, with the number of shares that may vest conditional upon performance to the end of the 2022 financial year. Any shares 
vesting to Executive Directors will also be subject to an additional two‑year holding period.

The 2020 LTIP awards are subject to performance targets based on earnings per share (EPS), return on average capital employed (ROACE) and 
relative total shareholder return (Relative TSR). The Committee determined that this mix of performance measures ensured focus on delivery of 
strategic and operational goals and management of capital within the business, which is a key strategic focus and aligns with shareholder value creation. 
Similar to comments noted above regarding the bonus, the targets for the 2020 LTIP were set before the global impact of the COVID‑19 pandemic 
had become fully apparent. 

Details of the performance measures with their weightings and targets are shown below:

2020 Awards

EPS 
Compound annual growth
ROACE 
Weighted average over performance period
Relative TSR 
v. FTSE 350 (exc. financial services)

Weighting

NIL

40%

Less than 6%  
per annum

20% of  
element vests

6%  
per annum

50% of  
element vests

8%  
per annum

100% of  
element vests

12%  
per annum

40%

Less than 16%

16%

18%

20%

20%

Below Median

Median

–

Upper‑quartile

Note: There is straight‑line vesting between the points shown in the table. 

102

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

103

GOVERNANCEThe following table provides details of the awards made on 11 March 2020:

Name

Christian Chammas
Johan Depraetere

Number of  
shares awarded

1,454,548
818,183

Face value at  
grant (£’000)

End of performance period

1,367
769

31 December 2022
31 December 2022

The Committee decided that, due to share price volatility in the period prior to the award being made, a share price of 110 pence would be used 
to determine the number of shares to be awarded. The closing share price on the grant date was 94 pence. For 2020 therefore, the awards to 
Christian Chammas represent 214% of base salary (250% in 2019) and awards to Johan Depraetere represent 171% of base salary (200% in 2019), 
based on the share price at the time of award.

LTIP AWARDS TO BE GRANTED IN 2021 (NOT AUDITED)
Awards will be made under the LTIP in 2021, in the 42‑day window following the announcement of the preliminary results for 2020. These awards 
will be granted in the form of nil‑cost options over Vivo Energy plc shares, with the number of shares that may vest conditional upon performance 
over a three‑year period from 1 January 2021 to 31 December 2023. Any shares vesting to Executive Directors will also be subject to an additional 
two‑year holding period.

The maximum level of award for 2021 will remain unchanged at 250% of base salary for the CEO and 200% for the incoming CFO.

Johan Depraetere will not be granted an LTIP award in 2021.

The intention is for awards to remain conditional on achievement of stretching performance targets based on EPS, ROACE and TSR as for the awards 
made in the three previous years.

The Remuneration Committee are still in the process of finalising targets for the 2021 awards. The current intention is that targets and full details 
of the 2021 awards will be published on the Company’s website ahead of the 2021 AGM.

LEGACY INCENTIVES – IPO SHARE AWARDS (AUDITED)
As detailed in the Prospectus on Admission and in prior Directors’ Remuneration Reports, it was agreed prior to the IPO that one‑off share awards 
would be granted to the Executive Directors and certain senior executives (the ‘IPO Share Awards’) in recognition of the performance leading up 
to the IPO and to retain these individuals through the first years of the business post Admission. These awards were structured as nil‑cost options to 
vest, subject to performance conditions, in three equal tranches on the first, second and third anniversaries of Admission. The terms of these awards, 
including award levels and performance criteria, were determined prior to Admission. The third and final tranche of this award will be eligible for 
vesting in May 2021. As previously disclosed these awards were one‑off in nature and will therefore not be replicated in future years.

Prior to IPO it was agreed that each tranche of the IPO Share Awards would be subject to targets relating to gross cash profit and adjusted net 
income. These targets are equally weighted. The level of vesting is determined on a straight‑line basis, calculated as a percentage of the hurdle that 
is delivered, with the minimum being zero and up to a maximum of 50% for each element. Although this approach is unconventional in the listed 
environment, the nature of the targets reflect the legacy nature of the arrangement that was agreed prior to listing. Shareholders will note that 
forward‑looking LTIP awards are subject to more conventional performance criteria consistent with mainstream FTSE practices.

The targets for this tranche were gross cash profit of $782 million and adjusted net income of $180 million. The financial results for the purposes of 
the plan were gross cash profit of $795 million and adjusted net income of $168 million, and therefore this final tranche is expected to vest at 96.8% 
of maximum.

In line with the scheme documentation, adjustments were made to reflect certain one‑off items and events occurring during the performance period 
including the impact of the Engen acquisition, adjustments related to COVID‑19, and measures taken for the protection of the Company’s inventory 
asset values (including legally required security stocks to mitigate the impact of movements in crude oil prices).

For the purposes of the single figure table, the amount shown is based on the number of shares expected to vest in May 2021 based on the average 
share price over the fourth quarter of 2020 (82.1 pence).

Following the vesting of this final tranche, there will be no further payments to Executive Directors under this legacy plan.

102

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

103

OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTDIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

DETAILS OF LONG-TERM INCENTIVE AWARDS HELD BY EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

LTIP

Christian  
Chammas

Johan  
Depraetere

Date of award

Share price
 for award1

Option price

Number 
of options  
held as at 
31 Dec 2019

Number 
of options 
awarded 
during 
the year

Number 
of options 
exercised 
during  
the year

Number 
of options 
lapsed  
during 
the year

End of 
performance 
period

Number 
of options 
held as at 
31 Dec 2020

8 Aug 2018
12 Mar 2019
11 Mar 2020

8 Aug 2018
12 Mar 2019
11 Mar 2020

148p
131p
110p

148p
131p
110p

nil
nil
nil

nil
nil
nil

1,081,081
1,222,420
–

–
–
1,454,548

608,108
687,613
–

–
–
818,183

–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–

31 Dec 2020
31 Dec 2021
31 Dec 2022

31 Dec 2020
31 Dec 2021
31 Dec 2022

1,081,081
1,222,420
1,454,548

608,108
687,613
818,183

1  110p was the share price used to denominate the number of options awarded.

IPO SHARE AWARD

Christian  
Chammas

Johan  
Depraetere

Date of award

Share price at 
date of award

Number 
of shares 
held as at 
31 Dec 2019

Number of 
shares vesting 
during  
the year

Number of 
shares lapsed 
during  
the year

End of 
performance 
period

Number 
of shares 
held as at 
31 Dec 2020

18 May 2018
18 May 2018

18 May 2018
18 May 2018

174p
174p

174p
174p

399,287
399,286

280,748
280,749

384,035
–

270,024
–

15,252
–

31 Dec 2019
31 Dec 2020

10,724  31 Dec 2019
31 Dec 2020

–

–
399,286

–
280,749

DEPARTURE TERMS FOR JOHAN DEPRAETERE
As announced on 25 November 2020, Johan Depraetere will leave the business at the end of his six‑month notice period on 25 May 2021. 
He will remain a Director of the Company until 5 March 2021, after which he will step down from the Board. He will remain an employee 
and will support his successor, Doug Lafferty, until the end of his notice period. 

In line with the shareholder approved Remuneration Policy, the Remuneration Committee has approved good leaver status for Johan in relation to 
his LTIP awards which will be outstanding when he leaves the Company. All awards will be treated in accordance with the plan rules and will remain 
subject to performance conditions and pro‑rated for the period of employment. LTIP awards will be released on the normal date and remain subject 
to malus and clawback. He will be required to hold 200% of his base salary in shares for the first 12 months after his departure and 100% of his base 
salary for a further 12 months. Shareholding during this period will be monitored by the Company, and shares may only be sold with the prior consent 
of the Board Chair or by compulsory purchase.

The Committee has determined that Johan will be eligible to participate in the 2021 Annual Bonus Plan given that he will have been employed for the 
majority of the first half of the financial year. Any payout will be made after the end of the 2021 financial year and will be pro‑rated for the period 
up until his departure from the organisation on 25 May 2021. As noted, Johan Depraetere will not receive an LTIP award in 2021.

Johan’s salary and benefits will continue until he leaves the Company on 25 May 2021. 

There are no payments in lieu of notice.

104

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

105

GOVERNANCEREMUNERATION PACKAGE FOR DOUG LAFFERTY
Doug Lafferty joined the Company and the Board on 1 February 2021 as Chief Financial Officer Designate and will be confirmed as 
Chief Financial Officer on 5 March 2021. 

He was appointed on a base salary of £400,000 per annum. His incentive awards are in line with the Remuneration Policy, and the same as for 
Johan Depraetere, with maxima of 150% for the annual bonus plan and 200% for the LTIP award. He will be required to defer 50% of any bonus 
earned into shares until he reaches his shareholding requirement of 200% of base salary. 

His benefits package is in line with his predecessor and the rest of the UK workforce, with a cash allowance in lieu of pension of 10% of base salary, 
four times base salary life assurance, family medical cover and an annual medical screening. His contract includes a six months’ notice period.

There was no buy‑out of existing long‑term awards or bonus. 

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
The fees for the Chairman and Non‑Executive Directors will be reviewed later in 2021, but currently remain unchanged since Admission in 2018. 
The fee structure for 2020 is shown below, and any change will be reported in next year’s report.

Role

Chairman
Basic fee for Non‑Executive Directors
Additional fee for Senior Independent Director
Additional fee for Chair of a Board Committee

Fee

£275,000
£62,500
£15,000
£15,000

The following table sets out the total remuneration for the Chairman and the Non‑Executive Directors for the years ended 31 December 2020 
and 2019.

Director

John Daly
Gawad Abaza
Carol Arrowsmith
Hixonia Nyasulu
Christopher Rogers
Javed Ahmed1
Temitope Lawani1
Total

1  The Non‑Executive Directors nominated by Vitol and Helios, subject to the Relationship Agreement, do not receive any fees.

DIRECTORS’ APPOINTMENT DATES

Director

John Daly
Christian Chammas
Johan Depraetere
Gawad Abaza
Carol Arrowsmith
Hixonia Nyasulu
Christopher Rogers
Javed Ahmed
Temitope Lawani

1  Original appointment dates.

FY2020 
£’000

FY2019 
£’000

275
62.5
77.5
77.5
77.5
–
–
575

275
62.5
77.5
77.5
77.5
–
–
575

Date of appointment

20 April 2018
2 January 20121
6 April 20121
1 December 2018
20 April 2018
20 April 2018
22 April 2018
12 March 2018
16 March 2018

Non‑Executive Directors are subject to annual re‑election at the AGM as their service contracts have no fixed term. Christian Chammas and 
Johan Depraetere were appointed on rolling service contracts.

104

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

105

OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ SHAREHOLDING AND SHARE INTERESTS (AUDITED)
The table below sets out the Directors’ and their connected persons’ share interests in the ordinary shares of the Company. Executive Directors 
are expected to build up and maintain a shareholding of at least 200% of salary in Vivo Energy plc shares. This policy will apply to both the current 
Executive Directors as well as any future appointments to the Board.

As at the year end, both Executive Directors have interests in shares which substantially exceed the minimum shareholding guideline. There have been 
no changes in the interests of each Director between 31 December 2020 and the date of this report.

In line with the 2018 Code, the Committee has adopted a post‑employment shareholding guideline. Following departure, Executive Directors will be 
expected to hold two times base salary for a period of 12 months, reducing to one times base salary for a further 12 months.

Director

John Daly
Christian Chammas
Johan Depraetere
Gawad Abaza
Carol Arrowsmith
Hixonia Nyasulu
Christopher Rogers
Javed Ahmed
Temitope Lawani 

Shares owned  
outright at  
31 December
20201

Shares from IPO 
Cash Award1

IPO Share Awards 
(subject to  
performance
conditions)2

LTIP 
(subject to  
performance  
conditions)

271,666
6,858,100
5,319,104
20,000
37,878
22,000
65,803
n/a
13,152,630

n/a
298,144
223,195
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a

n/a
399,286
280,749
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a

n/a
3,758,049
2,113,904
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a

1  As disclosed in the Prospectus, one‑off cash awards were made to Executive Directors on Admission. The cash amount was communicated before Admission and the net amount 

was used to subscribe for shares at the IPO offer price shortly following Admission. Shares are released from the ‘no‑sale’ agreement in three equal tranches on the first, second and 
third anniversaries of Admission. The shares shown are the final tranche and will be released in May 2021.

2  As disclosed in the Prospectus, it was agreed prior to Admission that one‑off share awards would be granted to Executive Directors shortly after the IPO. These awards, which were 
granted as nil‑cost options, will vest, subject to performance conditions, in three equal tranches at the first, second and third anniversaries of Admission. The shares shown are the 
final tranche and will vest, subject to performance conditions, in May 2021.

DILUTION
The Company ensures that the level of shares granted under the Company’s share plans and the means of satisfying such awards remain within 
best practice guidelines so that dilution from employee share awards does not exceed 10% of the Company’s issued share capital for all employee 
share plans and 5% in respect of executive share plans in any 10‑year rolling period. The Company will monitor dilution levels on a regular basis.

PERFORMANCE GRAPH AND TABLE
The graph below shows the TSR of the Company and the UK FTSE 250 index since the Admission of the Company to 31 December 2020. 
The FTSE 250 index was selected on the basis that the Company has been a member of the FTSE 250 in the UK since 24 September 2018.

l

i

g
n
d
o
h
0
0
1
£

l

a
c
i
t
e
h
t
o
p
y
h
f
o
e
u
a
V

l

£120

£100

£80

£60

£40

£20

£0

8
1

y
a
M
0
1

8
1

y
a
M

1
3

8
1
n
u
J
0
3

8
1

l

u
J

1
3

8
1
g
u
A

1
3

8
1
p
e
S
0
3

8
1

t
c
O

1
3

8
1

v
o
N
0
3

8
1

c
e
D

1
3

9
1
n
a
J

1
3

9
1
b
e
F
8
2

9
1

r
a
M

1
3

9
1

r
p
A
0
3

9
1

y
a
M

1
3

9
1
n
u
J
0
3

9
1

l

u
J

1
3

9
1
g
u
A

1
3

9
1
p
e
S
0
3

9
1

t
c
O

1
3

9
1

v
o
N
0
3

9
1

c
e
D

1
3

0
2
n
a
J

1
3

0
2
b
e
F
9
2

0
2

r
a
M

1
3

0
2

r
p
A
0
3

0
2

y
a
M

1
3

0
2
n
u
J
0
3

0
2

l

u
J

1
3

0
2
g
u
A

1
3

0
2
p
e
S
0
3

0
2

t
c
O

1
3

0
2

v
o
N
0
3

0
2

c
e
D

1
3

Vivo Energy

FTSE 250 (exc. investment trusts)

Source: Thomson Reuters Datastream

106

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

107

GOVERNANCE 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
COMPANY PERFORMANCE
The following table sets out the CEO’s pay since Admission on 10 May 2018. The data for 2018 is therefore on a part year only basis.

£’000 
CEO remuneration

CEO single figure of remuneration
Annual bonus payout (% of Maximum)
Long‑term incentive vesting (% of Maximum)
Legacy IPO share award vesting (% of Maximum)

2020

1,742
30%
37.4%
96.8%

2019

1,947
73%
n/a
96%

2018

1,570
72%
n/a
99.96%

1  Figures for 2018 were stated on a part year basis covering the period from Admission (10 May 2018) to 31 December 2018.

PERCENTAGE CHANGE IN DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION
The table below shows the percentage change in the salary, benefits and bonus of the Board Directors between 2019 and 2020, compared with the 
percentage change for the same components of pay for employees of Vivo Energy plc who are based in the UK.

Executive Directors

Chief Executive Officer
Chief Financial Officer 

Non-Executive Directors

John Daly
Gawad Abaza
Carol Arrowsmith
Hixonia Nyasulu
Christopher Rogers 
Javed Ahmed 
Temitope Lawani
Average employee

Salary/fee 
% change

Benefits 
% change

Annual bonus 
% change

0%
0%

0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
n/a
n/a
2.9%

0%
0%

n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
0%

‑59%
‑59%

n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
‑17%

RELATIVE IMPORTANCE OF SPEND ON PAY
The following table shows the relationship between distributions to shareholders and the total remuneration paid to all employees for the years 
ending 31 December 2019 and 2020.

US$ million

Shareholder distributions
Total employee expenditure

Approved by the Board and signed on its behalf

CAROL ARROWSMITH 
CHAIR OF THE REMUNERATION COMMITTEE

2 MARCH 2021

2020

34
180

2019

30
168

Change

13%
7%

106

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

107

OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTDIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

POLICY TABLE

The following sections are an extract from our Directors’ Remuneration Policy (‘Policy’) has been provided below for reference. The full Policy, as voted 
on by shareholders at the AGM on 7 May 2019 can be found in the 2018 Annual Report and Accounts, which can be found on our website. The Policy 
will be reviewed during 2021 and presented to shareholders to vote on at the AGM in 2022. For the avoidance of doubt this section of the Report 
(pages 108 to 112) is not subject to a shareholder vote at the 2021 AGM. 

FIXED PAY

108

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

109

BASE SALARYPurpose and link  to strategyProvides the fixed element of the remuneration package. Set at competitive levels against the market in order to attract and retain the calibre of executives required to execute the strategy.OperationBase salaries are normally reviewed annually. The Committee will consider various factors when determining salary levels, including individual contribution, business performance, role scope, practice in relevant talent markets and the range of salary increases applying across the Group. Maximum opportunityThere is no maximum salary. However, salary increases for Executive Directors will normally be within the range of increases for the general employee population over the period of this Policy. Increases in excess of those for the wider employee population may be awarded in certain circumstances including instances of sustained strong individual performance, if there is a material change in the responsibility, size or complexity of the role, or if an individual was intentionally appointed on a below-market salary. In such circumstances, the Committee will provide the rationale for the increase in the relevant year’s Annual Report on Remuneration.Performance metricsNot applicable. BENEFITSPurpose and link  to strategyBenefits to be competitive in the market in which the individual is employed.OperationCan include Company benefits such as permanent health insurance, healthcare and life insurance.The Committee retains the ability to approve additional role appropriate benefits in certain circumstances (e.g. participation in all-employee share incentives, relocation allowances and expenses, expatriation allowances etc.).Maximum opportunityThere is no maximum limit. However, role appropriate benefits are capped at a suitable level reflecting the local market and jurisdiction.Performance metricsNot applicable. RETIREMENT BENEFITSPurpose and link  to strategyProvides benefits which enable executives to plan for retirement. Retirement benefits are designed to be cost effective and competitive in the market in which the individual is employed.OperationDefined contribution scheme (and/or a cash allowance in lieu thereof).Maximum opportunityThe maximum defined contribution (or cash in lieu thereof) will be 10% of base salary. This is currently in line with retirement benefits provided to the rest of the UK employee population.Performance metricsNot applicable. GOVERNANCEVARIABLE PAY

108

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

109

ANNUAL BONUSPurpose and link  to strategyIncentivises the achievement of specific goals over the short term that are also aligned to the long-term business strategy.OperationPerformance measures are set by the Committee and are weighted to reflect a balance of financial, strategic and individual objectives.Following the end of the year the Committee reviews performance and determines the extent to which objectives have been achieved in order to determine the payout level.Executive Directors will normally be required to defer up to 50% of any resulting annual bonus into shares until the Executive Director meets the relevant shareholding requirement. The remaining balance of the annual bonus is paid in cash.Where bonuses are deferred into shares, dividend equivalents may accrue.Cash and share bonuses awarded for annual bonuses will be subject to malus and clawback. Maximum opportunityMaximum opportunity of 200% of salary. Currently a maximum opportunity of 200% of base salary applies to the CEO and 150% of base salary for the CFO.The payout for threshold performance may vary year-on-year depending on the nature and stretch of the target but will normally not exceed 25% of the maximum opportunity.Performance metricsBonuses for the Executive Directors may be based on a combination of financial and non-financial measures. The exact performance measures and targets for each financial year may be varied to reflect the priorities for the business. Financial measures will represent at least 50% of any award.LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN (LTIP)Purpose and link  to strategyAligns the interests of executives and shareholders by delivering shares to Executive Directors and other senior executives as a reward for delivery of long-term performance objectives aligned to the strategy.OperationThe Committee has the authority to grant awards under the LTIP to Executive Directors. Typically, they will do this every year. Awards are normally conditional on achievement of performance conditions assessed over three years. Awards to Executive Directors will normally also be subject to a holding period of two years post vesting. Details of the performance period and holding period will be disclosed in the Annual Report on Remuneration for the year in which the relevant award is made.Dividend equivalents may accrue on any shares that vest.Awards are subject to malus and/or clawback for a period of five years from the date of grant. Maximum opportunityThe LTIP provides for a conditional award of shares (or economic equivalent) up to an annual limit of 250% of base salary. Under the plan rules an award of up to 300% of base salary can be granted in exceptional circumstances. The operating grant policy for the CEO and CFO is 250% and 200% of base salary respectively.The vesting level for the threshold performance hurdle may vary year-on-year depending on the nature and stretch of the target but will normally not exceed 25% of the maximum opportunity.Performance metricsThe vesting of awards is usually subject to continued employment and the Group’s performance over the performance period. The Remuneration Committee will set the performance targets for each award in light of the appropriate business priorities at the relevant time.SHAREHOLDING GUIDELINESPurpose and link  to strategyAlignment of Executive Directors with shareholders.OperationGuidelines are 200% of base salary for all Executive Directors. Shareholdings are expected to be built up and maintained over the course of tenure. Directors are also expected to hold two times base salary in shares for a period of 12 months on leaving the Company, reducing to one times base salary for a further 12 months.OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTDIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

PERFORMANCE CRITERIA FOR 
INCENTIVES – SELECTING MEASURES, 
TARGET SETTING AND ASSESSMENT
Performance criteria for annual bonus and 
LTIP awards are designed to support the 
execution of the short‑term and long‑term 
business strategy and to provide alignment with 
our shareholders’ interests. The combination 
of financial, strategic and individual objectives 
enables the Committee to achieve a balanced 
assessment of performance. 

Performance targets for each award are 
intended to be suitably challenging, taking into 
account internal and external forecasts, as 
well as market conditions and the strategic 
ambitions and risk appetite of the Group. 
Outcomes at the maximum level are intended 
to represent exceptional performance. 

Consistent with best practice, the 
Remuneration Committee will seek to 
ensure that outcomes from incentive plans 
suitably reflect performance. As well as 
exercising suitable judgement when assessing 
performance, the Committee may exercise 
discretion and make adjustments to any 
formulaic results, if the outcome is not 
considered to be appropriate or is not 
reflective of overall performance over 
the relevant period. When making this 
judgement, the Committee has scope to 
consider any such factors as it deems relevant 
in the circumstances. To ensure that awards 
continue to operate in the manner intended, 
the Committee may also adjust the targets 
for awards or the calculation of performance 
measures and vesting outcomes for certain 
events (e.g. major acquisition).

MALUS AND CLAWBACK
The annual bonus, LTIP and IPO Share Awards 
are subject to clawback in certain scenarios. 
Such scenarios include, but are not limited to:
 – material misstatement of the Company’s 

financial accounts;

 – a material failure of risk management by 
the Company or any Group company;
 – an error in calculation of any awards based 

on false or misleading information;

 – gross misconduct by the relevant participant;
 – any action or omission on the part of a 

participant resulting in serious reputational 
damage to the Company, any member 
of the Group; and 

 – a serious breach or non‑observance of 

any code of conduct, policy or procedure 
operated by the Group. 

RECRUITMENT POLICY
When determining remuneration for a 
new Executive Director, the Remuneration 
Committee will consider the requirements of 
the role, the needs of the business, the relevant 
skills and experience of the individual and the 
external talent market relevant to the role. 
Normally the Committee would seek to align 
the new Executive Director’s remuneration 
package to the Remuneration Policy. 

Base salary and benefits (including pension) 
will be determined in accordance with the 
policy table. If an individual is appointed 
on a base salary below the desired market 
positioning, the Committee retains the ability 
to re‑align the base salary over time, reflecting 
development in the role, which may result 
in a higher rate of annual increase. 

Where necessary, additional benefits may 
also be provided (e.g. relocation support, 
tax equalisation). In addition, for an overseas 
appointment, the Committee may offer cost 
effective benefits and pension provisions, 
which reflect local market practice and 
relevant legislation.

Notice periods in service contracts for 
any new appointment would not exceed 
12 months.

Incentive opportunities (excluding any 
buy‑out) will be consistent with the policy. 
As noted in the LTIP policy table, in exceptional 
circumstances a maximum LTIP award of 
up to 300% of base salary may be granted in 
accordance with the LTIP rules. The Company 
would provide clear disclosure regarding any 
such awards. The Committee may tailor the 
targets for initial incentive awards to reflect 
the circumstances on recruitment.

The Committee may consider buying out 
remuneration forfeited by an executive 
on joining the Company. Any such buy‑out 
will be of comparable commercial value to 
the arrangements forfeited and capped as 
appropriate. When determining the terms of 
the buy‑out award, the Committee may tailor 
the terms, taking into account the structure, 
time horizons, value and performance targets 
associated with arrangements forfeited. 
The Committee may also require the 
appointee to purchase shares in the Company 
in accordance with its shareholding policy. 
The Committee would subsequently provide 
suitable disclosure regarding any such award 
granted on recruitment to the Board.

Where an individual is appointed to the Board 
as a result of internal promotion or following 
a corporate transaction (e.g. following an 
acquisition), the Committee retains the ability to 
honour any legacy arrangements agreed prior 
to the individual’s appointment to the Board.

On the appointment of a new Non‑Executive 
Chairman or Non‑Executive Director, 
the terms and fees will normally be consistent 
with the fee policy.

110

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

111

GOVERNANCE110

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

111

EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS: SERVICE CONTRACTS AND LOSS OF OFFICE PROVISIONSNotice PeriodSix months’ notice from the Company or the Executive Director.Termination PaymentsThe Company will also be entitled to terminate an Executive Director’s service agreement with immediate effect by making a payment in lieu of notice, equal to (i) the base salary that would have been payable, and (ii) the cost that would have been incurred in providing the Executive Director with the contractual benefits which the Executive Director would have been entitled to receive during the notice period.The Company can alternatively, in its sole discretion, continue to provide such contractual benefits instead of paying a sum representing their cost.The payment in lieu of notice may be subject to mitigation and therefore payable in equal monthly instalments over the notice period, conditional on the relevant Executive Director making reasonable efforts to secure alternative employment or engagements.Certain benefits in connection with departure (e.g. legal costs, outplacement costs) may be payable in certain circumstances. Incentive AwardsThe treatment of incentive awards will depend on the circumstances of departure.Normally no bonus is payable if, on the date on which any bonus is paid, the Executive Director has (i) left the Company, (ii) given or received notice of termination, or is (iii) under suspension for disciplinary matters which could result in dismissal. In certain circumstances, the Committee may determine that a departing executive will retain the ability to earn a bonus award subject to performance and time pro-rating to reflect the period employed. Any bonus deferred into shares will normally be released at the end of the deferral period, unless the Committee determines otherwise.Unvested long-term incentive awards will normally lapse on termination, unless the Committee determines that an Executive Director is deemed to be a ‘good leaver’. For good leavers, any unvested awards may run until the normal vesting date, with any vesting normally on a time apportioned basis and subject to the achievement of the performance conditions. If the Committee thinks there are circumstances that justify it, the Committee may release shares early, having regard to performance achieved to the date of leaving, if applicable.Restrictive CovenantsExecutive Directors will be subject to a confidentiality undertaking without limitation in time, and non-solicitation and non-compete restrictive covenants for a period of 12 months after the termination of their employment.Change of ControlNo special contractual provisions apply in the event of change of control.External AppointmentsExecutive Directors may accept up to one position as a Non-Executive Director of another publicly listed company, subject to prior approval from the Board. Any fees from such an appointment may be retained by the Executive Director. Executive Directors are not entitled to accept a position as an Executive Director in any company that is not a Group Company.The Executive Directors’ service contracts are available for inspection by shareholders at the Company’s registered office.OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTDIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

112

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

LEGACY INCENTIVES AND IPO AWARDSDetails of legacy arrangements for the Executive Directors and other senior managers agreed prior to IPO were included in the Prospectus on Admission and also detailed in the 2018 Annual Remuneration Report. For the avoidance of doubt, they do not form part of the Remuneration Policy, as voted on by shareholders in 2019, and no further awards will be granted under these plans.IPO CASH AWARDSOperationIn recognition of the significant contribution made prior to Admission, cash bonuses were paid to Executive Directors shortly prior to Admission (the ‘IPO Bonuses’).The IPO Bonuses were conditional upon each of the Executive Directors using the after-tax amount to subscribe for shares at the Offer Price shortly following Admission. The Executive Directors subscribed for shares accordingly. The shares are subject to a ‘no-sale’ agreement of a maximum of three years from the date of Admission, with one third of the shares being released from the agreement on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the date of Admission.No further awards will be granted to Executive Directors under this plan. IPO SHARE AWARDSOperationPrior to IPO it was agreed that one-off awards would be granted under the 2018 IPO Plan as soon as practicable after Admission (the ‘IPO Share Awards’).The IPO Share Awards were formally granted as nil-cost options over shares which will vest, subject to achievement of specified performance conditions. The performance targets relate to consolidated gross cash profit and adjusted net income. Awards are scheduled to vest in three equal tranches on the first, second and third anniversary of Admission. Dividend equivalents may accrue on any vested shares. Further details are set out in the Annual Report on Remuneration. No further awards will be granted to Executive Directors under this plan. NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR REMUNERATIONPurpose and link  to strategyTo attract and retain high calibre individuals by offering market competitive fee arrangements.OperationNon-Executive Directors receive a basic fee in respect of their Board duties. Additional fees are paid to Non-Executive Directors for additional Board responsibilities, including Chairmanship of Board Committees.The Chairman receives an all-inclusive fee for the role.The Remuneration Committee sets the remuneration of the Chairman, whilst the Board as a whole is responsible for determining Non-Executive Director fees. Fees are typically reviewed annually.Where appropriate, role-appropriate benefits may be provided. This may include travel and other expenses incurred in the performance of Non-Executive duties for the Company, which may be reimbursed or paid for directly by the Company, as appropriate, including any tax due on the benefits.Maximum OpportunityFee levels are capped in accordance with the Articles of Association.Current fee levels can be found on page 105. Fees are set at a level, which is considered appropriate to attract and retain the calibre of individual required by the Company.These fees are the sole element of Non-Executive remuneration and they are not eligible for participation in Group incentive awards, nor do they receive any retirement benefits.The Chairman’s appointment may be terminated at any time by either side by giving six months’ written notice or in accordance with the Articles. The Non-Executive Directors’ appointments may be terminated at any time by either side, giving one month’s written notice or in accordance with the articles.GOVERNANCEDIRECTORS’ REPORT

The Directors present their Report and 
the audited consolidated and Company 
financial statements for the year ended 
31 December 2020:

COMPANY DETAILS 
AND CONSTITUTION
Vivo Energy plc is a company incorporated 
in England and Wales with company 
number 11250655. The Company’s Articles 
of Association (the ‘Articles’) may only be 
amended by a special resolution at a general 
meeting of the shareholders.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTENT
The Strategic Report, the Corporate 
Governance Report and Directors’ 
Remuneration Report are all incorporated 
by reference into this Directors’ Report 
and should be read as part of this Report.

STRATEGIC REPORT
The Strategic Report is a requirement of the 
Companies Act 2006 (the ‘Act’) and can be 
found on pages 2 to 70. The Company has 
chosen, in accordance with section 414C(11) 
of the Act, to include certain matters in 
its Strategic Report that would otherwise 
be disclosed in this Directors’ Report. 
Such information is referenced below. 

MANAGEMENT REPORT
For the purposes of Disclosure Guidance 
and Transparency Rules (‘DTR’) 4, the 
Strategic Report and this Directors’ 
Report on pages 113 to 115 comprise 
the Management Report.

CORPORATE 
GOVERNANCE STATEMENT 
The corporate governance statement setting 
out how the Company complies with the 
2018 UK Corporate Governance Code 
(the ‘2018 Code’) is set out on pages 71 to 112. 
The information required by DTR 7.2.6R can be 
found on pages 113 to 115. A description of the 
composition and operation of the Board and 
its Committees is set out on pages 71 to 112.

DISCLOSURES REQUIRED 
UNDER LISTING RULE 9.8.4R
The information that fulfills the reporting 
requirements relating to the following matters 
can be found at the pages identified below.

Information

Directors’ compensation 
Details of long-term incentive schemes 

Location in Annual Report 

Remuneration Report 
Remuneration Report

Page(s)

94 to 112
102 to 104

STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT 
INCLUDING SECTION 
172 STATEMENT
Details of the Company’s stakeholder 
engagement practices and section 172 
statement can be found on pages 42 to 45.

Further information is also available on pages 
45 and 77 in respect of the Board’s stakeholder 
engagement activities during the year. 

GOING CONCERN AND VIABILITY
The going concern statement required by the 
Listing Rules and the 2018 Code is set out on 
page 70. The long-term viability statement 
is located on page 70.

FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT 
OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES
Disclosures relating to financial risk 
management objectives and policies, including 
our policy for hedging are set out in note 3 
to the consolidated financial statements.

IMPORTANT EVENTS SINCE THE 
END OF THE FINANCIAL YEAR
Details of those important events affecting 
the Group which have occurred since 
the end of the financial year are set out 
in the Strategic Report and note 32 to 
the consolidated financial statements.

RISK MANAGEMENT AND 
INTERNAL CONTROL
The Board has overall responsibility for 
monitoring the Group’s system of internal 
control and risk management and for carrying 
out a review of its effectiveness. In discharging 
that responsibility, the Board confirms that 
it has established the procedures necessary 
to apply the provisions of the 2018 Code, 
including clear operating procedures, 
lines of responsibility and delegated authority. 

Business performance is managed closely and 
the Board and the Senior Executive Team 
have established processes to monitor:
 – Strategic plan achievement, through 
a regular review of progress towards 
strategic objectives;

 – Monitoring and maintenance of insurance 
cover to adequately protect risk areas 
of the Group;

 – Financial performance, within a 

comprehensive financial planning and 
accounting framework, including budgeting 
and forecasting, financial reporting, analysing 
variances against plan and taking appropriate 
management action;

 – Capital investment and asset management 
performance, with detailed appraisal, 
authorisation and post-investment reviews; 
and

 – The emerging and principal risks 

facing the Group, ensuring that they 
are being identified, evaluated and 
appropriately managed.

The Board is supported by the Audit and Risk 
Committee in reviewing the effectiveness of 
the Group’s risk processes and internal control 
systems. The system of internal control is 
designed to manage, rather than eliminate, 
the risk of failure to achieve business objectives 
and it must be recognised that it can only 
provide reasonable and not absolute assurance 
against material misstatement or loss. A robust 
assessment of the principal and emerging risks 
faced by the Company has been undertaken 
by the Board (for further information please 
see pages 60 to 69 in the Strategic Report). 
The Board has established a framework of 
controls, which enable risk to be assessed and 
managed, which is annually reviewed to ensure 
it remains prudent and effective. 

The Chief Financial Officer, with the assistance 
of the finance function, is responsible for 
the appropriate maintenance of financial 
records and processes. This ensures that 
all financial information is relevant, reliable, 
in accordance with the applicable laws and 
regulations and distributed both internally and 
externally in a timely manner. A review of the 
consolidated financial position and financial 
statements is completed by the Chief Financial 
Officer to ensure that the financial position 
and results of the Group are appropriately 
recorded, circulated to members of the 
Board and published where appropriate. 
All financial information published by the 
Group is subject to the approval of the Board, 
on the recommendation of the Audit and 
Risk Committee.

PB

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

113

OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTDIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED

FAIR, BALANCED 
AND UNDERSTANDABLE
The Board considers the Annual Report 
and financial statements, when taken as a 
whole, is fair, balanced and understandable 
and provides the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Company’s position 
and performance, business model and strategy. 
There are various activities, policies and 
procedures in place for the Board to ensure 
a fair balanced and understandable Annual 
Report. These include, but are not limited to:
 – The Annual Report and the financial 
statements have been prepared in 
accordance with the applicable reporting 
and regulatory frameworks, including 
International Financial Reporting Standards 
(IFRS), FRS 102, 2006 Act, 2018 Code, 
the DTR and UK GAAP.

 – Accounting policies are used Company-wide 
to ensure accurate and correct accounting 
treatment. All financial information is 
maintained according to those guidelines 
which ensure compliance with IFRS.
 – The Company has an extensive set of 

internal controls covering various areas 
of the business. The internal control KPIs 
are monitored and measured on a monthly 
basis. The finance function uses department 
manuals which detail the reporting process 
to be followed and the controls in place 
to mitigate risk. These include the Finance 
manual, Credit & Treasury manual and 
Tax manual.

 – Monthly reporting to the Board on 

financial performance.

OVERSEAS BRANCHES
As at 31 December 2020, the Group had the 
following branches:
 – Engen Marketing Tanzania Limited (branch 
registered in Tanzania, company registered 
in Bahamas).

 – Plateau Africa Holdings Limited (branch 

registered in Mauritius, company registered 
in Canada).

 – Vivo Energy Namibia Ltd. (branch registered 
in Namibia, company registered in the UK).

 – Vivo Energy Overseas Holdings Limited 
(branch registered in Kenya, company 
registered in Mauritius).

DIRECTORS
The details of the Directors of the Company 
who held office during the year and up to the 
date of signing this report can be found on 
pages 78 to 79.

POWERS OF THE DIRECTORS
The powers of the Directors are determined 
by the Act and the Company’s Articles. 
The Directors have been authorised to 
issue and allot shares. These powers are 
subject to annual shareholder approval at 
the Annual General Meeting (AGM), and at 
the 2021 AGM shareholders will be asked to 
renew and extend the authority to allot shares 
in the Company, or grant rights to subscribe 
for, or to convert any security into, shares in 
the Company for the purposes of section 551 
of the Act (the ‘Allotment Resolution’).

The authority in the first part of the Allotment 
Resolution will allow the Directors to allot 
new shares in the Company, or to grant rights 
to subscribe for, or convert any security into, 
shares in the Company up to a nominal value 
which is equivalent to approximately one third 
of the total issued ordinary share capital of 
the Company.

The authority in the second part of the 
Allotment Resolution will allow the Directors 
to allot new shares in the Company, or to 
grant rights to subscribe for, or convert any 
security into, shares in the Company, only in 
connection with a rights issue, up to a nominal 
value which is equivalent to approximately an 
additional third of the total issued ordinary 
share capital of the Company. This is in 
line with corporate governance guidelines. 
In addition, shareholders will be asked at the 
2021 AGM to grant the Directors authority 
to disapply pre-emption rights in line with 
corporate governance guidelines. 

There are no present plans to undertake a 
rights issue or to allot any further new shares 
other than in connection with the Company’s 
share schemes and plans.

The Company did not repurchase any 
shares during the financial year ended 
31 December 2020. At the 2021 AGM 
shareholders will be asked to grant authority 
to the Directors under section 701 of the Act 
to make market purchases of ordinary shares 
up to a maximum of 126,694,189 shares. 

In May 2019 the Company established an 
employee benefit trust. At 2 March 2021 the 
trust held 133,183 remaining shares which 
are accounted for as treasury shares in the 
consolidated financial statements of the Group. 
The Company’s issued share capital at 2 March 
is composed of a single class of 1,266,941,899 
ordinary shares of 50 US cents, including 
133,183 of treasury shares. The shares held by 
the Trust are not considered as treasury shares 
for the purposes of Listing Rules disclosure

DIRECTORS’ INDEMNITIES
In accordance with the Company’s Articles 
and to the extent permitted by law, Directors 
are granted a deed of indemnity from the 
Company in respect of liability incurred as a 
result of their office. Qualifying third party 
indemnity provisions (as defined by section 234 
of the Act) were in force during the year ended 
31 December 2020 and remain in force.

In addition, the Company provides Board 
members with Directors’ and Officers’ Liability 
Insurance. Neither the indemnity nor the 
insurance provides cover in the event that a 
Director is proven to have acted dishonestly 
or fraudulently. 

DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS
The Directors’ interests in ordinary shares of 
the Company are set out within the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report. No Director has any 
other interest in any shares or loan stock of 
any Group company. No Director was or is 
materially interested in any contract, other 
than under their service contract or letter 
of appointment, which was subsisting during 
or existing at the end of year and which was 
significant to the Group’s business. Please refer 
to the ‘Relationship Agreements’ section for 
information relating to the Group’s relationship 
with Vitol and Helios. 

There are procedures in place to deal with any 
conflicts of interest and these have operated 
effectively during the year. Further details are 
set out on pages 84 and 88. 

RESPONSIBILITY STATEMENT
As required under the DTR, a statement 
made by the Board regarding the preparation 
of the financial statements is set out on page 
116, which also provides details regarding the 
disclosure of information to the Company’s 
auditors and Management’s report on internal 
controls over financial information.

SHARE CAPITAL
As at the date of this Report, the Company’s 
issued share capital is composed of a single class 
of 1,266,941,899 ordinary shares of $0.50 each. 

SHAREHOLDERS’ RIGHTS
Each ordinary share of the Company carries 
one vote at general meetings of the Company. 
Except as set out in the Articles or in applicable 
legislation, there are no restrictions on the 
transfer of shares or on the voting rights in 
the Company. 

In accordance with applicable law and the 
Company’s share dealing policy, Directors 
and certain employees are required 
to seek approval before dealing in any 
Company securities.

The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to 
receive the Company’s reports and accounts, 
attend and speak at general meetings of the 
Company, appoint proxies and exercise voting 
rights. None of the shares carry any special 
rights with regards to control of the Company. 
There are no arrangements of which the 
Company is aware under which financial rights 
are held by a person other than the holder of 
the shares, and no known agreements relating 
to, or places restrictions on, share transfers or 
voting rights.

114

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

115

GOVERNANCEAGM
The Company’s third AGM will be held at 2:00 
p.m. on 18 May 2021.  The Notice of the AGM 
will include further details, including the venue.  

The Notice of the AGM contains a full 
explanation of the business to be conducted at 
the meeting and can be found on our website. 

EMPLOYEE INVOLVEMENT
The Company considers it important that its 
employees are involved and engaged at all levels 
within the organisation. Through channels such 
as Vivo Energy’s town hall meetings which 
are undertaken on a quarterly basis within 
each Operating Unit, management ensures 
that employees are updated with matters 
of interest, including updates on Company 
performance. During the year the Board was 
provided with an overview of the output 
following the employee engagement Pulse 
Survey which highlighted key issues affecting 
Vivo Energy employees.

Further details on employee involvement 
can be found in the Strategic Report on 
pages 50 and 51. Additional information 
regarding the Board’s Employee Engagement 
Champion can be found on page 89.

EMPLOYMENT OF 
DISABLED PEOPLE
Further details on the employment of disabled 
people can be found in the Strategic Report 
on page 48.

MODERN SLAVERY
In compliance with the Modern Slavery 
Act 2016, the Company’s statement on 
Modern Slavery can be found on our website.

The Directors’ Report was approved by the 
Board on 2 March 2021.

JOHN DALY
CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

2 MARCH 2021

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT TRUST
On 10 May 2019 the Company established 
the Vivo Energy Employee Benefit Trust (the 
‘EBT’). This is a discretionary trust formed to 
enable the Company to issue shares to certain 
employees under the Company’s share plans, 
namely the IPO share Award, Long-Term 
Incentive Plan and any other share plan that 
the Company may establish in the future. 
To satisfy awards vesting under the IPO Share 
Award, the EBT subscribed for 868,849 shares 
on 1 May 2020. As at 31 December 2020 the 
EBT held 133,183 shares. Dividends on shares 
held by the EBT are waived. 

DIVIDENDS
Full details of the Company’s dividend policy 
and proposed final dividend payment for the 
year ended 31 December 2020 are set out 
on page 178 and note 22 to the consolidated 
financial statements.

SUBSTANTIAL SHAREHOLDINGS
The major shareholders of the Company are 
Vitol Africa B.V. and VIP Africa II B.V. (together 
‘Vitol’) and HIP Oils Mauritius Limited and 
Helios Holdings Limited (together ‘Helios’). 

Details regarding the notifications received 
by the Company in relation to material 
shareholdings pursuant to the DTR can be 
found on page 185.

RELATIONSHIP AGREEMENTS
As at 31 December 2020, Helios held 27% and 
Vitol held 36% of the Company’s shares in issue. 
Vitol was therefore classified as a controlling 
shareholders under the Listing Rules. 

Pursuant to Listing Rule 9.2.2AD(1) the 
Company has entered into relationship 
agreements with both Helios and Vitol 
which shall only be terminated in the event that 
the respective shareholder and its associates 
ceases to hold at least 10% of the shares in 
the Company, or if the Company ceases to be 
admitted to listing on the premium segment 
of the Official List and traded on London Stock 
Exchange’s Main Market for listed securities. 
Throughout the period under review, the 
Company has complied with provisions and 
obligations in the relationship agreements, 
and as far as the Company is aware, 
both Helios and Vitol have also complied. 

CHANGE OF CONTROL
The Company’s subsidiary, Vivo Energy 
Investments B.V. has in place a credit facility 
agreement and senior notes under which a 
change in control of the Company would in 
certain circumstances trigger prepayment 
and/or redemption or repurchase provisions 
respectively. In addition, the Group’s 
arrangements with brand partners and 
the shareholders’ agreement in relation to 
Shell and Vivo Lubricants B.V. could be subject 
to change of control termination provisions 
in limited circumstances.

The Company’s share plans (including the IPO 
and Long-Term Incentive Plan Share Awards 
granted to the Executive Directors and 
Senior Management) contain clauses which 
may cause options and awards to vest on a 
change in control, in some cases subject to the 
satisfaction of performance conditions at that 
time. The Company is not party to any other 
significant agreements that would take effect, 
alter or terminate upon a change of control 
following a takeover.

No Director or employee is contractually 
entitled to compensation for loss of office or 
employment as a result of a change in control. 

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Group sources fuel products from 
Vitol S.A. and certain of its affiliates 
(together, ‘Vitol Fuel’) under a supply 
agreement. The supply agreement is a 
framework agreement under which Vitol Fuel 
is the Group’s preferred supplier. Details of the 
transactions under the supply agreement which 
took place during the year, are disclosed in note 
31 to the consolidated financial statements.

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES AND 
FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS 
WITHIN THE GROUP
The Strategic Report sets out the principal 
activities of the Group and contains details 
of possible future developments.

SUSTAINABILITY AND 
GREENHOUSE GAS DISCLOSURES
Information about the Company’s approach to 
sustainability including details of our greenhouse 
gas emissions is set out in the Strategic Report 
on page 54. 

POLITICAL DONATIONS
No political donations were made during the 
financial year. The Company’s policy is that 
no political donations be made or political 
expenditure incurred.

EXTERNAL AUDITORS
So far as each Director is aware, there is 
no relevant audit information of which the 
Company’s External Auditor is unaware. 
Each Director has taken all steps he or she 
should have taken as a Director in order 
to make himself or herself aware of any 
relevant audit information and to establish that 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC) is aware 
of that information.

As detailed on page 93, the Audit and 
Risk Committee recommended, and the 
Board approved, the proposal that PwC be 
reappointed as Auditors of the Company at 
the AGM. Resolutions to reappoint PwC as the 
Company’s Auditors until the conclusion of the 
AGM in 2022 and to authorise the Directors 
to determine their remuneration, will be 
proposed to shareholders at the AGM.

114

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

115

OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERN ANC E

STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES

The Directors are responsible for preparing 
the Annual Report and Accounts in 
accordance with applicable law and regulations. 
Company law requires the Directors to 
prepare financial statements for each 
financial year. Under that law, the Directors 
have elected to prepare the Group financial 
statements in accordance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as 
adopted by the European Union (EU). 
The Company financial statements have been 
prepared in accordance with United Kingdom 
Generally Accepted Accounting Practice 
(United Kingdom Accounting Standards, 
comprising FRS 102), the Financial Reporting 
Standard applicable in the UK and Republic 
of Ireland, and applicable law. 

In preparing these financial statements, the 
Directors are required to:
 – adopt the going concern basis unless it is 

inappropriate to do so;

 – select suitable accounting policies and then 
apply them consistently from year to year;
 – make judgements and accounting estimates 

that are reasonable and prudent; and
 – state whether IFRS as adopted by the EU 
and IFRS as issued by the IASB have been 
followed for the Group financial statements 
and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, 
comprising FRS 102, have been followed for 
the Company financial statements.

The Directors are responsible for keeping 
adequate accounting records that are sufficient 
to show and explain the Company’s and 
the Group’s transactions and disclose with 
reasonable accuracy, at any time, the financial 
position of the Group and the Company and 
to enable them to ensure that the financial 
statements and the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report comply with the Companies Act 2006. 
They are also responsible for safeguarding 
the assets of the Group and the Company 
and hence for taking reasonable steps for 
the prevention and detection of fraud and 
other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the 
maintenance and integrity of the corporate 
and financial information included on the 
Company’s website. 

Legislation in the UK governing the preparation 
and dissemination of financial statements may 
differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

DECLARATION 
Each of the Directors, whose names and 
functions are listed on pages 78 to 79 
of the Annual Report, confirm to the best 
of their knowledge, that:
 – the Group financial statements, which 

have been prepared in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting Standards 
as adopted by the EU and applicable law, 
and give a true and fair view of the assets, 
liabilities, financial position and profit of 
the Group;

 – the Company financial statements, which 
have been prepared in accordance with 
United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice (United Kingdom 
Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 102 
‘The Financial Reporting Standard applicable 
in the UK and Republic of Ireland’, and 
applicable law), give a true and fair view of 
the assets, liabilities, financial position and 
profit of the Company;

 – the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report 
include a fair review of the development 
and performance of the business and 
the position of the Group, together with 
a description of the principal risks and 
uncertainties that it faces; and

 – as at the date of this Report, there is 

no relevant audit information of which 
the Company’s auditor is unaware. 
Each Director has taken all the steps he or 
she should have taken as a Director in order 
to make himself or herself aware of any 
relevant audit information and to establish 
that the Company’s auditors are aware 
of that information. 

The Board confirms that the Annual Report 
and financial statements when taken as a 
whole are fair, balanced and understandable 
and provide the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the strategy, position and 
performance and business model of the Group.

For and on behalf of the Board

CHRISTIAN CHAMMAS
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

2 MARCH 2021

JOHAN DEPRAETERE
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

2 MARCH 2021

116

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

STR ATEG IC REP ORT

GOVERN ANC E

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

OTH ER IN FORMATION

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Here we set out our statutory accounts and 
supporting notes, which are independently 
audited and provide in-depth disclosure 
on the financial performance of our business.

CONTENTS

Independent Auditors’ Report 
 Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 
Consolidated statement of financial position 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity 
Consolidated statement of cash flows 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
Company financial statements 
Notes to the Company financial statements 

118
128
129
130
131
132
172
174

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

117

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF VIVO ENERGY PLC

REPORT ON THE AUDIT OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

OPINION
In our opinion:
 – Vivo Energy plc’s Group financial statements and Company financial statements (the ‘financial statements’) give a true and fair view of 

the state of the Group’s and of the Company’s affairs as at 31 December 2020 and of the Group’s profit and the Group’s cash flows for the year 
then ended;

 – the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with international accounting standards in conformity with the 

requirements of the Companies Act 2006;

 – the Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice 
(United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 102 ‘The Financial Reporting Standard applicable in the UK and Republic of Ireland’, 
and applicable law); and

 – the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual Report & Accounts (the ‘Annual Report’), which comprise: the 
Consolidated and Company statements of financial position as at 31 December 2020; the Consolidated statement of comprehensive income, 
the Consolidated statement of cash flows, and the Consolidated and Company statements of changes in equity for the year then ended; 
and the notes to the Consolidated and Company financial statements, which include a description of the significant accounting policies.

Our opinion is consistent with our reporting to the Audit and Risk Committee.

SEPARATE OPINION IN RELATION TO INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL REPORTING STANDARDS 
ADOPTED PURSUANT TO REGULATION (EC) NO 1606/2002 AS IT APPLIES IN THE EUROPEAN UNION
As explained in note 2 to the Group financial statements, the Group, in addition to applying international accounting standards in conformity 
with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006, has also applied international financial reporting standards adopted pursuant to 
Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union.

In our opinion, the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with international financial reporting standards adopted 
pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union.

BASIS FOR OPINION
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (‘ISAs (UK)’) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under 
ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We believe that the 
audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence
We remained independent of the Group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in 
the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities 
in accordance with these requirements.

To the best of our knowledge and belief, we declare that non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided to the Group.

Other than those disclosed in note 7 of the consolidated financial statements, we have provided no non-audit services to the Group in the period 
under audit.

OUR AUDIT APPROACH

Context
PricewaterhouseCoopers Accountants NV, were the auditors of Vivo Energy Holdings B.V., the parent company of the Group prior to June 2018 
and had been since the year ended 31 December 2012. Following the Group’s listing on the Main Market of the London Stock Exchange in May 
2018, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP were appointed as auditors of the Group and Vivo Energy plc. In preparation of the listing Vivo Energy plc was 
incorporated and installed as the Group’s parent company. PricewaterhouseCoopers Accountants NV continue to support PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
on the group audit for the year ended 31 December 2020.

118

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSOverview
Audit scope 
 –  Nine components engaged to perform audit of their complete financial information. 
 –  Four components engaged to perform audits of specific balances. 
 –  One component engaged to perform specified procedures.
 –  Overall coverage of 71% revenue, 68% profit before tax and 66% total assets was obtained. 

Key audit matters
 –  Government Benefits Receivable (Group)
 –  Tax audits and Transfer Pricing (Group)
 –  Goodwill Impairment (Group)
 –  Plc Impairment (Company)
 –  COVID-19 (Group and Company)

Materiality
 –  Overall group materiality: US$11,500,000 (2019: US$13,000,000) based on 5% of average earnings before tax and special items for the last 3 years 

(2019: 5% of earnings before tax and special items).

 –  Overall company materiality: US$19,000,000 (2019: US$18,500,000) based on 1% of net assets.
 –  Performance materiality: US$8,625,000 (group) and US$14,250,000 (company).

The scope of our audit
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements.

Capability of the audit in detecting irregularities, including fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our responsibilities, 
outlined in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, 
including fraud. The extent to which our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud, is detailed below.

Based on our understanding of the Group and industry, we identified that the principal risks of non-compliance with laws and regulations related 
to breaches of anti-bribery and corruption laws, health and safety regulations and competition laws and regulations, and we considered the extent 
to which non-compliance might have a material effect on the financial statements. We also considered those laws and regulations that have a direct 
impact on the preparation of the financial statements such as the Companies Act 2006. We evaluated management’s incentives and opportunities 
for fraudulent manipulation of the financial statements (including the risk of override of controls) and determined that the principal risks were related 
to posting inappropriate journal entries to increase revenue and management bias in accounting estimates. The group engagement team shared 
this risk assessment with the component auditors so that they could include appropriate audit procedures in response to such risks in their work. 
Audit procedures performed by the group engagement team and/or component auditors included:
 – Discussions with the wider senior management including Internal Audit, Finance, Operations, Ethics and Compliance and Forensics. 
These discussions included consideration of known or suspected instances of non-compliance with laws and regulation and fraud.

 – Making inquiries of the Group General Counsel regarding the status and expected outcome of legal cases and regulatory matters and reviewing 

the Group’s legal case tracker, maintained by the General Counsel, in respect to all significant legal matters.

 – Evaluation of management’s controls designed to prevent and detect irregularities, in particular their anti-bribery controls. For example, 

understanding the Group’s bid and contracting approval controls, the extent to which the Group’s anti-bribery and corruption programme is 
embedded in operating units, assessment of procedures associated with making one-off payments to counterparties and searching third party 
sources for allegations of corruption made against the Group and its employees.

 – Assessment of matters reported on the Group’s whistleblowing helpline or through other mediums and the results of management’s investigation 

of such matters.

 – Reading key correspondence with regulatory authorities.
 – Challenging assumptions and judgements made by management in their significant accounting estimates, in particular in relation to legal and 

tax claims and government benefits receivables (see related key audit matters below).

 – Identifying and testing journal entries both at a local operating unit level and group consolidation, in particular any journal entries posted with 

unusual account combinations or posted by senior management.

 – Review of correspondence with, or reports issued by, competition authorities and assessment of external legal advice received in respect 

of any matters raised.

There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures described above. We are less likely to become aware of instances of non-compliance with 
laws and regulations that are not closely related to events and transactions reflected in the financial statements. Also, the risk of not detecting a 
material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, 
for example, forgery or intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion.

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

119

OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTINDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF VIVO ENERGY PLC

REPORT ON THE AUDIT OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

Key audit matters
Key audit matters (KAM) are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified 
by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing 
the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon, were addressed in 
the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion 
on these matters.

This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.

Goodwill Impairment (Group), Plc Impairment (Company) and COVID-19 (Group and Company) are new key audit matters this year. 
Accounting for the acquisition of Vivo Energy Overseas Holdings Limited (‘VEOHL’), which was a key audit matter last year, is no longer 
included because of the transaction to which this KAM related did not reoccur in the current year and no equivalent transactions took place. 
Otherwise, the key audit matters below are consistent with last year.

KEY AUDIT MATTER

HOW OUR AUDIT ADDRESSED THE KEY AUDIT MATTER

Other Government Benefits Receivable (Group)

Refer to notes 2, 4 and 16 in the Group financial statements. 

The Group has US$69 million of receivables (offset by provisions 
of US$24m) from governments principally related to subsidies for 
product prices or incidental costs where regulated price mechanisms 
exist. The recoverability of these receivables is not always certain with 
outstanding balances being aged and with governments with poor or 
no credit ratings. Whilst during the year the level of gross receivables 
has declined due to cash receipts and a reduction in subsidy levels, 
the risk associated with recovery of aged items has been adversely 
impacted by the deterioration in government finances as a result 
of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Determination of the provisioning required against these receivables 
requires consideration of the willingness and ability of the counterparties 
to meet their obligations. This can often be complex and highly 
judgemental. Due to the nature and aging of the receivables in 
Guinea and Senegal we identified the receivables with the governments 
of these countries to be where our main audit focus was required.

Tax audits and Transfer Pricing (Group)

Refer to notes 2, 4 and 10 in the Group financial statements.

The Group operates in a number of tax jurisdictions and recognises tax 
assets and liabilities based on interpretation of local laws and regulations 
which are sometimes uncertain and requires interpretation. In several 
territories tax audits are performed and significant tax claims are made. 
However these are often settled for much less once further information 
is provided to tax authorities or matters result in litigation. The claims 
often focus on the application of transfer pricing policies. Management 
are required to make judgements on whether it is probable that the 
tax authorities will accept the current treatment and, where it is not 
considered probable, estimate the expected value or the most likely 
value of the pay-out.

For Senegal and Guinea we performed procedures to determine the 
accuracy of the receivables being recognised, including the legal right 
to offset, by assessing supporting documentation and, where possible, 
confirming the positions directly with the government authorities. 
In addition we verified the claims arising in the year to the underlying 
transactions and verified payments back to bank statements.
Where a provision has been recognised, we have assessed 
management’s position against the communications with the local 
authorities, historical precedent of similar matters being resolved, 
and evidence of the Group’s efforts to secure payment. In addition, we 
sought independent evidence of the government’s ability and willingness 
to pay by considering third party published views on the economic 
and fiscal positions of the countries, published credit ratings and, 
where possible, meeting with government representatives.

Based on our work performed, we found the judgments and 
assumptions used by management in the recoverability assessment 
of government benefits receivables to be supportable based on the 
available evidence.

With the assistance of our local and international tax specialists 
including transfer pricing specialists, we evaluated management’s 
judgements in respect of the likelihood of known tax exposures 
resulting in liabilities and the accuracy and completeness of associated 
uncertain tax position provisions recognised. For each material position 
we looked at the nature of the underlying transactions, the technical 
merits of the position and the local tax authorities’ track record of 
challenging similar tax positions.
We also challenged management on the level of provisioning booked 
for each uncertain tax position, considering both whether the level 
of provisioning was too prudent or too optimistic. We considered 
management’s assessment through the examination of their analysis 
of these positions, including testing of their detailed workings and 
consideration of advice received from their tax advisers.

We focused on the judgements and estimates made by management 
in assessing the likelihood and quantification of material exposures 
and recognition of uncertain tax position provisions.

We determined that the provisions recognised and the disclosures 
in the financial statements were reasonable.

120

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSKEY AUDIT MATTER

Goodwill Impairment (Group)

Refer to notes 2, 4 and 12 in the Group financial statements.

In March 2019, the Group completed the Engen acquisition that 
generated US$65m of goodwill. This goodwill was allocated to the non 
aggregated operating segments of ‘Retail fuel’ and ‘Commercial fuel’ 
which form part of the operating segments of ‘Retail’ and ‘Commercial’ 
respectively. Pre the Engen transaction goodwill was already allocated to 
these non-aggregated operating segments giving a total goodwill value 
of US$79m.
The goodwill balance is assessed annually for impairment and an 
impairment test has been performed as at 30 September 2020 with 
the recoverable amount calculated using a fair value less cost to dispose 
(‘FVLCD’) methodology underpinned by a discounted cash flow 
(‘DCF’) model. A number of judgements and estimates are involved 
in the DCF model including determining appropriate discount rate and 
long term growth rates and cash flow assumptions during the five-year 
business plan period. 

We have focused our audit work on ensuring these judgements and 
estimates are appropriate.

HOW OUR AUDIT ADDRESSED THE KEY AUDIT MATTER

We assessed management’s allocation of goodwill and confirmed the 
relative fair value method used was appropriate and the final allocation 
reflected the nature of the acquired Engen business.
A distribution key was used by management to allocate corporate level 
and other assets shared between segments, to the cash generating units 
against which the goodwill impairment assessment was performed. We 
performed sensitivities to confirm that different allocation keys would 
not result in a materially different impairment outcome.
We obtained the models calculating the recoverable amounts for 
the Retail fuel and Commercial fuel segments using the discounted cash 
flow method based on cash flow projections from the board approved 
five-year business plan. We considered the reasonableness of the 
five-year business plan in light of the recent historical performance 
of the Group including management’s forecast of the ongoing impact 
of COVID-19 on the business and how this compares to actual 
performance in 2020.
The discount rate and long term growth rate assumptions used by 
management were consistent with those independently determined 
by our internal valuation experts.

With the support of our valuation experts, we have audited 
management’s methodology, inputs and the key assumptions. 
We have agreed inputs to supporting documentation and have 
performed sensitivities over the key assumptions in the FVLCD 
models and in the underlying board approved business plan.

We have considered the accuracy and completeness of the financial 
statement disclosures in light of the results of our audit procedures 
and concluded that they are appropriate.

Based on the procedures performed we concluded that management 
had correctly determined that no impairment to goodwill was required.

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

121

OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTINDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF VIVO ENERGY PLC

REPORT ON THE AUDIT OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

KEY AUDIT MATTER

Plc Impairment (Company)

Refer to note 2 in the Company financial statements.

At 31 December 2020 the market capitalisation of the Group was lower 
than the carrying value of the Company’s investment in the Group 
of US$1,913m held, at cost, in the books of the Company. This was 
identified as an impairment trigger and management have performed 
an impairment test by calculating the recoverable amount using a value 
in use (‘VIU’) methodology underpinned by a discounted cash flow 
(‘DCF’) model.
A number of judgements and estimates are involved in building the DCF 
model including determining an appropriate discount rate and long term 
growth rate and cash flow assumptions during the five-year business 
plan period. In addition the five-year business plan needs to be adjusted 
to remove the impacts of expansionary capital expenditure.

We have focused our audit work on ensuring these judgements and 
estimates are appropriate.

HOW OUR AUDIT ADDRESSED THE KEY AUDIT MATTER

We obtained the models calculating the recoverable amount using 
the discounted cash flow method based on cash flow projections 
from the board approved five-year business plan. We considered 
the reasonableness of the five-year business plan in light of the recent 
historical performance of the Group including management’s forecast 
of the ongoing impact of COVID-19 on the business and how this 
compares to actual performance in 2020.
With the support of our valuation experts, we have audited 
management’s methodology, inputs and the key assumptions. 
We have agreed inputs to supporting documentation and have 
performed sensitivities over the key assumptions in the VIU model 
and in the underlying board approved business plan.

We have compared management’s discount rate to an appropriate 
Weighted Average Cost of Capital independently calculated by 
our valuation experts and the long term growth rates to long term 
US government bond rates. We have performed an assessment 
of management’s model to confirm that it meets the VIU criteria 
set out in IAS 36 and have assessed the adjustments made to the 
five-year business plan to remove the benefits of expansionary 
capital expenditure. Where differences were identified we performed 
sensitivity analysis to confirm that there was no material impact on 
the outcome of the impairment test.
In performing additional sensitivities we considered a number 
of alternative scenarios that could be reasonably thought to occur. 
These scenarios modelled, individually, the impact of further lockdowns 
as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic; a recovery that excluded 
a rebound in sales volumes towards pre COVID-19 plan levels; and 
cash unit margins below historical levels. In addition we ran scenarios 
reflective of the potential longer term impacts of climate change.
Using these scenarios we sensitised management’s model and 
assumptions to identify whether these would generate an impairment. 
No scenarios considered reasonably plausible generated an impairment. 
We have considered the accuracy and completeness of the financial 
statement disclosures in light of the results of our audit procedures 
and concluded that they are appropriate.
Based on the procedures performed we concluded that management 
had correctly determined that no impairment to the investment value 
in the books of the Company was required.

122

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

123

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSKEY AUDIT MATTER

COVID-19 (Group and Company)

The COVID-19 pandemic has had a significant impact on the Group’s 
business during FY20 with the performance of the business being 
significantly adversely affected in H1 2020 followed by a recovery 
in trading in the second half of the year. 

COVID-19 has had a pervasive impact across the Group and, inter 
alia, required management to reconsider a number of key accounting 
judgements and estimates. These included adjusting business plans and 
models which underpin the annual assessments of impairment and going 
concern; the assessment of the expected credit loss on trade and other 
receivables; the recovery of other government benefits receivable, the 
impact on accruals for long term incentive schemes; and the presentation 
of the additional costs incurred by the Group in the financial statements.
We have considered the pervasive impact of COVID-19 through 
the planning, risk assessment and execution phases of our audit 
with particular focus on the effect the pandemic has had on areas 
of key accounting judgement and estimation. 

HOW OUR AUDIT ADDRESSED THE KEY AUDIT MATTER

During the course of 2020 management have prepared a number 
of accounting position papers which consider the wider impact of 
COVID-19 on the Group’s financial statements. We have reviewed 
these papers, considered the appropriateness of management’s 
proposed treatments in line with published guidance and, where 
the impact is material, tested key assumptions to supporting 
documentation.
Where forecast financial information is relevant to an accounting 
judgement we have considered how management have modelled the 
impact of COVID-19 in its forecasts for 2021 and 2022. In performing 
this assessment we have taken into account the impact that the first 
wave of the virus and the associated government restrictions had 
on the Group’s results in H1 2020 and the subsequent recovery of 
the business in H2 2020 and considered how further lockdowns and 
restrictions may affect the business in subsequent periods.
In the case of going concern we have assessed both management’s 
base case and pessimistic planning scenarios for 2021 and 2022. In 
addition we have asked management to perform an additional severe 
but plausible downside scenario which more closely reflects the 2020 
experience during a further forecast lockdown in 2021. We have then 
recalculated management’s headroom and covenant compliance tests 
throughout 2021 and 2022 to confirm that in their severe scenario 
sufficient liquidity remains.
Refer to our Key Audit matters above for details of how we have 
considered the impact of COVID-19 in our audit procedures over 
the impairment tests performed by management in respect to the 
carrying value of goodwill recognised in the consolidated financial 
statements and the investment in subsidiaries in the Company financial 
statements.
We have reviewed the disclosures included within the financial 
statements in respect to the impact of COVID-19 to ensure that the 
disclosures are consistent with published guidance and the presentation 
of additional costs incurred by the Group in responding to the 
pandemic is appropriate.

122

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

123

OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTINDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF VIVO ENERGY PLC

REPORT ON THE AUDIT OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial statements as a whole, 
taking into account the structure of the Group and the Company, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry in which they operate.

The Group operates in 23 countries across North, West, East and Southern Africa. It is structured such that each country operates 
semi-autonomously with oversight, consolidation, and certain activities performed by group management. Each country can contain many legal entities, 
associates and joint ventures for which separate financial information is prepared and monitored. In general, each country will have a single large 
operating legal entity that holds most of the assets, liabilities and transactions.

Reporting packs are prepared by local management for each legal entity except in some specific cases where a sub-consolidation is performed 
and a single reporting pack is prepared for a number of related legal entities. We have scoped our audit on the basis that a component is identified 
by a reporting pack.

We identified Morocco and Kenya as financially significant components based on their size compared to the consolidated financial statements of 
the Group. A further six large components were identified and engaged to perform audits of their complete financial information in order to provide 
appropriate coverage over the operations of the Group. In addition, the components of Mauritius and Namibia were identified to perform an audit 
of  the revenue balances in order to provide sufficient coverage over the revenue financial statement line item.

Guinea and Senegal were identified as significant risk components relating to the recoverability of other government benefits receivable as described 
in the key audit matters. Guinea was requested to perform an audit over the other assets balance only while Senegal was engaged to perform an audit 
of their complete financial information as one of the six components identified above.

Rwanda was engaged to perform an audit of their complete financial information. This component provided limited contribution to the consolidated 
results of the Group however represented an entity acquired as part of the Engen transaction that took place in 2019 and which had not previously 
been included within audit scope. In addition, we have engaged Mozambique, another component acquired as part of the Engen transaction to 
perform specified procedures. The procedures requested were selected to reflect the relatively small size of the component and our goal of 
obtaining an understanding of activities occurring within the smaller components.

Procedures were also performed at a group level over balances including goodwill and tax as well as procedures over centralised controls and 
IT functions. The aggregation of all the holding entities are treated as a single component with testing performed over balances including cash, 
finance expenses and external borrowings.

Overall coverage of 71% revenue, 68% profit before tax, and 66% total assets was obtained. None of the operating units excluded from 
our group audit scope individually contributed more than 6% to consolidated revenue.

Interactions with component teams varied depending on their size, complexity and risk. Interactions with each component included: detailed 
instruction; a risk assessment and audit approach planning meeting; detailed deliverables identifying significant matters and procedures performed 
over significant risks; status and clearance meetings at key stages of the audit; and file reviews tailored to the specifics of the component. This was 
in addition to further ad hoc discussions on matters of interest. Due to the COVID-19 pandemic physical oversight visits were not possible. Instead, 
additional virtual meetings were held between the group engagement team, local senior management and local component teams of Morocco, 
Kenya, Côte D’Ivoire and Botswana. Combined with virtual file reviews these meetings were considered appropriate replacements for the 
usual in person interaction.

The Company only audit was performed independently by the group engagement team. This did not contribute to the scope of work performed 
on the consolidated financial statements. 

Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. These, together 
with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on 
the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on 
the financial statements as a whole.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – GROUP

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – COMPANY

Overall materiality

US$11,500,000 (2019: US$13,000,000).

US$19,000,000 (2019: US$18,500,000).

How we determined it

5% of average earnings before tax and special items 
for the last 3 years (2019: 5% of earnings before tax 
and special items).

1% of net assets.

124

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

125

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFINANCIAL STATEMENTS – GROUP

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – COMPANY

The entity is a holding company of the rest of the Group 
and is not a trading entity. Therefore an asset based 
measure is considered appropriate. The strength of the 
balance sheet is the key measure of financial health that 
is important to shareholders since the primary concern 
for the Company is the payment of dividends.

Rationale for benchmark applied The Group is profit-oriented; therefore it is 

considered most appropriate to use a profit-based 
benchmark. The Directors, management and the 
users of the Group financial statements focus on 
adjusted numbers, being adjusted EBITDA, adjusted 
EBIT and adjusted net income. The Group defines 
‘adjusted’ as excluding special items. In order to 
incorporate the distorting effects of COVID-19 and 
the steep decline in oil price on current year profits 
within our materiality calculation we consider the use 
of a 3-year average better reflects the overall impact 
on the financial statements, given that the impact on 
earnings before tax and special items was significantly 
more pronounced than the decline in sales volumes 
and balance sheet carrying values. Based on this, 
we consider an adjusted metric of 3-year average 
earnings before tax and special items to be the most 
appropriate benchmark.

For each component in the scope of our group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall group materiality. The range of materiality 
allocated across components was between US$1.0m and US$10.0m. Certain components were audited to a local statutory audit materiality that was 
also less than our overall group materiality.

We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected 
misstatements exceeds overall materiality. Specifically, we use performance materiality in determining the scope of our audit and the nature 
and extent of our testing of account balances, classes of transactions and disclosures, for example in determining sample sizes. Our performance 
materiality was 75% of overall materiality, amounting to US$8,625,000 for the Group financial statements and US$14,250,000 for the Company 
financial statements.

In determining the performance materiality, we considered a number of factors – the history of misstatements, risk assessment and aggregation risk 
and the effectiveness of controls – and concluded that an amount in the middle of our normal range was appropriate.

We agreed with the Audit and Risk Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above US$0.7m (group audit) 
(2019: US$1.0m) and US$0.7m (company audit) (2019: US$1.0m) as well as misstatements below those amounts that, in our view, warranted reporting 
for qualitative reasons.

Conclusions relating to going concern
Our evaluation of the Directors’ assessment of the Group’s and the Company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting included:
 – considering the reasonableness of the period covered by management’s going concern assessment; 
 – agreeing management’s going concern assessment to the board approved five-year strategic plan and ensuring that the base case scenario 
indicates that the business generates sufficient cash flows during the going concern period to meet its obligations while complying with 
covenant arrangements; 

 – identifying that the gross cash unit margin and expected volume growth are the key assumptions inherent in the plan and validating these to 

historical precedent and forecast changes in markets; 

 – analysing the cash flows in the forecast to identify unexpected trends and relationships and ensuring the mathematical accuracy of 

management’s models; 

 – evaluating management’s severe but plausible scenario of a similar extent of COVID-19 related impact on 2021 as seen in 2020; 
 – reviewing key banking and debt agreements to confirm the availability of appropriate levels of committed facilities during the going concern period; 
 – assessing the forecast compliance with the covenants associated with the Group’s committed debt facilities and ensuring that under both the base 

case and severe but plausible downside scenarios there are no forecast covenant breaches during the going concern period; and 

 – considering the appropriateness and accuracy of management’s financial statement disclosures relating to going concern. 

124

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

125

OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTINDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF VIVO ENERGY PLC

REPORT ON THE AUDIT OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, individually or 
collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group’s and the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least twelve months 
from when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the 
financial statements is appropriate.

However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this conclusion is not a guarantee as to the Group’s and the Company’s ability 
to continue as a going concern.

In relation to the Company’s reporting on how they have applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have nothing material to add or draw 
attention to in relation to the Directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether the Directors considered it appropriate to adopt the 
going concern basis of accounting.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of this report.

REPORTING ON OTHER INFORMATION 
The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial statements and our auditors’ report thereon. 
The Directors are responsible for the other information. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, 
accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any form of assurance thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the 
other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially 
misstated. If we identify an apparent material inconsistency or material misstatement, we are required to perform procedures to conclude whether 
there is a material misstatement of the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we have 
performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to 
report based on these responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report, we also considered whether the disclosures required by the UK Companies Act 2006 
have been included.

Based on our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the Companies Act 2006 requires us also to report certain opinions and matters as 
described below.

STRATEGIC REPORT AND DIRECTORS’ REPORT

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report for the 
year ended 31 December 2020 is consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.
In light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and Company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit, we did not 
identify any material misstatements in the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report.

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION

In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT
The Listing Rules require us to review the Directors’ statements in relation to going concern, longer-term viability and that part of the corporate 
governance statement relating to the Company’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code specified for our review. 
Our additional responsibilities, with respect to the corporate governance statement as other information, are described in the Reporting on other 
information section of this report.

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the corporate governance statement, 
included within the Governance section of the Annual Report is materially consistent with the financial statements and our knowledge obtained during 
the audit, and we have nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to:

 – the Directors’ confirmation that they have carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks;
 – the disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those principal risks, what procedures are in place to identify emerging risks and an explanation 

of how these are being managed or mitigated;

 – the Directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether they considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in 
preparing them, and their identification of any material uncertainties to the Group’s and Company’s ability to continue to do so over a period of at 
least twelve months from the date of approval of the financial statements;

 – the Directors’ explanation as to their assessment of the Group’s and Company’s prospects, the period this assessment covers and why the period 

is appropriate; and

 – the Directors’ statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation that the Company will be able to continue in operation and meet 
its liabilities as they fall due over the period of its assessment, including any related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary qualifications 
or assumptions.

Our review of the Directors’ statement regarding the longer-term viability of the Group was substantially less in scope than an audit and only 
consisted of making inquiries and considering the Directors’ process supporting their statement; checking that the statement is in alignment with 
the relevant provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code; and considering whether the statement is consistent with the financial statements 
and our knowledge and understanding of the Group and Company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit.

126

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

127

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSIn addition, based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the corporate governance 
statement is materially consistent with the financial statements and our knowledge obtained during the audit:
 – the Directors’ statement that they consider the Annual Report, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable, and provides the information 

necessary for the members to assess the Group’s and Company’s position, performance, business model and strategy;

 – the section of the Annual Report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and internal control systems; and
 – the section of the Annual Report describing the work of the Audit and Risk Committee.

We have nothing to report in respect of our responsibility to report when the Directors’ statement relating to the Company’s compliance with 
the Code does not properly disclose a departure from a relevant provision of the Code specified under the Listing Rules for review by the auditors.

RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND THE AUDIT

Responsibilities of the Directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements 
in accordance with the applicable framework and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. The Directors are also responsible for 
such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, 
disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate 
the Group or the Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance but is not 
a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise 
from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

Our audit testing might include testing complete populations of certain transactions and balances, possibly using data auditing techniques. 
However, it typically involves selecting a limited number of items for testing, rather than testing complete populations. We will often seek to target 
particular items for testing based on their size or risk characteristics. In other cases, we will use audit sampling to enable us to draw a conclusion 
about the population from which the sample is selected.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at: 
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors’ report.

Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the Company’s members as a body in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 
of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any other purpose 
or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

OTHER REQUIRED REPORTING

COMPANIES ACT 2006 EXCEPTION REPORTING
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:
 – we have not obtained all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or
 – adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not 

visited by us; or

 – certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
 – the Company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement with the accounting 

records and returns.

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

APPOINTMENT
Following the recommendation of the Audit and Risk Committee, we were appointed by the members on 20 April 2018 to audit the financial 
statements for the year ended 31 December 2018 and subsequent financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted engagement is 3 years, 
covering the years ended 31 December 2018 to 31 December 2020.

Nicholas Stevenson (Senior Statutory Auditor) 
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 
London 
2 March 2021

126

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

127

OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

US$ million

Revenues
Cost of sales 
Gross profit
Selling and marketing cost
General and administrative cost

Share of profit of joint ventures and associates
Other income/(expense)
Earnings before interest and tax (EBIT)
Finance income
Finance expense 

Finance expense – net
Earnings before tax (EBT)
Income taxes 
Net income 

Net income attributable to:
Equity holders of Vivo Energy plc
Non-controlling interest (NCI)

Other comprehensive income (OCI)
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss
Currency translation differences
Net investment hedge (loss)/gain
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
Re-measurement of retirement benefits
Income tax relating to retirement benefits
Change in fair value of financial instruments through OCI
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
Total comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income attributable to:
Equity holders of Vivo Energy plc
Non-controlling interest (NCI)

Earnings per share (US$) 
Basic
Diluted

The notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Non-GAAP Measures
US$ million, unless otherwise indicated

EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted net income
Adjusted diluted EPS (US$)

Notes

5

5

7

13
8
6

9

10
6

14

21

2020

6,918
(6,301)
617
(226)
(176)

2019

8,302
(7,627)
675
(224)
(165)

16
4
235
12
(72)

(60)
175
(85)
90

80
10
90

(23)
(17)

(5)
1
1
(43)
47

41
6
47

0.06
0.06

2020

360

360
90
0.06

22
2
310
7
(71)

(64)
246
(96)
150

136
14
150

(42)
3

–
–
1
(38)
112

113
(1)
112

0.11
0.11

2019

416

431
162
0.12

Refer to the non-GAAP financial measures definitions and reconciliations to the most comparable IFRS measures on pages 40 and 41.

128

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

US$ million
Assets
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Right-of-use assets
Intangible assets
Investments in joint ventures and associates
Deferred income taxes 
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
Other assets

Current assets
Inventories
Trade receivables
Other assets
Income tax receivables
Cash and cash equivalents 

Total assets

Equity
Share capital
Share premium
Retained earnings
Other reserves
Attributable to equity holders of Vivo Energy plc
Non-controlling interest 
Total equity

Liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Lease liabilities
Borrowings
Provisions
Deferred income taxes
Other liabilities

Current liabilities
Lease liabilities
Trade payables
Borrowings
Provisions
Other financial liabilities
Other liabilities
Income tax payables

Total liabilities
Total equity and liabilities

Notes

31 December 
2020

31 December  
2019

11
27
12
13
10
14
16

17
18
16

19

20

27
23
24, 25
10
26

27

23
24, 25
15
26

889
201
222
231
46
12
117
1,718

480
344
200
11
515
1,550
3,268

 633 
 4 
 252 
 (122)
 767 
 45 
 812 

119
412
104
72
165
872

24
1,048
270
16
9
171
46
1,584
2,456
3,268

823
176
226
227
34
9
110
1,605

517
451
257
9
517
1,751
3,356

633
4
199
(85)
751
53
804

104
294
102
66
160
726

21
1,257
306
14
3
178
47
1,826
2,552
3,356

The notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

The consolidated financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 2 March 2021 and were signed on its behalf by:

CHRISTIAN CHAMMAS 
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER 

JOHAN DEPRAETERE 
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

129

OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORT 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

Attributable to equity holders of Vivo Energy plc

Other reserves

Notes

Share 
capital

Share 
premium

Retained 
earnings

Reserves1

Retirement 
benefits

Currency 
translation 
difference

Fair value 
reserves

Equity-
settled 
incentive
schemes2

Total

NCI

Total 
equity

US$ million

Balance at 1 January 2020

Net income 

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Share-based expense

Share issuance related to share awards

Transactions with NCI

Net impact of IAS 293

Dividends paid/declared4

Balance at 31 December 2020

633
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
 633 

4
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
 4 

199
80
–
80
–
1
–
6
(34)
 252 

(54)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
 (54)

30
30

22

2
–
(4)
(4)
–
–
–
–
–
 (2)

(43)
–
(36)
(36)
–
–
–
–
–
 (79)

2
–
1
1
–
–
–
–
–
 3 

8
–
–
–
3
(1)
–
–
–
 10 

Attributable to equity holders of Vivo Energy plc

Other reserves

US$ million

Balance at 1 January 2019

Net income 

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Share-based expense

Share issuance related to acquisition1

Share issuance related to share awards 

Transactions with NCI

Net impact of IAS 293

Dividends paid4

Balance at 31 December 2019

Notes

Share 
capital

Share 
premium

Retained 
earnings

Reserves1

Retirement 
benefits

Currency 
translation 
difference

Fair value 
reserves

Equity-
settled 
incentive
schemes2

601
–
–
–
–
31
1
–
–
–
633

30

30

22

3
–
–
–
–
–
1
–
–
–
4

72
136
–
136
–
–
–
2
19
(30)
199

(136)
–
–
–
–
82
–
–
–
–
(54)

2 
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
2

(19)
–
(24)
(24)
–
–
–
–
–
–
(43)

1
–
1
1
–
–
–
–
–
–
2

9
–
–
–
1
–
(2)
–
–
–
8

751
80
(39)
41
3
–
–
6
(34)
 767 

Total

533
136
(23)
113
1
113
–
2
19
(30)
751

53 804
10
90
(4)
(43)
47
6
–
3
–
–
(4)
(4)
–
6
(10)
(44)
 812 
 45 

Total 
equity

NCI

48 581
14 150
(15)
(38)
(1) 112
–
1
12 125
–
–
4
6
–
19
(10)
(40)
53 804

The notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

1 

Included in reserves is a merger reserve ($82m) relating to the premium on shares issued as part of the consideration of the acquisition of Vivo Energy Overseas Holdings Limited (VEOHL), 
formerly known as Engen International Holdings (Mauritius) Limited in March 2019.

2  Equity-settled incentive schemes include the Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) and the IPO Share Award Plan.
3  The net impact on retained earnings as a result of the index-based adjustments in Zimbabwe under IAS 29 ‘Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies’.
4  The dividends paid to the equity holders of Vivo Energy plc were paid out of distributable reserves (refer to note 11 of the Company financial statements).

130

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

131

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

US$ million

Operating activities
Net income
Adjustment for:
Income taxes
Amortisation, depreciation and impairment
Net gain on disposals of PP&E and intangible assets
Share of profit of joint ventures and associates
Dividends received from joint ventures and associates
Current income tax paid
Net change in operating assets and liabilities and other adjustments
Cash flows from operating activities
Investing activities
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired
Purchases of PP&E and intangible assets
Proceeds from disposals of PP&E and intangible assets 
Other investing activities
Cash flows from investing activities 
Financing activities
Proceeds from long-term debt
Repayment of long-term debt
Net (repayments)/proceeds (of)/from bank and other borrowings
Repayment of lease liabilities
Dividends paid
Interest paid
Cash flows from financing activities
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year

The notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Notes

10
11, 12, 27
8
13
13

28

11, 12
8, 11, 12

23
23
23
27

19

2020

90

85
125
(4)
(16)
24
(89)
48
263

(9)
(168)
5
–
(172)

517
(492)
26
(31)
(43)
(62)
(85)
(8)
(2)
517
515

2019

150

96
106
–
(22)
22
(83)
176
445

(16)
(149)
2
3
(160)

62
(82)
1
(27)
(40)
(51)
(137)
(24)
124
393
517

130

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

131

OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.  GENERAL INFORMATION

Vivo Energy plc (the ‘Company’) a public limited company, 
was incorporated on 12 March 2018 in the United Kingdom under the 
Companies Act 2006 (Registration number 11250655). The Company 
is listed on the London Stock Exchange Main Market for listed 
securities and the Main Board of the securities exchange operated 
by the Johannesburg Stock Exchange. References to ‘Vivo Energy’ 
or the ‘Group’ mean the Company and its subsidiaries and subsidiary 
undertakings. These consolidated financial statements as at and for 
the period ended 31 December 2020 comprise the Company, its 
subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings, joint ventures and associates. 

On 1 March 2019, Vivo Energy Investments B.V. acquired a 100% 
shareholding in Vivo Energy Overseas Holding Limited (VEOHL) 
formerly known as Engen International Holdings (Mauritius) Limited. 
Upon completion of the transaction, Vivo Energy extended operations 
in eight new markets and added over 200 Engen-branded service 
stations to the existing network.

Vivo Energy distributes and sells fuel and lubricants to retail and 
commercial consumers in Africa and trades under brands owned by 
the Shell and Engen group of companies and, for aviation fuels only, 
under the Vitol Aviation brand. Furthermore, Vivo Energy generates 
revenue from Non-fuel retail activities including convenience retail 
and quick service restaurants by leveraging on its retail network.

Further details on the nature of the Group’s operations and principal 
activities can be found in the Strategic report on page 1 to 70.

2. 

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these 
consolidated financial statements are set out below, and have been 
applied consistently over the years.

2.1 Basis of preparation and going concern
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in 
accordance with International Accountings Standards in conformity 
with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and the 
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) pursuant to 
Regulation EC No. 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union (EU) 
and interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee 
(IFRS IC). The consolidated financial statements have been prepared 
under the historical cost convention unless otherwise indicated.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS 
requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires 
management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the 
Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of 
judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates 
are significant to the consolidated financial statements, are disclosed 
in note 4.

The Group has considered the impact of COVID-19 and the current 
economic environment in relation to the going concern basis of 
preparation for the consolidated financial statements. For the 
purposes of the going concern assessment the Directors have 
considered a period to 31 December 2022 using base case forecasts 
for this period taken from the 2021 five-year strategic plan. The Group 
has prepared the five-year strategic plan taking into consideration 
the impact of the current year and its effect on future performance. 
The Group has prepared a range of stress test scenarios including 
a severe but plausible downside sensitivity analysis. The plausible 
downside sensitivity assumes the impact and restrictions of 
COVID-19 experienced in 2020 continue to impact the 2021 financial 
performance with lower volume growth and gross cash unit margins 
in comparison to the base case scenario for 2021. During 2022, the 
Group does not expect to be severely impacted from COVID-19 and 
has therefore forecast a recovery in the financial position.

The Group has considered the impact of restrictions on its operations 
with Retail, Marine and Aviation most affected. For each of our 
segments we have sensitised volumes, gross cash unit margins, 
profits and cash flows, taking into account a similar but less extreme 
impact of COVID-19 for the next two years, than experienced 
in 2020. The impact over the next two years is not considered to 
be as severe as initially experienced in 2020 reflecting the reduced 
impact of second wave restrictions during the first few weeks 
of 2021. In our sensitivities, available mitigating measures, such as 
reducing uncommitted growth capex, dividend deferrals and other 
discretionary spend, do not prevent the Group from operating. 
The Group does not expect any significant structural changes to the 
business will be necessary under any of the scenarios considered. 
Based on management’s assessment for the next two years, sufficient 
available liquidity exists and the Group has adequate resources to 
meet its operational obligations. 

As of 31 December 2020, the Company has available short-term 
capital resources of $2,078m, which include $1,323m of uncommitted 
facilities. The Group is not reliant on these uncommitted facilities. 
Based on the cash flow projections for the next two years, 
management has confirmed that there is sufficient cash and committed 
facilities available. Notwithstanding this analysis, the Group has 
continued to have access to and utilise the uncommitted short-term 
funding lines throughout the year, and where necessary renew them 
in the normal course of business. Therefore, the Directors expect 
these uncommitted facilities to continue to be available to the Group 
for the foreseeable future. Under both the base case and severe but 
plausible downside scenarios, the financial covenants, relating to the 
Group’s RCF, of minimum interest cover of 4x and maximum debt 
cover of 3x are forecast to be met over the next two years. At the 
time of approving the consolidated financial statements, the Directors 
maintain a reasonable expectation that the Company and the Group 
will have adequate resources to continue in operational existence 
for the foreseeable future and have therefore prepared the financial 
statements on a going concern basis. Further details are contained 
within the going concern statement included in the Directors’ Report.

132

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSIn preparing the consolidated financial statements the Group has 
considered the impact that climate change may have on key accounting 
judgements and estimates including asset useful economic lives and 
asset valuations and impairments. At the year-end, whilst a number 
of countries in which the Group operates are signatories to the Paris 
Climate Agreement, none of the countries have introduced legislation 
or detailed policy initiatives associated with transitioning away from 
carbon based transportation fuels. As set out on page 54 to 57 of the 
Strategic Report, whilst the Group continues to introduce initiatives 
designed to reduce the carbon emissions from its direct operations 
and develop alternative product offerings, the Group considers 
that the transition towards a low-carbon economy in its primary 
markets will be over a longer time period than will be seen in the 
UK and the European Union. As a result, the Group considers that 
the market for oil products across Africa will continue to grow within 
its medium-term planning horizons and this assumption is embedded 
within the Group’s five-year strategic business plan which in turn 
supports a number of key forward-looking accounting judgements 
and estimates.

Profit or loss and each component of other comprehensive income 
are attributed to the owners of the Group and to the non-controlling 
interests. Total comprehensive income of subsidiaries is attributed to 
owners of the Group and to the non-controlling interests even if this 
results in the non-controlling interests having a deficit balance.

All intra-group transactions and balances, income, expenses and cash 
flows are eliminated on consolidation. Where necessary, accounting 
policies of subsidiaries are adjusted to ensure consistency with the 
policies adopted by the Group.

Changes in ownership interests in subsidiaries without change 
of control
Transactions with non-controlling interests that do not result in loss of 
control are accounted for as equity transactions, that is, as transactions 
with the owners in their capacity as owners. The difference between 
fair value of any consideration paid and the relevant share acquired 
of the carrying value of net assets of the subsidiary is recorded in 
equity. Gains or losses on disposals to non-controlling interests are 
also recorded in equity.

2.2 Application of new and revised IFRS
The following pronouncements issued by the IASB and endorsed 
by the European Union are effective for annual periods beginning 
1 January 2020. The Group’s financial statements have been prepared 
in accordance with these standards, which have no material impact 
on the consolidated financial statements of the Group:
 – Amendments to IFRS 3 Definition of a ‘business’
 – Interest Rate Benchmark Reform (Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 

and IFRS 7)

 – Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8 Definition of ‘material’
 – Effective date of updated references to the Conceptual Framework

Joint arrangements
Joint arrangements are contractual arrangements whereby the 
Group and other parties undertake activities that are under joint 
control, meaning that the relevant activities that significantly affect 
the investee’s returns require the unanimous consent of the parties 
sharing control. Joint arrangements are classified as either joint 
operations or joint ventures depending on the contractual rights 
and obligations of each investor. The Group has assessed the nature 
of its joint arrangements and determined them to be joint ventures. 
Joint ventures are joint arrangements whereby the parties that have 
joint control have the rights to the net assets of the arrangement 
and are accounted for using the equity method.

2.3 New standards, amendments and interpretations 
not yet adopted
The following amendment to the standards effective for annual periods 
beginning on or after 1 January 2021, has not been applied in preparing 
the consolidated financial statements of the Group: 

 – Effective date of IBOR reform Phase 2 amendments

The above amendment which is not yet effective, is not expected to 
have a material impact on the Group.

Under the equity method, the investment is initially recognised at 
cost adjusted for the post-acquisition changes in the Group’s share 
of net assets of the joint venture, less any impairment in the value 
of the investment. The Group’s share of post-tax profits or losses 
are recognised in the consolidated income statement. Losses of 
a joint venture in excess of the Group’s interest investment in that 
joint venture are recognised only to the extent that the Group has 
incurred legal or constructive obligations or made payments on 
behalf of the joint venture.

Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and its joint 
ventures are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the 
joint ventures. Unrealised losses are eliminated unless the transaction 
provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred.

Where necessary, accounting policies of the joint ventures are adjusted 
to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

2.4 Consolidation
The Group is made up of various entities, subsidiaries, joint ventures 
and associates. Details regarding all entities are included in note 15 
in the Company financial statements.

Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. Control is achieved 
when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns 
from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those 
returns through its power over the entity.

The Group reassesses whether or not it controls an investee if the 
facts and circumstances indicate that there may be changes to one or 
more of the elements of control. Subsidiaries are consolidated from 
the effective date of acquisition and de-consolidated from the date 
that control ceases.

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

133

OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORT 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

2.6 Foreign currency translation
Functional and presentation currency
Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s 
entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic 
environment in which the entity operates (‘the functional currency’). 
The functional currency of the Company is United States dollars 
(‘US dollars’). These consolidated financial statements are presented 
in US dollars, which is the functional and presentation currency 
of the Company.

Transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional 
currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the 
transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from 
the settlement of such transactions, and from the translation 
at year-end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies, are recognised in the 
consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

Foreign exchange gains and losses that relate to monetary items 
such as borrowings, receivables and cash and cash equivalents are 
presented in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income 
within cost of sales for trading related gains and losses and within 
finance income and expense for non-trading related gains and losses.

Translation differences on non-monetary financial assets, 
such as equities classified as financial assets at fair value through 
other comprehensive income (FVTOCI), are included in other 
comprehensive income.

The financial statements of entities in hyperinflationary economies 
are translated in accordance with IAS 29 ‘Financial Reporting in 
Hyperinflationary Economies’.

Accounting for hyperinflation
The results of the Group’s operations within entities based in 
Zimbabwe have been prepared in accordance with IAS 29 as if 
the economy had been hyperinflationary from date of acquisition.

Hyperinflationary accounting requires transactions and balances 
to be stated in terms of the measuring unit, current at the end 
of the reporting period in order to account for the effect of loss 
of purchasing power during the period. The Group has elected to 
use the Zimbabwe Consumer Price Index (CPI), as published by 
the Zimbabwe Reserve Bank, as the general price index to restate 
amounts, since CPI provides an official observable indication of the 
change in the price of goods and services.

The carrying amounts of non-monetary assets and liabilities carried 
at historical cost have been adjusted to reflect the impact of the 
CPI. Amortisation, depreciation and impairments shall be recalculated 
based on the carrying amounts of property, plant and equipment, 
right-of-use assets and intangible assets restated to reflect the change 
in the general price index. All other items recognised in the statement 
of comprehensive income are restated by applying the change in the 
general price index from the dates when the items of income and 
expenses were originally recorded. The restatement of income and 
expenses are carried out on a monthly basis by applying the respective 
conversion factor. The net impact of these gains or losses, have been 
recognised in the statement of comprehensive income.

2. 

 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING  
POLICIES CONTINUED

2.4 Consolidation (continued)
Investments in associates
Associates are entities where the Group has significant influence 
and is neither a subsidiary nor an interest in a joint venture. 
Significant influence is the power to participate in the financial and 
operating policy decisions of the investee but where the Group 
does not have control or joint control over those policies.

At the date of acquisition, any excess of the cost of the acquisition 
over the Group’s share of the net fair value of the identifiable net 
assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the associate is recorded 
as goodwill. The goodwill is included within the carrying amount 
of the investment. Investments in associates are accounted for 
using the equity method of accounting. Under the equity method, 
the investment is initially recognised at cost and adjusted for the 
post-acquisition changes in the Group’s share of net assets of 
the associate, less any impairment in the value of the investment. 
The Group’s share of post-tax profits or losses are recognised in 
the consolidated income statement. Losses of an associate in excess 
of the Group’s interest in that associate are recognised only to the 
extent that the Group has incurred legal or constructive obligations 
or made payments on behalf of the associate.

2.5 Business combination
The Group applies the acquisition method to account for business 
combinations. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of 
a subsidiary is the fair values of the assets and liabilities transferred 
and the equity interests issued by the Group. The consideration 
transferred includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting 
from a contingent consideration arrangement. Identifiable assets 
and liabilities acquired and contingent liabilities assumed in a business 
combination are measured initially at their fair values at acquisition 
date. The Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the 
acquiree on an acquisition by acquisition basis, either at fair value or 
at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the recognised 
amounts of acquiree’s identifiable net assets. Acquisition related costs 
are expensed as incurred.

Any contingent consideration to be transferred by the Group is 
recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. Subsequent changes 
to the fair value of the contingent consideration that is deemed 
to be an asset or liability is recognised in accordance with IFRS 9 
‘Financial Instruments’ either in profit or loss or as a change to other 
comprehensive income. Contingent consideration that is classified 
as equity is not remeasured, and its subsequent settlement is 
accounted for within equity.

Goodwill is initially measured as the excess of the aggregate of the 
consideration transferred and the fair value of non-controlling interest 
over the net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. If this 
consideration is lower than the fair value of the net assets of the 
subsidiary acquired, the difference is recognised in profit or loss.

Inter-company transactions, balances, income and expenses on 
transactions between group companies are eliminated. Profits and 
losses resulting from inter-company transactions that are recognised 
in assets are also eliminated. Accounting policies of the subsidiaries 
have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the 
policies adopted by the Group.

134

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSAll items in the statement of cash flows are expressed in terms 
of the general price index at the end of the reporting period. 
Following the application of IAS 29, the financial statements of 
Zimbabwean subsidiaries are translated at the closing exchange 
rate applicable for the period.

The impact of applying IAS 29 in the current period resulted in an 
increase in property, plant and equipment of $20m (2019: $19m), 
an increase in intangible asset of $7m (2019: $7m), an increase in net 
finance expense of $3m (2019: $5m) and a decrease in net income of 
$5m (2019: $3m). An impairment test on fixed assets was carried out 
on 31 December 2020, which indicated there was no impairment to 
be recognised.

Group companies
The results and financial position of all the Group entities with 
a functional currency other than the presentation currency are 
translated into the presentation currency as follows:
 – Assets and liabilities are translated at the closing rate at the 

reporting date;

 – Income and expense items and cash flows are translated at the 
average exchange rates for the period (unless this average is 
not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the 
rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income 
and expenses are translated at the rate on the dates of the 
transactions); and

 – Exchange differences arising are recognised directly in other 

comprehensive income.

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of 
a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign 
entity and translated accordingly.

2.7 Revenue recognition
When the Group enters into an agreement with a customer, goods 
and services deliverable under the contract are identified as separate 
performance obligations (‘obligations’) to the extent that the customer 
can benefit from the goods or services on their own and that the 
separate goods and services are considered distinct from other goods 
and services in the agreement. Where individual goods and services 
do not meet the criteria to be identified as separate obligations they 
are aggregated with other goods and/or services in the agreement 
until a separate obligation is identified.

Revenue from the sale of goods, such as fuel and lubricants and 
any other products are recognised when the Group has fulfilled 
its performance obligation to a customer at a point in time. 
The performance obligation to customers, including Vivo Energy 
Kenya Ltd, is fulfilled when the Group's products are delivered to 
the customer and transfer of title occurs. The Group does not offer 
bundled products. 

The transaction price is the amount of consideration to which the 
Group expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring promised 
goods or services to a customer. The transaction price is allocated 
to the performance obligation in the contracts and excludes amounts 
collected on behalf of third parties (i.e. sales taxes, excise duties 
and similar levies). The majority of the markets in which the Group 
operates are regulated and have fixed prices that are established either 
by the government or the industry. The Group may offer discounts 
and volume rebates to customers. Where applicable, discounts are 
pre-agreed in the contracts that form part of the price determination 
over the life of the contract. Volume rebates are determined 
periodically, and recorded against revenue. 

Vivo Energy Kenya Ltd, like other oil marketers in Kenya, participates 
in the Open Tender System (OTS). Oil-marketing companies are 
legally required to import petroleum products through the OTS, that 
is centrally coordinated by the Ministry of Energy. This legal notice is 
governed by the OTS agreements signed between all Kenyan licensed 
oil marketers. Vivo Energy Kenya Ltd does not only participate in this 
process but also purchases from the suppliers and sells the petroleum 
products through the OTS to other oil marketing companies. 
Related revenues are recognised at the fair value of the consideration 
received or receivable once Vivo Energy Kenya Ltd has transferred 
the goods to the customer and fulfilled its performance obligation.

For sales of services, the total consideration in the service contracts 
is allocated to all services based on their stand-alone selling prices. 
The stand-alone selling price is determined based on the list prices 
at which the Group sells the services in separate transactions. 
The transaction price is allocated to the performance obligations 
identified in the contract. The revenue from services are recognised 
over a period of time as the performance obligations are met. 
Rental income is accounted for in revenue and recognised over the 
duration of the rental contract.

The Group recognises an asset for the incremental costs of obtaining 
a contract with a customer if the Group expects the benefit of those 
costs to exceed one year. The Group has determined that certain sales 
incentive programmes meet the requirements to be capitalised. 

The Group applies a practical expedient to expense costs as incurred 
for costs to obtain a contract when the amortisation period would 
have been one year or less.

2.8 Finance income and expense
Finance income and expense are recognised in the income statement 
using the effective interest rate method. All finance costs are 
recognised in the periods in which they are incurred.

2.9 Consolidated statement of comprehensive income presentation 
Cost of sales reflects all costs relating to the revenue recognised, 
including depreciation costs. Selling and marketing costs reflect 
the marketing, selling costs, depreciation and amortisation costs. 
The general and administrative costs reflect all central and corporate 
costs, including employee and depreciation costs.

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

135

 OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

2. 

 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING  
POLICIES CONTINUED

2.10 Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is carried at historical cost less 
accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses.

The initial cost of an asset comprises its purchase price or construction 
cost and any costs directly attributable to bringing the asset into 
operation. The purchase price or construction cost is the aggregate 
amount paid and the fair value of any other consideration given to 
acquire the asset. Property, plant and equipment is depreciated on a 
straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the various classes 
of assets and commences when the asset is ready for use. Land and 
construction-in-progress are not depreciated.

The following depreciation rates are applied for the Group:
 – Buildings: 
 – Machinery and other equipment: 

 20 – 50 years
   4 – 25 years

Major improvements are capitalised when they are expected to 
provide future economic benefit. When significant components of 
property, plant and equipment are required to be replaced at regular 
intervals, the Group derecognises the replaced part and recognises 
the new part with its own associated useful life and depreciation. 
Repairs and maintenance costs are charged to the consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income as incurred.

The carrying amount of an item of property, plant and equipment is 
derecognised on disposal, or when no future economic benefits are 
expected from its use or disposal. Any gain or loss arising from the 
derecognition of property, plant and equipment is included in the 
consolidated statements of comprehensive income when the item 
is derecognised.

Each asset’s estimated useful life, residual value and method of 
depreciation are reviewed and adjusted, if appropriate, at each  
year-end.

2.11 Intangible assets
Goodwill
Goodwill arises on the acquisition of subsidiaries and represents the 
excess of the consideration transferred over the acquirer's interest 
in fair value of the net identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent 
liabilities of the acquiree and the fair value of the non-controlling 
interest in the acquiree. 

Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units (CGUs) for the purpose 
of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those CGUs or groups 
of CGUs that are expected to benefit from the business combination 
in which the goodwill arose. The units or groups of units are identified 
at the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored for internal 
management purposes, being the operating segments.

For goodwill recognised in the consolidated statements of financial 
position, impairment reviews are undertaken annually, once goodwill 
has been allocated to CGUs, or more frequently if events or changes 
in circumstances indicate a potential impairment. The carrying value of 
the CGU to which goodwill is allocated is compared to the recoverable 
amount. Any impairment is recognised immediately as an expense and 
is not subsequently reversed.

Shell Licence Agreements (‘Licences’)
The licences acquired grant the Company the exclusive right to 
distribute and market Shell-branded products in the relevant 
countries. The licences are recognised at their fair value at the 
acquisition date and are carried forward at cost less accumulated 
amortisation calculated using the straight-line method over 
the expected useful life of 15 years. The Licences expire in 
December 2031.

Computer software
Computer software comprises software purchased from third 
parties as well as the cost of internally developed software. 
Computer software licences are capitalised on the basis of the costs 
incurred to acquire and bring into use the specific software. Costs that 
are directly associated with the production of identifiable and unique 
software products that are controlled by the Group, and where it 
is probable of producing future economic benefits, are recognised 
as intangible assets. Direct costs of software development include 
employee costs and directly attributable overheads. Costs associated 
with maintaining software programs are recognised as an expense 
when they are incurred. Amortisation is charged on a straight-line 
basis over their estimated useful lives of three to ten years. As at 
31 December 2020, internally developed software relating to the 
ERP system has a remaining useful life of nine years.

Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets include Butagaz brand, LPG retail distributor 
relationships and Commercial LPG customer relationships recognised 
at their fair value allocated at acquisition date are subsequently 
measured at carrying amount less accumulated amortisation calculated 
using the straight-line method over the expected useful life of 10 years. 
The VEOHL business acquisition in 2019 attributed additional intangible 
assets recognised through application of IFRS 3 ‘Business combinations’. 
These intangible assets relate to customer relationships and the use 
of the Engen brand with useful lives of between ten to 15 years.

2.12 Impairment of non-financial assets
At least annually, the Group reviews the carrying amount of tangible 
and intangible assets with finite lives to assess whether there is an 
indication that those assets may be impaired. If any such indication 
exists, the Group makes an estimate of the asset’s recoverable 
amount. An asset’s recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s 
fair value less costs to sell and its value in use. In assessing its value 
in use or fair value less cost of disposal, the estimated future cash 
flows attributable to the asset are discounted to their present value 
using a pre-tax or post-tax discount rate that reflects current market 
assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the 
asset. If the recoverable amount of an asset is estimated to be less 
than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the asset is reduced 
to its recoverable amount.

A corresponding impairment loss is recognised in the consolidated 
statements of comprehensive income.

Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount 
of the asset is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable 
amount, but only to the extent that the increased carrying amount 
does not exceed the original carrying amount that would have been 
determined, net of depreciation, had no impairment loss been 
recognised for the asset in prior years. Any impairment reversal is 
recognised in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

136

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

137

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS2.13 Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. 
Cost comprises direct purchase costs (including transportation), 
cost of production, manufacturing and taxes, and is determined 
using the weighted average cost method.

2.14 Other government benefits receivable
Other assets include other government benefits receivable that 
reflect subsidies received from national governments for fuel sold 
as part of the Group’s ordinary course of business.

The following types of compensation are applicable to the Company:
 – Amounts due from/to the government for oil purchased at  
higher/ lower prices than the price set by the local authority. 
Where the oil purchasing price paid by the Group is higher than 
the price set by the local authorities, a receivable due from the 
government is recognised by the Group to compensate for the 
higher price paid. Similarly if the purchasing price of oil is lower 
than the set price, a liability towards the government is recognised. 
If collections/payments are expected in one year or less, the 
receivable/liability are classified as current assets/current liabilities. 
If not, they are presented as non-current assets/non-current 
liabilities. As at 31 December 2020, this relates to Vivo Energy 
Botswana, Senegal, Morocco, Madagascar and Guinea.

 – Amounts due from/to the government for transport costs incurred 
to encourage marketers to distribute products to remote areas of 
the country. The government has introduced a pricing mechanism 
whereby if the Group only delivers to local areas, then a liability 
requiring payment to the government will be recognised. If the 
Group delivers to remote areas then a receivable owing from the 
government will be due. If collections/payments are expected in 
one year or less, the receivable/liability are classified as current 
assets/current liabilities. If not, they are presented as non-current 
assets/non-current liabilities. As at 31 December 2020, this relates 
to Vivo Energy Botswana, Senegal, Morocco and Guinea.

The origination of these receivables arises from legal rights based 
on government schemes of taxation and subsidies and not from any 
contractual agreements. As such, they are not considered as financial 
instruments within the scope of IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ and 
are accounted for under IAS 20 ‘Accounting for Government Grants 
and Disclosure of Government Assistance’. Other government 
benefits receivable are recognised initially at fair value, which 
represents the difference between the market value if sold at arm’s 
length and the price set by the government. The subsidy is accrued 
to match the associated cost to which the compensation has been 
granted. Initial recognition and any subsequent adjustments are 
recognised within cost of sales in the consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income.

If a receivable is recognised as owing from the government and 
there is risk over the recoverability of that asset, then a provision 
for impairment will be recognised.

Where the Group enters into factoring arrangements it transfers 
and derecognises other government receivables if either:

 – The Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards 

of ownership of the asset; or

 – The Group has neither transferred nor retained substantially all the 
risks and rewards of ownership of the asset and no longer retains 
control of the asset.

Under the continuing involvement approach, the Group continues 
to recognise part of the asset. The amount of the asset that continues 
to be recognised is the maximum amount of the Group’s exposure 
to that particular asset or its previous carrying amount, if lower.

2.15 Financial instruments
Financial instruments consist of:

 – Financial assets, which include cash and cash equivalents, trade 

receivables, lease receivables, employee and other advances, equity 
investments and derivative financial instruments and eligible current 
and non-current assets; and

 – Financial liabilities, which include long-term and short-term loans 
and borrowings, bank overdrafts, trade payables, lease liabilities, 
derivative financial instruments and eligible current and non-
current liabilities.

Financial instruments are recognised initially at fair value plus or 
minus, for an item not at fair value through profit and loss (FVTPL), 
transaction costs that are directly attributable to its acquisition or 
issue. Financial instruments are initially recognised when the Group 
becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. 
Trade receivables are initially recognised when they are originated. 
Financial assets are derecognised when substantial risks and rewards 
of ownership of the financial asset have been transferred. In cases 
where substantial risks and rewards of ownership of the financial 
assets are neither transferred nor retained, financial assets are 
derecognised only when the Group has not retained control over 
the financial asset. Financial liabilities are derecognised when its 
contractual obligations are discharged, cancelled or expired, and when 
its terms are modified and the cash flows are substantially different. 
Subsequent to initial recognition, financial instruments are measured 
as described below.

Financial instruments measured at amortised cost
Except for debt instruments that are designated at fair value through 
profit or loss (FVTPL) on initial recognition, financial instruments that 
meet the following criteria are measured at amortised cost using the 
effective interest method:
 – They are held within a business model whose objective is to hold 

assets in order to collect contractual cash flows; and

 – The contractual terms of the instrument give rise on specified dates 
to cash flows that are solely payment of principal and interest on 
the principal amount outstanding.

The amortised cost is reduced by impairment losses. Finance income 
or expense, foreign exchange gains and losses and impairments are 
recognised in profit and loss. The following financial assets and liabilities 
are classified as measured at amortised cost:

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents, on the statement of financial position and 
for the purpose of the cash flow statement, includes cash on hand, 
in banks, placements held at call with banks and other short-term 
highly-liquid investments with maturities of three months or less. 
Where the Group does not have the right to offset, bank overdrafts 
are shown as borrowings in current liabilities on the consolidated 
statement of financial position.

136

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

137

 OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

2. 

 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING  
POLICIES CONTINUED

2.15 Financial instruments (continued)
Trade receivables
Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for goods sold 
or services performed in the ordinary course of business. If collection 
is expected in one year or less they are classified as current assets. 
If not, they are presented as non-current assets. The Group may 
obtain security for certain trade receivables in the form of cash 
deposit, bank guarantees, credit insurance and assets securities, 
which can be called upon if the counterparty is in default under 
the terms of the agreement.

Trade payables
Trade payables are obligations to pay for goods or services that 
have been acquired in the ordinary course of business from suppliers. 
Accounts payable are classified as current liabilities if payment is 
due within one year or less (or in the normal operating cycle of 
the business if longer). If not, they are presented as non-current 
liabilities. Where trade finance facilities are used to extend payment 
terms, these facilities are presented as short-term borrowings in 
the consolidated statement of financial position.

Borrowings
Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value, net of transaction costs 
incurred and subsequently carried at amortised cost. Any difference 
between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption 
value is recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive 
income, over the period of the borrowings, using the effective 
interest method.

Other assets and other liabilities 
Other assets such as employee loans, brand promotion fund 
receivables, customer deposits and other liabilities are measured 
at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.

Equity investments at fair value through other comprehensive 
income (FVTOCI)
For equity investments not held for trading, the Group elected to 
present subsequent changes in the investment’s fair value in other 
comprehensive income. The Group subsequently measures these 
assets at fair value with fair value gains and losses recognised in 
other comprehensive income and never reclassified to profit or loss.
Dividends are recognised in profit or loss as other income when the 
Group’s right to receive payment is established. 

Financial instruments measured at fair value through profit 
or loss (FVTPL)
Instruments that are not measured at amortised cost or FVTOCI are 
measured at FVTPL. These instruments are subsequently measured 
at fair value, with any gains or losses arising on re-measurement 
recognised in profit or loss. The gain or loss on disposal is recognised 
in profit or loss. Financial instruments at FVTPL include derivative 
financial instruments.

Derivative financial instruments
The Group is exposed to foreign currency fluctuations on foreign 
currency assets, liabilities, net investment in foreign operations and 
forecasted cash flows denominated in foreign currency.

The Group limits the effect of foreign exchange rate fluctuations by 
following established risk management policies including the use of 
derivatives. The Group enters into derivative contracts where the 
counterparty is primarily a bank.

Derivative financial instruments are initially recognised and subsequently 
measured at fair value. Attributable transaction costs are recognised 
in profit or loss as a cost.

Changes in fair value of foreign currency derivative instruments 
neither designated as cash flow hedges nor hedges of net 
investment in foreign operations are recognised in profit or loss 
and reported within foreign exchange gains, net within results from 
operating activities.

Changes in fair value and gains or losses on the settlement of foreign 
currency derivative financial instruments relating to borrowings, which 
have not been designated as hedges, are recorded in finance expense. 
Changes in fair value and gains or losses on the settlement of foreign 
currency derivative financial instruments relating to operational 
transactions, which have not been designated as hedges, are recorded 
in other income.

Net investment hedges
When derivative financial liability is designated as the hedging 
instrument in a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation, the 
effective portion of foreign exchange gains and losses is recognised 
in OCI and presented in currency translation reserve within equity. 
Any ineffective portion of foreign exchange gains and losses is 
recognised immediately in profit or loss. The amount recognised 
in OCI is reclassified to profit or loss as a reclassification adjustment 
on disposal of the foreign operation.

2.16 Impairment of financial assets 
The Group applies the expected credit loss (ECL) model for 
recognising impairment losses on financial assets measured at 
amortised cost. The ECL is the difference between the contractual 
cash flows and the cash flows that the entity expects to receive 
discounted using the effective interest rate.

Loss allowance for financial assets other than trade receivables 
are measured at the amount equal to 12 months’ ECL, as they are 
considered low risk, unless there has been a significant increase in 
credit risk from initial recognition, in which case those are measured 
at lifetime ECL. Since the contractual terms for most of the Group’s 
financial assets are typically less than 12 months, there is no significant 
difference between the measurement of 12 months’ and lifetime ECL.

For trade receivables, a simplified impairment approach is applied 
and the ECL is measured at the amount equal to lifetime ECL. 
Lifetime ECLs are the ECLs that result from all possible default 
events over the expected life of a financial asset. Lifetime ECL for 
trade receivables is computed by taking into account historical 
credit loss experience adjusted for forward-looking information. 
Experienced credit judgement is applied to ensure that the weighted 
probabilities of default are reflective of the credit risk associated 
with the Group’s exposure.

138

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

139

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSThe measurement of the ECL is a function of the probability of default, 
loss given default (i.e. the magnitude of the loss after recovery if 
there is a default) and the exposure at default (i.e. the asset’s carrying 
amount). The ECL is based on the historical impairment data, of trade 
receivables, grouped into various age categories and geographical 
location. The impact of forward-looking macroeconomic factors on 
the expected credit losses are taken into account in the impairment 
data used for the ECL model. The Group considers there to be a high 
magnitude of exposure on default of debt, when the counterparty fails 
to engage in an acceptable repayment plan or fails to make contractual 
payments, for a period greater than 180 days past due. The majority 
of the Group’s ECL provision is made up of trade receivables 
over 180 days. There is no impairment consideration for overdue 
amounts that are secured with highly liquid collateral. Security held 
on trade receivables does not have a significant impact on the risk 
of trade receivables.

Financial assets are considered to be impaired when there is 
reasonable and supportable evidence that one or more events 
that have a detrimental impact on the estimated future cash flows 
have occurred. This includes but is not limited to observable data 
at the reporting date that confirms potential future impairment 
such as severe financial difficulty of a counterparty; probability that a 
counterparty will enter bankruptcy; a contract breach; disappearance 
of an active market for a counterparty’s products; concession being 
granted to a counterparty for economic or contractual reasons due to 
a financial difficulty that would not otherwise be considered; and other 
financial reorganisation of a counterparty’s business. At the reporting 
date, any significant change in credit risk arising from these factors 
results in an adjustment of default probabilities. Where the Group has 
no reasonable expectation of recovering the debt, for example where 
all legal avenues for collection of amounts due have been exhausted, 
the debt (or relevant portion) is written off. 

2.17 Share capital 
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Where any Group company 
purchases the Company’s equity share capital (treasury shares), 
the consideration paid is deducted from equity attributable to 
the Company’s equity holders until the shares are cancelled or 
reissued. Where such ordinary shares are subsequently reissued, 
any consideration received is included in equity attributable to the 
Company’s equity holders.

2.18 Non-controlling interest
Non-controlling interests in the Group’s equity are stated at the 
non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the net assets 
and liabilities of the companies concerned.

2.19 Dividend distribution
Dividend distribution to the Company’s shareholders is recognised 
as a liability in the Group’s financial statements in the period in 
which the dividends are approved by the Company’s shareholders.

2.20 Share-based payments
The Group issues equity-settled and cash-settled share-based payments 
to employees via shares and share option plans.

Equity-settled share-based payments
Equity-settled share-based payments arising from the Long-Term 
Incentive Plan (LTIP) and the IPO Share Award Plan are measured 
at fair value (excluding the effect of non-market vesting conditions) 
at grant date. The fair value determined at grant date is recognised 
over the vesting period, based on the Group’s estimate of the shares 
that will eventually vest and adjusted for the effect of non-market 
vesting conditions. A corresponding increase in other reserves is also 
recognised in equity. 

Cash-settled share-based payments
Cash-settled share-based payments arising from the Vivo Energy 
Management Equity Plan are recognised as an expense over the 
vesting period, measured by reference to the fair value of the 
corresponding liability which is recognised in the consolidated 
statements of financial position. The liability is measured at fair value 
at each reporting date until settlement, with changes in fair value 
recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

2.21 Leases
Leases are included in right-of-use (ROU) assets and lease liabilities 
on the Group’s consolidated statement of financial position.

ROU assets and lease liabilities are recognised based on the present 
value of the future minimum lease payments over the lease term at 
commencement date. As most of the leases do not provide an implicit 
rate, the Group uses the incremental borrowing rate based on the 
information available at commencement date in determining the 
present value of future payments. The ROU assets also include any 
lease payments made at or before the commencement date, any initial 
direct costs incurred and less any lease incentives. The ROU assets 
acquired under IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ are depreciated on a straight-line basis 
over the asset’s useful life, or over the shorter of the asset’s useful life 
and the lease term if there is no reasonable certainty that the Group 
will obtain ownership at the end of the lease term.

The measurement of the lease liability may include options to extend 
or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the option 
will be exercised. After the initial measurement at commencement, 
the carrying amount of the lease liability is increased by interest on 
the lease liability, reduced by lease payments made and remeasured to 
reflect any reassessment or lease modifications. Interest on the lease 
liability is computed based on the initial discount rate used to compute 
the lease liability at commencement (or if applicable a revised discount 
rate used in a modification or remeasurement) to produce a constant 
period rate of interest on the remaining balance of the lease liability.

Lease agreements including a lease and non-lease component are 
generally accounted for separately. For certain instances where it is 
impractical to separate the lease from the non-lease component, the 
Group will account for them as a single lease component. Additionally, 
the Group applies a portfolio approach to effectively account for the 
ROU assets and liabilities.

138

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

139

 OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

Typically defined benefit plans define an amount of pension benefit that 
an employee will receive on retirement, usually dependent on one or 
more factors such as age, years of service and compensation.

The liability recognised in the consolidated statements of financial 
position in respect of defined benefit pension plans is the present 
value of the defined benefit obligation at the end of the reporting 
period less the fair value of plan assets. The defined benefit obligation 
is calculated annually by independent actuaries using the projected 
unit credit method. Full actuarial valuation was performed for all 
the defined benefit plans. The present value of the defined benefit 
obligation is determined by discounting the estimated future cash 
outflows using interest rates of high-quality corporate bonds that are 
denominated in the currency in which the benefits will be paid, and 
that have terms to maturity approximating to the terms of the related 
pension obligation. In countries where there is no deep market in such 
bonds, the market rates on government bonds are used.

Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and 
changes in actuarial assumptions are charged or credited to equity in 
other comprehensive income in the period in which they arise.

Current and past service costs are recognised immediately in profit or 
loss. Net finance expense/income will be calculated as the product of 
the net defined liability/asset and the discount rate as determined at 
the beginning of the year and is included in net finance expense in the 
statement of comprehensive income.

Defined benefit scheme characteristics and funding
The Group operates multiple post-employment defined benefit 
schemes for its employees in half of its operating countries. 
The multiple pension schemes provide the employees with a pension 
or lump sum retirement benefit where the exact pension payments 
on retirement differ per scheme. For some operating companies 
(mainly Ghana and Namibia) there is an additional post-employment 
health scheme.

Approximately 84% of the total defined benefit obligations are 
unfunded. The other 16% of the total defined benefit obligations are 
funded. The funded plan relates to the pension schemes in Mauritius 
and Gabon. The funded plans are legally separate from the Group and 
administered by a separate fund and comply with local regulatory and 
legal requirements.

The schemes are exposed to a number of risks, including:
 – Investment risk: movement of discount rate used (high-quality 

corporate bonds) against the return from plan assets. If plan assets 
underperform against the yield then this will create a deficit;
 – Interest rate risk: decreases/increases in the discount rate used 

(high-quality corporate bonds) will increase/decrease the defined 
benefit obligation;

 – Longevity risk: changes in the estimation of mortality rates of 

current and former employees; and

 – Salary risk: increases in future salaries increase the gross defined 

benefit obligation.

2. 

 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING  
POLICIES CONTINUED

2.22 Provisions 
Provisions are liabilities of uncertain timing or amounts. 
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present, legal or 
constructive obligation as a result of past events, that will result in a 
probable outflow of economic resources, and a reliable estimate can 
be made of the amount of the obligation.

Provisions are measured at the present value of management’s best 
estimate of expenditure required to settle the obligation using a 
pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time 
value of money and the risks specific to the obligation. The increase in 
the provision due to passage of time is recognised as finance expense.

Compulsory stock provision 
The oil market regulator in Morocco introduced an industry 
mechanism to enable oil market operators to maintain the necessary 
compulsory stock volume requirement. The compulsory stock 
provision relates to amounts due to the oil market regulator in 
Morocco for cash received to fund the compulsory stock obligation 
(CSO). The cash received in 1994 was based on the CSO levels and 
the government regulated oil price at that time. The amount due to 
the government is classified as a non-current liability in ‘Other liabilities’ 
in the consolidated statement of financial position.

Since 1 December 2015, the fuel market in Morocco has been 
deregulated. The difference between the government regulated 
oil price at the end of November 2015 and the purchase price of 
the compulsory stock in 1994 is accounted for as a non-current 
provision. As the price structure for LPG products remains regulated 
the fluctuations in the oil prices are calculated on an ongoing basis. 
As at 31 December 2020, the Moroccan government has not 
indicated a repayment date for the compulsory stock obligation.

Legal and other provisions
Legal and other provisions include provisions for environmental 
restoration, restructuring costs and legal claims. Provisions are not 
recognised for future operating losses.

Where there are a number of similar obligations, the likelihood 
that an outflow will be required in settlement is determined by 
considering the class of obligations as a whole. 

2.23 Post-employment obligations
The Group operates various post-employment schemes, including 
both defined benefit and defined contribution pension plans and  
post-employment medical plans.

Pension obligations
A defined contribution plan is a pension plan under which the 
Group pays fixed contributions into a separate entity. The Group 
has no legal or constructive obligations to pay further contributions 
if the fund does not hold sufficient assets to pay all employees 
the benefits relating to employee service in the current and prior 
periods. A defined benefit plan is a pension plan that is not a defined 
contribution plan.

For defined contribution plans, the Group pays contributions to 
publicly or privately administered pension insurance plans on a 
mandatory, contractual or voluntary basis. The Group has no 
further payment obligations once the contributions have been paid. 
The contributions are recognised as employee benefit expense when 
they are due. Prepaid contributions are recognised as an asset to 
the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in the future payments 
is available.

140

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

141

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSOther post-employment obligations
Some Group companies provide post-retirement healthcare 
benefits to their retirees. The entitlement to these benefits is usually 
conditional on the employee remaining in service up to retirement 
age and the completion of a minimum service period. The expected 
costs of these benefits are accrued over the period of employment 
using the same accounting methodology as used for defined benefit 
pension plans. Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience 
adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are charged or 
credited to equity in other comprehensive income in the period in 
which they arise. These obligations are valued annually by independent 
qualified actuaries.

Deferred income tax is recognised, using the liability method, on 
temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and 
liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial 
statements. However, deferred tax liabilities are not recognised if 
they arise from the initial recognition of goodwill. Deferred income tax 
is not accounted for if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or 
liability in a transaction other than a business combination that at the 
time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or 
loss. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that 
have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date and 
are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is 
realised or the deferred income tax liability is settled.

Termination benefits
Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated 
by the Group before the normal retirement date, or whenever 
an employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for these 
benefits. The Group recognises termination benefits at the earlier 
of the following dates (a) when the Group can no longer withdraw 
the offer of those benefits; and (b) when the entity recognises costs 
for a restructuring that is within the scope of IAS 37 ‘Provisions’ and 
involves the payment of termination benefits.

In the case of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy, 
the termination benefits are measured based on the number of 
employees expected to accept the offer. Benefits falling due more 
than 12 months after the end of the reporting period are discounted 
to their present value.

2.24 Current and deferred income tax 
The income tax expense for the period comprises current and 
deferred tax. Income tax is recognised in the consolidated statements 
of comprehensive income, except to the extent that it relates to items 
recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. In this 
case, the income tax is also recognised in other comprehensive income 
or directly in equity, respectively.

The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws 
enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date in the countries 
where the Company and its subsidiaries operate and generate taxable 
income. The Group periodically evaluates positions taken or intended 
to be taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable 
tax regulation is subject to interpretation. It accounts for uncertain tax 
positions where appropriate on the basis of amounts expected to be 
paid to the tax authorities.

Deferred income tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it 
is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the 
temporary differences, unused tax losses and unused tax credits can 
be utilised. The criteria considered when recognising deferred income 
tax assets includes:
 – The existence of taxable temporary differences that relate to the 

same taxation authority and same taxable entity; and

 – The expected future taxable profits and tax planning opportunities. 
In case of a history of recent losses, it has been considered whether 
other convincing evidence is available to support the recognition 
of the deferred income tax assets.

Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising 
on investments in subsidiaries and associates, except for deferred 
income tax liability where the timing of the reversal of the temporary 
difference is controlled by the Group and it is probable that the 
temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a 
legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current 
tax liabilities and when the deferred income tax assets and liabilities 
relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either 
the same taxable entity or different taxable entities where there is an 
intention to settle the balances on a net basis.

140

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

141

 OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

3. 

FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

3.1 Financial instruments by category
The table below sets out the Group’s classification of each class of financial assets and financial liabilities and their fair values for the current year 
and the comparative year:

US$ million

Financial assets
Trade receivables1
Cash and cash equivalents
Financial assets at FVTOCI
Other assets2
Total

Measured at 
amortised cost

Measured at 
FVTOCI

Total 
carrying value

Fair value

31 December 2020

 344 
 515 
–
 127 
 986 

–
–
12
–
 12 

 344 
 515 
 12 
 127 
 998 

 344 
 515 
 12 
 127 
 998 

1  Trade receivables include credit secured receivables of $180m.
2  Other assets (note 16) exclude the following elements that do not qualify as financial instruments: prepayments, VAT and duties receivable and other government benefits receivable.

US$ million

Financial liabilities
Trade payables
Borrowings
Other liabilities1
Lease liabilities
Other financial liabilities
Total

1  Other liabilities (note 26) exclude the elements that do not qualify as financial instruments.

US$ million

Financial assets
Trade receivables1
Cash and cash equivalents
Financial assets at FVTOCI
Other assets2
Total

Measured at 
amortised cost

Measured at 
FVTPL

Total  
carrying value

Fair value

31 December 2020

1,048
682
215
143
–
2,088

–
–
–
–
 9 
9

 1,048 
 682 
 215 
 143 
 9 
 2,097 

 1,048 
 707 
 215 
 143 
 9 
 2,122 

31 December 2019

Measured at 
amortised cost

Measured at 
FVTOCI

Total 
carrying value

Fair value

451
517
–
115
1,083

–
–
9
–
9

451
517
9
115
1,092

451
517
9
115
1,092

1  Trade receivables include credit secured receivables of $206m.
2  Other assets (note 16) exclude the following elements that do not qualify as financial instruments: prepayments, VAT and duties receivable and other government benefits receivable.

US$ million

Financial liabilities
Trade payables
Borrowings
Other liabilities1
Lease liabilities
Other financial liabilities
Total

1  Other liabilities (note 26) exclude the elements that do not qualify as financial instruments.

Measured at 
amortised cost

Measured  
at FVTPL

Total  
carrying value

Fair value

31 December 2019

1,257
600
225
125
–
2,207

–
–
–
–
3
3

1,257
600
225
125
3
2,210

1,257
600
225
125
3
2,210

142

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

143

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS3.2 Financial risk factors
The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk, price risk, cash flow interest rate risk and 
fair value interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group’s overall risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability 
of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance.

Market risk
Foreign exchange risk
The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with respect 
to the US dollar. Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions and recognised assets and liabilities.

Management has set up a policy to require Group companies to manage their foreign exchange risk. Group treasury is required to approve all 
hedging plans before execution. The Group has a number of natural hedges in place, where the timing of foreign currency payments is matched 
with the receipts in a similar currency. Forward contracts are used to manage the foreign exchange risk arising from future obligations.

Foreign currency exposure on the consolidated net monetary position is $156m (2019: $378m). Other monetary balances in other currencies 
are not material. If the non-US dollar held currency had weakened/strengthened by 10% against the US dollar with all other variables held 
constant, pre-tax profit for the year would have been $16m (2019: $38m) higher/lower, mainly as a result of foreign exchange gains/losses on 
translation of non-US dollar denominated receivables and payables. 

Price risk
The Group generally seeks to manage its exposure to commodity price risk through careful inventory management and as at 31 December 2020 
the Group was not significantly exposed to commodity price risk. In regulated markets, the Group has no price exposure as long as the sale of 
the inventory is matching the timing of the price structures updates, however in unregulated markets, such as Marine and Aviation, the Group 
may be exposed to price changes in the short-term if inventory is not carefully managed.

In Botswana, Guinea, Madagascar, Senegal and Morocco (for Butane only) the Group is financially compensated by the local government for the 
effect of these price restrictions. For further information see note 16. For some countries (such as Senegal) the transport costs are subsidised.

The Group does not hold equity securities for trading and is, therefore, not exposed to price risk.

Cash flow interest rate risk and fair value interest rate risk
The Group’s interest rate risk arises from borrowings. It is Group policy to have short-term loan facilities at floating rate and medium to 
long-term facilities at floating or fixed rate. The Group has short-term overdraft facilities which carry a fixed interest rate exposing the Group 
to fair value interest rate risk. However, given that the rate is fixed for a short period of time, and that these facilities terms are subject to 
renegotiation, should interest rate move, the exposure is minimal. Long-term borrowings consist of notes at fixed interest rate, which exposes 
the Group to fair value interest rate risk (refer to note 23).

142

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

143

 OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

3. 

FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED

3.2 Financial risk factors (continued)
Credit risk
Credit risk is managed on a Group basis, except for credit risk relating to accounts receivable balances. Each local entity is responsible for 
managing and analysing the credit risk for each of their new clients before standard payment and delivery terms and conditions are offered. 
Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents, as well as credit exposures to wholesale and retail customers, including outstanding receivables 
and committed transactions. At reporting date, the Group noted no significant concentrations of credit risk to individual customers or 
counterparties. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying value of each class of receivables.

All external customers must have their identity checked and credit worthiness assessed and approved prior to the signing of a binding agreement 
or contract. Credit worthiness is assessed for all customers based on commercial data, but also considers financial data when a credit limit 
exceeds $15,000 for Retail and $100,000 for Commercial. The utilisation of credit limits is regularly monitored and checks performed on 
outstanding debt at regular intervals. Where the environment allows, security (bank guarantees) will be taken to secure the Group’s exposure. 
For banks and financial institutions, management of the operating entity are responsible for making the short-term placements with the banks 
after approval from Group Treasury.

The investment policy is based in order of importance on security, liquidity and yield. Management will assess the counterparty risks of the 
third party based on financial strength, quality of management, ownership structure, regulatory environment and overall diversification. 
Group Treasury is required to approve all investment decisions to ensure they are made in line with the Group’s credit policies. The Group 
has provided secured loans to individual employees (note 16).

In Morocco customer receivables to the amount of $16m (2019: $19m) were assigned to a factoring subsidiary of a commercial bank; the 
assigned amount was received in cash and the corresponding receivable was derecognised. For the late payment risk, the Group capped the 
exposure to six months’ maximum of interest. This resulted in a continuous involvement accounting treatment where a substantial portion of 
the risk has been transferred. A continuous involvement liability of $0.3m (2019: $0.4m) was recognised. In addition, other government benefits 
receivable to the amount of $36m (2019: $9m) were assigned to a local commercial bank, the assigned amount was received in cash and the 
corresponding receivable was derecognised. For the late payment risk, the Group capped the exposure to 5.5 months’ maximum of interest. 
A continuous involvement liability of $0.6m was recognised. The Group considers that the held to collect business model remains appropriate 
for these receivables and hence continues measuring them at amortised cost. The Group has arrived at this conclusion because the factoring of 
the Group’s B2B receivables before maturing is done on an infrequent basis. Furthermore, the Group continues to guarantee the late payment 
risk up to 180 days. The business model is, therefore, not impacted because the risks and rewards as existing prior to the factoring remain after 
the factoring.

The Group’s cash and cash equivalent balances are primarily held at banks with strong credit ratings where the exposure to credit risk is 
considered to be limited. The extent to which the Group’s cash and cash equivalent balances are held at banks where there is considered to be 
an exposure to credit risk is set out below:

Banks
Bank 1
Bank 2
Bank 3

31 December 2020

31 December 2019

Credit rating

US$ million

Credit rating

US$ million

A+
Ba1
Ba2

 74 
 67 
 45 

AAAmmf
A+
Ba1-

56
49
42

144

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

145

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSLiquidity risk
Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and the availability of funding through an adequate amount of committed 
credit facilities. Due to the cyclical nature of the underlying businesses, the Directors aim to maintain flexibility in funding by keeping committed 
credit lines available.

Management monitors rolling forecasts of the Group’s liquidity reserve on the basis of expected cash flow. This is generally carried out at local 
level in the operating companies of the Group in accordance with practice and limits set by Group policies. Where short-term liquidity is needed, 
the operating entities organise short-term facilities to cover the deficit which have to be authorised by Group Treasury.

The table below analyses the Group’s financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period at the reporting date to 
the contractual maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows.

US$ million

Borrowings1
Trade payables
Lease liabilities
Other liabilities2
Total

31 December 2020

Less than  
3 months

266
1,040
7
13
1,326

Between  
3 months  
and 1 year

2
8
28
22
60

Between 1  
and 2 years

Between 2  
and 5 years

Over
 5 years

6
–
29
17
52

60
–
59
2
121

350
–
94
161
605

Total

684
1,048
217
215
2,164

1  Borrowings exclude, as of 31 December 2020, the undrawn multi-currency revolving credit facility of $240m (note 23).
2  Other liabilities (note 26) exclude the elements that do not qualify as financial instruments.

US$ million

Borrowings1
Trade payables
Lease liabilities
Other liabilities2
Total

Less than  
3 months

225
1,161
6
49
1,441

Between  
3 months  
and 1 year

81
89
17
24
211

31 December 2019

Between 1  
and 2 years

Between 2  
and 5 years

Over
 5 years

85
7
20
18
130

211
–
44
4
259

–
–
90
130
220

Total

602
1,257
177
225
2,261

1  Borrowings exclude, as of 31 December 2019, the undrawn multi-currency revolving credit facility of $236m (note 23).
2  Other liabilities (note 26) exclude the elements that do not qualify as financial instruments.

Net investment hedge
Foreign currency exposure arises from the Group’s net investment in its several subsidiaries that have the Cape Verde Escudo (CVE) and the 
CFA Franc BCEAO (XOF) as functional currencies that are 100% pegged to the Euro (EUR). Therefore, the risk arises from fluctuation in 
spot exchange rates between these currencies (or the EUR) and the US dollar, which causes the amount of the net investment to vary.

The hedged risk in the net investment hedge is the risk of a variation in the CVE and the XOF currencies (or the EUR) against the US dollar 
which will result in a variation in the carrying amount of the Group’s net investment in these foreign operations.

On 24 September 2020, the Group issued $350m notes (refer to note 23). In order to eliminate foreign exchange risk associated with the 
translation of the EUR pegged part of its net investment into its functional currency, the Group entered into a fixed-fixed cross-currency swap 
to exchange a portion of the US dollar denominated bonds to EUR. The cross-currency swap is applied for $150m of the bonds, maturing in 
three years.

In 2019 part of the Group’s net investment in those subsidiaries was hedged by a EUR denominated secured bank loan with carrying amount 
$150m, which mitigated the foreign currency risk arising from the revaluation of the subsidiaries’ net assets. The loan was designated as a 
hedging instrument for the changes in the value of the net investment that is attributable to changes in the spot rate.

To assess hedge effectiveness, the Group determines the economic relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged item by 
comparing changes in the carrying amount of the swap that is attributable to a change in the spot rate with changes in the investment in the 
foreign operation due to movements in the spot rate (the offset method). 

144

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

145

 OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

3. 

FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED

3.2 Financial risk factors (continued)
The amounts related to items designated as hedging instruments in the statement of financial position and the statement of comprehensive 
income were as follows:

Carrying amount

US$ million

Cross currency swap

Nominal amount

150

Assets

–

Liabilities

150

Cross currency swap

(7)

(7)

–

Change in value  
used for calculating  
hedge for 2020

Change in value  
of hedging instrument 
recognised in OCI

Hedge ineffectiveness 
recognised in  
profit or loss

Carrying amount

US$ million

Foreign exchange denominated debt

Nominal amount

239

Assets

–

Liabilities

150

Foreign exchange denominated debt

(3)

(3)

–

Change in value  
used for calculating  
hedge for 2019

Change in value  
of hedging instrument 
recognised in OCI

Hedge ineffectiveness 
recognised in  
profit or loss

31 December 2020

Line item in the  
statement of financial  
position where the hedging  

instrument is included

Borrowings

Line item in profit  
or loss that includes  
hedge ineffectiveness

Not applicable

31 December 2019

Line item in the  
statement of financial  
position where the hedging  
instrument is included

Borrowings

Line item in profit  
or loss that includes  
hedge ineffectiveness

Not applicable

3.3 Capital management
The Group’s capital management objective is to maintain a commercially sound consolidated statements of financial position with the aim of 
maximising the net cash return to the shareholders, while maintaining a level of capitalisation that is commercially defensible and which leads 
to an effective and optimised working capital structure.

Liquidity and capital resources are monitored through a review of the Group’s net debt position, leverage ratio and available short-term capital 
resources. Net debt is calculated as total borrowings and lease liabilities (including current and non-current borrowings and lease liabilities as 
shown in the consolidated statements of financial position) less cash and cash equivalents. The leverage ratio is calculated as net debt divided 
by adjusted EBITDA. For details related to key covenants refer to note 23.

US$ million

Long-term debt (note 23)
Lease liabilities (note 27)
Total debt excluding short-term bank borrowings
Short-term bank borrowings1
Less: cash and cash equivalents (note 19)
Net debt

1 

Short-term bank borrowings exclude the current portion of long-term debt.

US$ million

Net debt
Adjusted EBITDA1
Leverage ratio

1 

For the description and reconciliation of non-GAAP measures refer to pages 40 and 41.

US$ million

Cash and cash equivalents
Available undrawn credit facilities
Available short-term capital resources

31 December 
2020

31 December  
2019

408
143
551
274
(515)
310

371
125
496
229
(517)
208

31 December 
2020

31 December  
2019

310
360
0.86x

208
431
0.48x

31 December 
2020

31 December  
2019

515
1,563
2,078

517
1,410
1,927

The Group manages its capital structure and makes adjustments to it in light of changes in economic conditions in order to ensure sound 
capital management.

146

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

147

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS4.  CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS 

4.1 Accounting judgements
In the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies, management has made the following judgements, apart from those involving estimates, 
which have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the consolidated financial statements:

Accounting for leases under IFRS 16
In establishing the lease term for each lease contract that has an option to extend, judgement has been applied to determine the extension 
period. When it is concluded that it is reasonably certain that the extension option will be utilised, the lease term is extended to include the 
reasonably certain period of five years. The lease agreements have the option to extend the leases and the option to terminate the leases. 
The extension options in different contracts vary between five years to unlimited period. The Group uses significant assumptions that all of the 
existing leases that are expiring within the following five years, and have an extension option, will be extended for an additional five-year period, 
when determining the lease term.

In addition, IFRS 16 requires lease payments to be discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. In case the interest rate implicit in 
the lease cannot be readily determined, the incremental borrowing rate should be used. That is the rate of interest that a lessee would have to 
pay to borrow over a similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment. Accordingly, the Group elected to use the local 
borrowing rates for each operating unit at the commencement date. That is the rate at which local operating units would need to borrow to 
acquire the asset. For additional details relating to leases refer to note 27.

4.2 Estimation uncertainty
The key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the end of the reporting period, that have 
a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of the assets and liabilities within the next financial year, are 
discussed below.

Goodwill impairment assessment
The Group annually tests whether goodwill has suffered any impairment, in accordance with the accounting policy stated in note 2.12. 
The recoverable amount of each cash-generating unit (CGU) was determined based on a Fair Value Less Cost of Disposal calculation which 
was based upon cash flow projections from the five-year business plan prepared for each CGU. The terminal value was estimated based upon 
a perpetuity growth rate of 1.6%, reflecting an inflationary level of growth beyond the five-year plan. Post-tax discount rate of 12.2% was used 
to discount the projected cash flows.

Based on the impairment test carried out, goodwill is not considered to be impaired. No impairment would occur, if the post-tax discount rate 
applied to the cash flow projection of each CGU had been 1% higher than management estimates and all other assumptions remain unchanged. 
The Retail fuel and Commercial fuel segments would only result in an indication of impairment if the post-tax discount rates increased to 
19.4% and 18.2% respectively.

Government related assets and liabilities
The Group has various assets from and liabilities to governments and authorities with respect to government benefits receivable as well 
as for taxes and duties. The Group constantly assesses underlying inherent risks and assumptions and as a consequence related accounting 
estimates are determined and adjustments are made to the carrying amounts of those assets and liabilities, where necessary. A key element 
in the assessment of uncertainty of recoverability of government benefit receivables is the credit risk associated with these governments; 
this is considered in note 16.

Tax positions
The Group operates across many tax jurisdictions and the interpretation and application of tax law can be complex and requires judgement to 
assess the risk and estimate the potential outcomes. These outcomes can vary significantly from what has been provided. The Group recognises 
many individually immaterial provisions with a cumulative amount totalling $23m related to income tax and $37m related to indirect and other 
tax matters recorded in other assets, other liabilities and provisions. These are recorded for the amount that is expected to be settled where 
this can be reasonably estimated. This reflects management’s assessment of the expected value of such risks based on a multiple scenario 
outcome and likelihood. Factors considered include the status of recent current tax audits and enquiries; the results of previous claims; the 
transfer pricing policies of the Group and any changes to the relevant tax environments. The timing of the resolution of the risks is uncertain 
and may take many years, however is expected to be within the next five years.

146

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

147

 OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

5. 

SEGMENT REPORTING 

The Group operates under three reportable segments: Retail, Commercial and Lubricants.

Retail segment – Retail fuel is aggregated with Non-fuel retail. Both the operating segments derive revenue from Retail customers who 
visit our Retail sites. Retail fuel and Non-fuel revenues are aggregated as the segments are managed as one unit and have similar customers. 
The economic indicators that have been addressed in determining that the aggregated segments have similar economic characteristics are that 
they have similar expected future financial performance and similar operating and competitive risks.

Commercial segment – Commercial fuel, LPG, Aviation and Marine are aggregated in the Commercial segment as the operating segments 
derive revenues from Commercial customers. The segments have similar economic characteristics. The economic indicators that have been 
addressed are the long-term growth and average long-term gross margin percentage.

Lubricants segment – Retail, B2C, B2B and Export Lubricants are the remaining operating segments. Since these operating segments meet 
the majority of aggregation criteria, they are aggregated in the Lubricants segment.

Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-makers. 
The Directors monitor the operating results of business units separately for the purpose of making decisions about resource allocation, 
segment performance assessment and interacting with segment managers.

The following tables present revenues and profit information regarding the Group’s operating segments:

US$ million

Revenue from external customers
Gross profit
Add back: depreciation and amortisation
Gross cash profit
Adjusted EBITDA1

1  Refer to note 6 for the reconciliation to EBIT.

US$ million

Revenue from external customers
Gross profit
Add back: depreciation and amortisation
Gross cash profit
Adjusted EBITDA1

1  Refer to note 6 for the reconciliation to EBIT.

Retail

Commercial

Lubricants

Consolidated

2020

4,436 
387 
51 
438 
216 

Retail

5,249
411
43
454
242

2,116 
156 
25 
181 
92 

366 
74 
4 
78 
52 

6,918 
617 
80 
697 
360 

2019

Commercial

Lubricants

Consolidated

2,678
192
22
214
135

375
72
3
75
54

8,302
675
68
743
431

US$ million

Share of profit of joint ventures and associates included in segment EBITDA
Lubricants
Retail
Commercial
Total

2020

2019

8 
4 
4 
16 

 12 
 5 
 5 
 22 

148

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

149

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
The amount of revenues from external customers by location of the customers is shown in the table below.

US$ million

Revenue from external customers by principal country
Kenya
Morocco
Côte d’Ivoire
Other
Total

US$ million

Non-current assets by principal country (excluding deferred tax)
Morocco
The Netherlands
Kenya
Other
Total

6.  RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP MEASURES

2020

2019

 1,181 
 1,075 
 546 
 4,116 
 6,918 

 1,256 
 1,476 
 604 
 4,966 
 8,302 

31 December 
2020

31 December
2019

 245 
 232 
 153 
 1,042 
 1,672 

 208 
 232 
 143 
 988 
 1,571 

Non-GAAP measures are not defined by International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and, therefore, may not be directly comparable 
with other companies’ non-GAAP measures, including those in the Group’s industry. Non-GAAP measures should be considered in addition to, 
and are not intended to be a substitute for, or superior to, IFRS measurements. The exclusion of certain items (special items) from non-GAAP 
performance measures does not imply that these items are necessarily non-recurring. From time to time, we may exclude additional items 
if we believe doing so would result in a more transparent and comparable disclosure.

The Directors believe that reporting non-GAAP financial measures in addition to IFRS measures, as well as the exclusion of special items, 
provides users with enhanced understanding of results and related trends and increases the transparency and clarity of the core results 
of operations. Non-GAAP measures are used by the Directors and management for performance analysis, planning, reporting and are 
used in determining senior management remuneration.

US$ million

EBT
Finance expense – net
EBIT
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment
EBITDA 
Adjustments to EBITDA related to special items:

Hyperinflation1
IPO2 and Engen acquisition related expenses3
Write-off of non-current asset4
Restructuring5
Management Equity Plan6
Adjusted EBITDA

2020

175
60
235
125
360

2
1
–
–
(3)
360

2019

246
64
310
106
416

–
11
3
3
(2)
431

1  The impacts of accounting for hyperinflation for Vivo Energy Zimbabwe, in accordance with IAS 29, are treated as special items since they are not considered to represent the underlying 
operational performance of the Group and based on their significance in size and unusual nature are excluded as the local currency depreciation against the US dollar does not align to the 
published inflation rates during the period.
IPO related items in 2020 and 2019 concern the IPO share awards which are accrued for over the vesting period.

2 
3  On 1 March 2019 Vivo Energy Investments B.V., a subsidiary of the Group, acquired 100% of the issued shares in Vivo Energy Overseas Holdings Limited (VEOHL) (formerly known as 

Engen International Holdings (Mauritius) Limited). The cost of the acquisition and related integration project expenses are treated as special items.

4  The Group recognised a write-off in 2019 related to a government benefits receivable as a result of a retrospective price structure change by the government to finance their outstanding 
debt. Such retrospective changes of existing price structures are considered non-recurring and are not representative of the core operational business activities and performance and are, 
therefore, treated as special items.

5  Restructuring costs were incurred in 2019 mainly as a result of the integration of VEOHL into our business model. The impact from these activities does not form part of the core 

operational business activities and performance and was, therefore, treated as a special item in 2019. 

6  The Management Equity Plan vested at IPO in May 2018 and is exercisable on the first anniversary of admission for a period of 24 months. Changes in the fair value of the cash-settled 

share-based plan do not form part of the core operational business activities and performance and should, therefore, be treated as a special item. The costs of share-based payment 
schemes introduced after the IPO are not treated as special items.

148

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

149

 OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

6.  RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP MEASURES CONTINUED

US$ million

Net income
Adjustments to net income related to special items:

Hyperinflation1
IPO2 and Engen acquisition related expenses3
Write-off of non-current asset4
Restructuring5
Management Equity Plan6
Tax on special items
Adjusted net income

US$

Diluted EPS 
Impact of special items
Adjusted diluted EPS

2020

90

2
1
–
–
(3)
–
90

2020

0.06
–
0.06

2019

150

–
11
3
3
(2)
(3)
162

2019

0.11
0.01
0.12

1  The impacts of accounting for hyperinflation for Vivo Energy Zimbabwe, in accordance with IAS 29, are treated as special items since they are not considered to represent the underlying 
operational performance of the Group and based on their significance in size and unusual nature are excluded as the local currency depreciation against the US dollar does not align to 
the published inflation rates during the period.
IPO related items in 2020 and 2019 concern the IPO share awards which are accrued for over the vesting period.

2 
3  On 1 March 2019 Vivo Energy Investments B.V., a subsidiary of the Group, acquired 100% of the issued shares in Vivo Energy Overseas Holdings Limited (VEOHL) (formerly known as 

Engen International Holdings (Mauritius) Limited). The cost of the acquisition and related integration project expenses are treated as special items.

4  The Group recognised a write-off in 2019 related to a government benefits receivable as a result of a retrospective price structure change by the government to finance their outstanding 
debt. Such retrospective changes of existing price structures are considered non-recurring and are not representative of the core operational business activities and performance and are, 
therefore, treated as special items.

5  Restructuring costs were incurred in 2019 mainly as a result of the integration of VEOHL into our business model. The impact from these activities does not form part of the core 

operational business activities and performance and was, therefore, treated as a special item in 2019. 

6  The Management Equity Plan vested at IPO in May 2018 and is exercisable on the first anniversary of admission for a period of 24 months. Changes in the fair value of the cash-settled 

share-based plan do not form part of the core operational business activities and performance and should, therefore, be treated as a special item. The costs of share-based payment 
schemes introduced after the IPO are not treated as special items.

The Group defines Headline earnings as earnings based on net income attributable to owners of the Group, before items of a capital nature, 
net of income tax as required for companies listed on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange.

US$ million, unless otherwise indicated

Headline earnings per share
Net income attributable to owners
Re-measurements:

Net gain on disposal of PP&E and intangible assets
Write-off of non-current asset1 

Income tax on re-measurements
Headline earnings
Weighted average number of ordinary shares (million)
Headline EPS (US$)
Diluted number of shares (million)
Diluted headline EPS (US$)
Effective tax rate

2020

80

(4)
–
 1 
77
 1,266 
 0.06 
 1,266 
 0.06 
49%

2019

136 

–
3
(1)
138 
1,255 
 0.11 
1,255 
0.11 
39%

1  The Group recognised a write-off in 2019 related to a government benefits receivable as a result of a retrospective price structure change by the government to finance their outstanding 

debt. Such retrospective changes of existing price structures resulted in the re-measurement of an asset and is therefore excluded. 

150

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

151

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS7.  GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE COST

Employee benefits

US$ million

Wages, salaries and other employee benefits
Restructuring, severance and other involuntary termination costs1
Retirement benefits
Share-based payment expense

2020

 163 
7
10
–
180

2019

159 
3 
7 
(1)
168 

1  Total restructuring costs amount to $7m (2019: $3m) of which some elements are reflected in other employee benefits categories.

Included in the employee benefit expense for the year ended 31 December 2020, was social security expense of $1m (2019: $1m) and other 
pension costs relating to employees employed in the UK. Refer to note 3 in the Company financial statements.

Employee benefits have been charged in:

US$ million

General and administrative cost
Selling and marketing cost
Cost of sales

The monthly average number of full time equivalent employees was as follows: 

Sales and distribution
Administration and support

2020

 102 
 43 
 35 
 180 

2020

 1,904 
 794 
 2,698 

2019

96 
39 
33 
168 

2019

 1,845 
 755 
 2,600 

Depreciation and amortisation
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment, right-of-use assets and amortisation of intangible assets are separately disclosed in notes 11, 
12 and 27 respectively.

Audit fees

US $’000

Parent company and consolidated financial statements
Subsidiaries1
Audit fees2
Audit-related fees3
Tax advisory fees
Other assurance services4
Other non-audit services
Other fees total
Total fees

2020

 1,248 
 1,175 
 2,423 
 377 
–
227
–
 604 
 3,027 

2019

 1,656
 1,383
 3,039 
 692 
5
193
11
 901 
 3,940 

1  Audit fees for foreign entities are expressed at the average exchange rate for the year.
2  Audit fees in 2019 comprise fees for the business combination in relation to the VEOHL acquisition and the SAP S/4HANA implementation.
3  Audit-related fees relate to interim financial statements reviews.
4  Other assurance services relate mainly to comfort letter procedures in respect to note issuance and volume certificates to support brand royalty expenses.

150

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

151

 OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

8.  OTHER INCOME/(EXPENSE)

US$ million

Net gain on disposals of PP&E and intangible assets
Gain on financial instruments
Other income

9. 

FINANCE INCOME AND EXPENSE

US$ million

Finance expense
Interest on bank and other borrowings and on lease liabilities1
Interest on long-term debt including amortisation of set-up fees
Net impact of hyperinflation2
Accretion expense net defined benefit liability
Foreign exchange loss
Other

Finance income
Interest from cash and cash equivalents
Foreign exchange gain

Finance expense – net 

Includes an amount of $12m (2019: $11m) finance expense for leases in respect to IFRS 16 ‘Leases’.

1 
2  Represents the net monetary loss impact from the application of IAS 29 ‘Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies’. Refer to note 2.6.

10. 

INCOME TAXES

Current income taxes
Analysis of income tax expense:

US$ million

Current tax
Current income tax
Current income tax prior years

Deferred tax
Deferred income tax
Deferred income tax prior years

Income tax expense

2020

2019

4
–
–
4

2020

(39)
(25)
(3)
(2)
–
(3)
(72)

8
4
12
(60)

– 
 1 
 1 
 2 

2019

(35)
(24)
(5)
(2)
(1)
(4)
(71)

7
–
7
(64)

2020

2019

 (96)
8

 (88)

6
(3)
3
(85)

 (95)
 (2)

 (97)

 1 
– 
 1 
 (96)

152

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

153

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSThe reconciliation of income taxes, computed at the statutory tax rate, to income tax expense was as follows:

US$ million

EBT
Statutory tax rate
Income tax expense at statutory tax rate
Increase/(decrease) resulting from:

Impact of tax rates in foreign jurisdictions
Income not subject to tax
Expenses not tax deductible
Non-recognition of tax benefits in relation to current period tax losses or temporary differences
Recognition and utilisation of previously unrecognised tax losses or temporary differences1
Withholding tax
Other2

Income tax expense
Effective tax rate

In 2019, $1m was recognised after the business acquisition and was supported by developments in the acquired markets.

1 
2  Amongst others, includes movements related to uncertain tax positions.

Deferred income taxes
The significant components of the Company’s recognised deferred income tax assets and liabilities were as follows:

2020

 175 
19%
 (33)

 (18)
 6 
 (11)
 (10)
 3 
 (19)
 (3)
 (85)
49%

2019

 246 
19%
 (47)

 (23)
 7 
 (11)
 (5)
 6 
 (19)
 (4)
 (96)
39%

31 December 2020

31 December 2019

Asset

Liability

Asset

Liability

US$ million

Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Retirement benefits
Provisions
Withholding taxes
Tax losses carried forward1
Other

Offsetting of balances
Total

1  $4m of the recognised deferred tax asset for tax losses carried forward, is supported by expected future taxable profits (2019: $8m).

The changes in the net deferred income tax assets and liabilities were as follows:

US$ million

Balance at the beginning of year, net

In profit
In other comprehensive income
Business acquisition
Other
Foreign exchange differences

1
–
10
17
–
13
33
74
(28)
46 

 (43)
 (22)
 (1)
–
(16)
–
(18)
 (100)
 28 
 (72)

 1 
–
 9 
 17 
–
 12 
 17 
 56 
 (22)
 34 

2020

 (32)
 3 
 1 
–
–
 2 
 (26)

 (31)
 (23)
 (1)
 (2)
 (15)
–
 (16)
 (88)
22 
 (66)

2019

 (15)
1 
 (1)
 (19)
 1 
 1 
 (32)

Unrecognised deferred tax assets relate to carry forward losses of $98m (2019: $93m) and tax credit carry forwards of $12m (2019: $4m). 
Of the unrecognised carry forward losses $1m will expire at the end of 2023, $7m at the end of 2024, $15m at the end of 2025 and $75m 
at the end of 2026 or later.

The unrecognised taxable temporary differences associated with undistributed retained earnings of investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures 
and associates amounts to $25m (2019: $20m).

152

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

153

 OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

11.  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

US$ million

Cost at 1 January 2020
Additions
Disposals
Transfers
Foreign exchange differences1
Cost at 31 December 2020

Accumulated depreciation at 1 January 2020
Depreciation
Disposals
Foreign exchange differences1
Accumulated depreciation at 31 December 2020
Net carrying value at 31 December 2020

Land

Buildings

Machinery and 
other equipment

Construction 
in progress

 55 
 2 
(5) 
–
–
 52 

–
– 
– 
–
–
 52 

 319 
 16 
(4) 
 7 
 1 
 339 

(54)
(17) 
3 
–
(68) 
 271 

 552 
 25 
(17) 
 69 
 13 
 642 

(141)
(65) 
17 
(3) 
(192) 
 449 

 92 
 109 
(9) 
(76) 
–
 116 

–
–
–
–
–
 117 

1 

Foreign exchange differences include the impact from the application of IAS 29 ‘Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies’. Refer to note 2.6.

US$ million

Cost at 1 January 2019
Additions
Business acquisition1
Disposals
Transfers
Foreign exchange differences2
Cost at 31 December 2019

Accumulated depreciation at 1 January 2019
Depreciation
Disposals
Foreign exchange differences2
Accumulated depreciation at 31 December 2019
Net carrying value at 31 December 2019

Land

Buildings

Machinery and 
other equipment

Construction 
in progress

 33 
–
 22 
–
1 
(1) 
 55 

–
–
–
–
–
 55 

 229 
 6 
 71 
(4) 
 24 
(7) 
 319 

(43) 
(16) 
 3 
 2 
(54) 
 265 

 453 
 25 
 61 
(29) 
 53 
(11) 
 552 

(118) 
(56) 
 28 
 5 
(141) 
 411 

 68 
 93 
 9 
–
(78) 
–
 92 

–
–
–
–
–
 92 

1 
2 

Includes PP&E recognised on acquisition of VEOHL of $149m.
Foreign exchange differences include the impact from the application of IAS 29 ‘Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies’. Refer to note 2.6.

No assets have been pledged as security. Depreciation charge of $82m (2019: $72m) is included in cost of sales for $73m (2019: $64m), 
in selling and marketing cost for $1m (2019: $1m) and in general and administrative cost for $8m (2019: $7m). 

2020

Total

1,018
 152 
(35) 
–
 14 
 1,149 

(195)
(82) 
 20 
(3) 
(260) 
 889 

2019

Total

 783 
 124
 163 
(33) 
–
(19)
1,018

(161) 
(72) 
31 
7 
(195) 
 823 

154

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

155

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS12. 

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

US$ million

Cost at 1 January 2020
Additions
Foreign exchange differences1
Cost at 31 December 2020

Accumulated amortisation at 1 January 2020
Amortisation
Accumulated amortisation at 31 December 2020
Net carrying value at 31 December 2020

Shell licence 
agreement

Goodwill

Computer 
software

 139 
–
–
 139 

 (82)
 (5)
 (87)
 52 

 81 
–
 (2) 
 79 

–
–
–
 79 

 75 
16
–
 91 

 (19)
 (9)
 (28)
 63 

1 

Foreign exchange differences include the impact from the application of IAS 29 ‘Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies’. Refer to note 2.6.

US$ million

Cost at 1 January 2019
Additions
Business acquisition
Foreign exchange differences1
Cost at 31 December 2019

Accumulated amortisation at 1 January 2019
Amortisation
Accumulated amortisation at 31 December 2019
Net carrying value at 31 December 2019

Shell licence 
agreement

Goodwill

Computer 
software

 143 
–
–
 (4)
 139 

 (77)
 (5)
 (82)
 57 

 21 
–
 65 
 (5)
 81 

–
–
–
 81 

 51 
 25 
–
 (1)
 75 

 (16)
 (3)
 (19)
 56 

2020

Total

 352 
 16 
(2)
 366 

 (126)
 (18)
 (144)
 222 

2019

Total

 247 
 25 
 90 
 (10)
 352 

 (113)
 (13)
 (126)
 226 

Other

 57 
–
–
 57 

 (25)
 (4)
 (29)
 28 

Other

 32 
–
 25 
–
 57 

 (20)
 (5)
 (25)
 32 

1 

Foreign exchange differences include the impact from the application of IAS 29 ‘Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies’. Refer to note 2.6.

Amortisation charge of $18m (2019: $13m) is included in cost of sales for $3m (2019: $1m), selling and marketing cost for $12m (2019: $9m) 
and general and administrative cost for $3m (2019: $3m).

Impairment test for goodwill
The Group tests whether goodwill has suffered any impairment on an annual basis. The recoverable amount of the CGUs was determined based 
on Fair Value Less Cost of Disposal calculation which requires the use of assumptions. The calculations use cash flow projections based on an 
approved business plan covering a five-year period. Cash flows beyond the five-year period are extrapolated using the estimated long-term 
growth rate shown below. The terminal value was calculated using the Gordon Growth formula.

Goodwill is monitored at the operating segment level on a non-aggregated basis. The Group has several non-aggregated operating segments, 
however, the goodwill is allocated to Retail fuel and Commercial fuel given that substantially all activities of the acquired businesses relate to 
these two operating segments. Both the goodwill acquired in the 2019 Engen acquisition and the goodwill acquired from previous acquisitions 
are allocated and considered for impairment testing together at the non-aggregated operating segments Retail fuel and Commercial fuel. 
For this purpose, a discounted cash flow analysis was used to compute the recoverable amount using the approved plan. This results in 
81% of the carrying amount of goodwill being allocated to Retail fuel and 19% of the carrying amount being allocated to Commercial fuel.

154

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

155

 OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

12. 

INTANGIBLE ASSETS CONTINUED

The following tables set out the key assumptions for those CGUs that have a significant goodwill allocated to them:

Volume compounded annual growth rate
Gross cash profit compounded annual growth rate
Post-tax discount rate
Long-term growth rate

The methodology applied to each of the key assumptions used is as follows: 

2020

Commercial 
fuel

4.8%
5.3%
12.2%
1.6%

Retail
fuel

6.2%
5.8%
12.2%
1.6%

Assumptions

Volume growth

Gross cash profit growth
Post-tax discount rate

Long-term growth rate

Approach used to determine values

Volume growth over the five-year forecast period; based on past performance and management 
expectations of market developments.
Based on past performance and management expectations of the future.
Based on specific risks relating to the industry and country. Factors considered for the industry 
include regulatory environment, market competition and barriers to entry.
Based on the IMF GDP projections for the markets where Vivo Energy operates. Sensitivity analysis 
was performed for changes in long-term growth rate by -1.5% and +2.0%.

The Group considers the post-tax discount rate to be the most sensitive assumption. No impairment would occur, if the post-tax discount rate 
applied to the cash flow projection of each CGU had been 1% higher than management estimates and all other assumptions in the table above 
are unchanged. Goodwill in relation to the Retail fuel and Commercial fuel CGUs would only result in an indication of impairment if the post-tax 
discount rates increased to 19.4% and 18.2%, respectively. There are no reasonable possible changes that could occur to key assumptions that 
would reduce the recoverable amount below the carrying amount.

13. 

INVESTMENTS IN JOINT VENTURES AND ASSOCIATES

The Group also has interests in a number of associates and joint ventures that are accounted for using the equity method. A comprehensive 
listing of the Group’s joint ventures and associates can be found in note 15 of the Company financial statements. 

US$ million

At 1 January 
Acquisition of businesses
Share of profit
Dividend received
Foreign exchange differences
At 31 December

2020

 227 
 14 
 16 
(24) 
(2) 
 231 

2019

 223 
 5 
 22 
(22) 
(1) 
 227 

In December 2017, the Group acquired a 50% interest in Shell and Vivo Lubricants B.V. (SVL) that is considered a material investment to the 
Group. SVL is the principal supplier of manufacturing, sales and distribution for lubricants products in Africa. The investment is a joint venture 
investment and measured using the equity method. SVL is jointly owned by Vivo Energy Investments B.V. (50%) and Shell Overseas Investments 
B.V. (50%).

The table below provides summarised financial information for the carrying amount of the investment in SVL.

US$ million

At 1 January 
Share of profit
Dividend received
Foreign exchange differences
At 31 December

2020

 164 
 8 
(15) 
(1) 
 156 

2019

 163 
 12 
(11) 
–
 164 

156

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

157

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSThe total assets of SVL as per 31 December 2020 are $220m (2019: $241m), of which $139m (2019: $156m) relate to current (including cash and 
cash equivalents of $30m (2019: $28m)) and $81m (2019: $85m) to non-current assets. The current liabilities are $73m (2019: $89m) (including 
borrowings of $15m (2019: $21m)) and non-current liabilities of $11m (2019: $6m). The revenue for the year ending 31 December 2020 was 
$255m (2019: $281m), and profit after income tax was $18m (2019: $21m). Other comprehensive income, net of tax, for the year amounted to 
$1m (2019: loss of $1m). The 2020 profit includes amortisation and depreciation of $9m (2019: $8m), net finance expense of $1m (2019: $1m) 
and income tax expense of $13m (2019: $9m).

The carrying value of SVL includes a notional goodwill of $96m calculated as the difference between the cost of the investment and the investor’s 
share of the fair values of the investee’s identifiable assets and liabilities acquired. Since the notional goodwill is not shown as a separate asset, 
it is not required to be separately tested for impairment, nor does it trigger an annual impairment test.

There are no contingent liabilities relating to the Group’s investments in joint ventures and associates.

14.  FINANCIAL ASSETS AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

The Group has classified equity investments as financial instruments at FVTOCI (without recycling). These investments are measured using inputs 
for the asset or liability that are in absence of observable market data, based on net asset value of the related investments (level 3 in the IFRS 13 
‘Fair Value Measurement’ hierarchy).

The value is based on the net asset value of the related investments and therefore no sensitivity analysis is presented.

US$ million

At 1 January 

Fair value adjustment
Foreign exchange differences
At 31 December

2020

 9 

 2 
 1 
 12 

2019

 8 

 1 
–
 9 

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income relate to the Group’s investment in Société de Gestion des Stocks Pétroliers 
de Côte d’Ivoire S.A. (GESTOCI) in which it holds an interest of circa 17%. The Group does not have significant influence or joint control in 
the investee. The investment is not held for trading and not a contingent consideration recognised by an acquirer in a business combination, 
therefore, at initial recognition the Group has elected to account for the investment at fair value through other comprehensive income.

No dividends were received from GESTOCI in 2020 and 2019. Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income are categorised 
as level 3 of the fair value hierarchy and are the only level 3 financial assets within the Group. There were no changes made during the year 
to valuation methods or the processes to determine classification and no transfers were made between the levels in the fair value hierarchy.

15.  OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

Other financial assets and liabilities are derivative instruments comprising forward foreign exchange contracts and cross-currency swaps with 
a fair value of $(9)m (2019: $(3)m). In 2020 the Group settled an interest rate swap on long-term borrowings and entered into a fixed-fixed 
cross-currency swap. Other financial assets and liabilities are categorised as level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. There have been no transfers 
between any levels during the year.

The specific valuation techniques used to value financial instruments that are carried at fair value using level 2 techniques are:

 – The fair value of cross-currency swaps is calculated as the present value of the estimated future cash flows based on current market data 

provided by third party banks; and 

 – The fair value of forward foreign exchange contracts is calculated by comparison with current forward prices of contracts for comparable 

remaining terms.

156

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

157

 OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

16.  OTHER ASSETS

US$ million

Prepayments
Amounts due from dealers and joint ventures
VAT and duties receivable
Other government benefits receivable
Deposits
Indemnification asset on legal and tax claims
Employee loans
Other1

Current
Non-current

1  The amount mainly comprises of other non-current receivables.

Other government benefits receivable

US$ million

Senegal
Morocco
Guinea
Botswana
Madagascar
Other

31 December 
2020

31 December  
2019

86
60
59
45
13
12
7
35
317
200
117
317

99
33
61
92
13
13
7
49
367
257
110
367

Credit rating

Ba3
BB+
None available
BBB+
None available

31 December 
2020

31 December  
2019

24
10
3
1
–
7
45

38
22
7
3
10
12
92

The Group is exposed to credit risk in relation to other government benefits receivables. Based on management’s review on the recoverability 
of these receivables it believes the credit risk in relation to these balances is relatively low. Other government benefits receivable are partially 
provided for and presented net of provisions for impairment of $24m (2019: $18m). For the year $103m (2019: $133m) of other government 
benefits were recognised in cost of sales for compensation of costs incurred.

17. 

INVENTORIES

US$ million

Fuel
Lubricants
Other

31 December 
2020

31 December  
2019

401
77
2
480

436
79
2
517

Cost of sales as disclosed on the face of the consolidated statements of comprehensive income include the total expense for inventory 
during the year for $5,976m (2019: $7,379m). The carrying value of inventory represents the net realisable value. Provisions for write-downs 
of inventories to the net realisable value amounted to $8m as per 31 December 2020 (2019: $7m).

158

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

159

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS18.  TRADE RECEIVABLES

Trade receivables were as follows, as at:

US$ million

Trade receivables
Less: loss allowance of trade receivables
Trade receivables – net 

31 December 
2020

31 December  
2019

 410 
(66)
344

506
(55)
451

The fair values of trade receivables approximate their carrying value as they are deemed short-term in their nature and recoverable within 
12 months. 

Movements in the loss allowance of trade receivables are as follows:

US$ million

At 1 January 
Additions1
Reversals
Utilisation
Foreign exchange differences
At 31 December

1  Additions in 2019 include an amount of $10m related to acquired assets of VEOHL.

19.  CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

US$ million

Cash
Cash equivalents:

Short-term placements
Money market funds and other cash equivalents

2020

2019

55
14
(6)
(1)
4
66

41
22
(4)
(2)
(2)
55

31 December 
2020

31 December  
2019

 479 

 36 
–
 515 

 348 

 65 
 104 
 517 

158

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

159

 OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

20.  SHARE CAPITAL AND RESERVES

Share capital consists of 1,266,941,899 ordinary shares at the nominal value of $0.50 each. At 31 December 2020, 1,266,808,716 shares have 
been issued and fully paid and entitle the holder to participate in dividends and 133,183 treasury shares. The shares held by the trust are not 
considered as treasury shares for the purposes of Listing Rules disclosure. On a show of hands, every holder of ordinary shares present at a 
meeting in person or by proxy is entitled to one vote, and upon a poll each share is entitled to one vote. Shareholders will, under general law, 
be entitled to participate in any surplus assets in a winding up of the Company in proportion to their shareholding.

Other reserves are disclosed in the consolidated statements of changes in equity. 

Ordinary shares

At 1 January
Capital contribution/shares issued
Share issuance related to share awards/Directors’ subscriptions
At 31 December

2020

2019

Number of shares

US$ million

Number of shares

US$ million

 1,266,073,050 
–
 868,849 
 1,266,941,899 

 633 
–
–
 633 

 1,201,798,866 
 63,203,653 
 1,070,531 
 1,266,073,050 

 601 
 31 
 1 
 633 

21.  EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic and diluted EPS were computed as follows:

US$ million, unless otherwise indicated

Basic earnings per share
Net income 
Attributable to owners
Weighted average number of ordinary shares (million)
Basic earnings per share (US$)

US$ million, unless otherwise indicated

Diluted earnings per share
Earnings attributable to owners
Diluted number of shares (million)
Diluted earnings per share (US$)

US$

Adjusted diluted earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share
Impact of special items
Adjusted diluted earnings per share

2020

2019

 90 
 80 
 1,266 
 0.06 

 150 
 136 
 1,255 
 0.11 

2020

2019

 80 
 1,266 
 0.06 

136
1,255
 0.11 

2020

2019

 0.06 
 –
 0.06 

 0.11 
 0.01 
 0.12 

160

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

161

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS22.  DIVIDENDS

Given the impact of COVID-19 on the business in the first half of 2020, the Board withdrew its recommendation to pay a final dividend for 
2019 and did not declare an interim dividend for the first half of 2020 in July. On 18 December 2020 the Company paid an interim dividend of 
2.65 cents per share, which is the amount that would have been paid to shareholders had the final dividend of the year ended 31 December 2019 
been paid rather than withdrawn. This interim dividend was paid out of distributable reserves and is reflected in the statement of changes 
in equity. 

The Board has recommended a final dividend of circa 3.8 cents per share, amounting to $48m, which is in respect of the full 12 months of 2020. 
Payment of this dividend is expected on 25 June 2021 to shareholders of record at close of business on 28 May 2021. The dividend will be paid 
out of distributable reserves as at 31 December 2020 and is not recognised in the statement of changes in equity.

US$ million

Interim dividend
Final dividend
Total

23.  BORROWINGS

US$ million

Notes1
VEI BV Term Loan2
VEI BV Revolving Credit Facility3
Bank borrowings

Current
Non-current

Drawn on

24/09/2020
09/06/2017
27/02/2019

Interest rate

5.125%
 Libor + 2.50%/3.00% 
 Euribor + 1.50%/1.85% 

Maturity

24/09/2027
09/06/2022

2020

 34 
48
 82 

2019

14
–
 14 

31 December 
2020

31 December 
2019

349
–
 59 
 274 
 682 
 270 
 412 
 682 

–
 308 
 63 
 229 
 600 
 306 
 294 
 600 

1  The amounts are net of financing costs. Notes amount is $350m; financing costs are $1m.
2  The amounts are net of financing costs. Loan amount was $310m in 2019; financing costs were $2m in 2019.
3  The amount includes financing costs of circa $1m (2019: $1m).

Current borrowings consist of bank borrowings which carry interest rates between 1.5% and 18% per annum. Included in bank borrowings 
is an amount of $50m (2019: $17m) relating to trade financing.

The fair value of the notes is approximately $374m based on quoted market prices at the end of the reporting period. The carrying amounts 
of other Group’s non-current and current borrowings approximate the fair value.

The VEI BV Term Loan facility was entered into on 9 June 2017. Interest was paid quarterly at a rate of Libor +2.5% per annum. The incremental 
facility was drawn down on 18 December 2017 and carried an interest of Libor +2.5% for the amortised portion and Libor +3.0% for the bullet 
portion. The facility was refinanced in September 2020 when the Group issued $350m notes with a coupon rate of 5.125% paid semi-annually 
and maturing in seven years. The notes are fully redeemed at maturity.

In May 2018, the Company established a multi-currency revolving credit facility of $300m. The multi-currency revolving credit facility was initially 
utilised, in February 2019, with a drawdown of $64m, to fund the acquisition of VEOHL. Majority of the RCF facility matures in May 2023.

Besides the RCF, the Group has various unsecured short-term bank facilities extended to operating entities for working capital purposes. 
The undrawn, unsecured short-term bank facilities of $1,323m include a large number of uncommitted facilities held with a number of different 
banks. Most of these facilities are subject to an annual renewal process.

160

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

161

 OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

23.  BORROWINGS CONTINUED

The tables below provide an analysis of cash and non-cash movements in borrowings for the period:

US$ million

1 January

Proceeds from long-term debt1

Repayment of long-term debt2

Proceeds/repayment of bank borrowings

Foreign exchange movements

Other3

31 December

Long-term debt

Bank borrowings

371

 517 

 (492)

–

 7 

 5 

 408 

229

–

–

 26 

 8 

 11 

 274 

1  Mainly represents the issuance of fully redeemable notes to the amount of $350m on 24 September 2020 and RCF drawdowns.
2 
Includes repayments of the Term Loan and RCF.
3  Other includes financing costs and non-cash items.

US$ million

1 January

Proceeds from long-term debt

Repayment of long-term debt

Proceeds/repayment of bank borrowings

Borrowings acquired in acquisition of business1

Foreign exchange movements

Other2

31 December

1  Represents the borrowings acquired through the acquisition of VEOHL as at 1 March 2019.
2  Other changes include financing costs.

Key covenants:

The key covenants below relate to the VEI BV Revolving Credit Facility:

Long-term debt

Bank borrowings

392

 62

 (82)

–

–

 (3)

 2 

371

208

–

–

1

 27 

 (7) 

– 

229

2020

Total

600

 517 

 (492)

 26 

 15 

 16 

 682 

2019

Total

600

62 

 (82)

 1 

 27 

 (10)

 2 

 600 

 – Within 150 calendar days after the Group’s year-end its audited annual consolidated financial statements, unaudited annual non-consolidated 

financial statements and the unaudited annual Group accounts of each operating unit must be provided to the lender. Within 90 days 
after each half of each financial year, the unaudited non-consolidated financial statements, unaudited consolidated financial statements and 
unaudited Group accounts for each operating unit for the financial half-year must be provided to the lender.

 – The financial covenants are minimum interest cover of 4x and maximum debt cover of 3x. With each set of financial statements, a financial 
covenants compliance certificate has to be provided indicating the debt and interest cover. The loan carries some customary negative 
pledges such as on asset sale, securities over assets, mergers and guarantees subject in each case to some exemptions and permitted baskets. 
It also has a change of control clause triggering repayment if an entity, other than permitted ones, takes control of the Company. 

The below key covenants relate to the VEI BV Notes:

 – The financial covenants are a minimum fixed charged cover of 2x. The Notes carry customary restrictive covenants such as on asset sale, 

securities over assets, mergers and guarantees subject in each case to some exemptions and permitted baskets, and a maintenance of listing 
covenant. It also has a change of control clause giving each noteholder a put right if an entity, other than permitted ones, takes control of 
the Company.

No key covenants were breached in the last applicable period.

162

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

163

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS24.  PROVISIONS

Provisions include the following:

US$ million

Provisions
Retirement benefit obligations (note 25)

Current
Non-current

US$ million

At 1 January 
Additions
Utilisation
Releases
Foreign exchange differences
At 31 December
Current
Non-current

31 December 
2020

31 December 
2019

 85 
 35 
 120 
 16 
 104 
 120 

Compulsory stock 
obligation

Legal
provision

Other

21
–
–
 (3)
 2 
 20 
–
 20 
 20 

12
 2 
 (1)
 (2)
 (1)
 10 
 10 
–
 10 

52
 11 
 (5)
 (2)
 (1)
 55 
 6 
 49 
 55 

 85 
 31 
 116 
 14 
 102 
 116 

2020

Total

85
 13 
 (6)
 (7)
–
 85 
 16 
 69 
 85 

Compulsory stock obligation provision
The oil market regulator in Morocco introduced an industry mechanism to enable oil market operators to maintain the necessary compulsory 
stock volume requirement. This resulted in an oil fund liability, which is an amount payable to the Moroccan oil fund regulator in relation to the 
compulsory stock reserve requirement introduced in 1994. Refer to note 2.22 for further details.

Legal provision
This amount represents a provision of certain legal claims brought against the Group. The timing of any payout is uncertain as these claims are 
being disputed by the Group. The Group believes that the outcome of these claims will not give rise to a significant loss beyond the amounts 
provided against as at 31 December 2020.

Other
Other provisions include a number of costs to be paid out by the Group that have uncertainty in timing of cash values and total monetary 
value. Other provisions relate mainly to employee related provisions of $10m (2019: $8m) and provisions for uncertain tax positions for 
non-income taxes, interest and penalties of $31m (2019: $29m). Refer to note 4.2 for further details regarding uncertain tax positions.

162

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

163

 OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

25.  RETIREMENT BENEFITS

The Group operates defined benefit plans in multiple African countries, which include Cape Verde, Gabon, Ghana, Guinea, Côte d’Ivoire, 
Mauritius, Morocco, Namibia, Reunion, Rwanda, Senegal and Tunisia. The plans operated in Cape Verde, Mauritius, Morocco, Tunisia and 
Ghana combined present approximately 80% of the total liability for the Company. The valuations are carried out in line with the regulatory 
requirements in each country considering the requirements under IAS 19 ‘Employee Benefits’. The plans offered in these countries differ 
in nature and consist of medical plans, pension plans, retirement indemnities, jubilees and long service award plans. These plan benefits are 
linked to final salary and benefit payments are met as they fall due. The two exceptions to this are Gabon and Mauritius, which both operate 
a funded plan. The plan in Gabon has a funding level of approximately 90% and Mauritius approximately 68%. In Gabon plan assets are held in 
the form of insurance contracts. For Mauritius, plan assets are held in vehicles with standard investment risk, following a balanced investment 
strategy, split between equities, government bonds and asset-backed securities. The plan in Mauritius has been closed to future accrual; 
from 31 December 2014 onwards. However, the link to final salaries is being maintained for in-service employees.

US$ million

Current service cost
Accretion expense

US$ million

Defined benefit plans
Defined contribution plans
Total retirement benefit costs

US$ million

Consolidated statements of financial position obligations for:

Pension benefits
Other post-employment benefits

Total liability

The amounts recognised in the consolidated statements of financial position are determined as follows:

US$ million

Present value of funded obligations
Fair value of plan assets
Funded status of funded benefit obligations (net liability)
Present value of unfunded obligation
Unfunded status end of year (net liability)
Net defined benefit obligation

2020

2019

 1 
 2 
3 

2020

 3 
 9 
 12 

 1 
2
3 

2019

3 
 6 
 9 

31 December 
2020

31 December  
2019

 31 
 4 
 35 

 26 
 5 
 31 

31 December 
2020

31 December  
2019

 (17)
 12 
 (5)
 (26)
 (31)
 (31)

 (13)
 11 
 (2)
 (24)
 (26)
 (26)

164

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

165

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSThe movements in the defined benefit obligation for funded and unfunded post-employment defined benefits over the year are as follows:

Pension benefits

Other

Total

Pension benefits

2020

US$ million

At 1 January

Current service costs

Benefits paid

Interest costs

(Gains)/losses from change in financial assumptions
(Gains)/losses from change in demographic assumptions

Actuarial (gains)/losses 
Retirement benefit obligations recognised on acquisition

Foreign exchange differences
At 31 December

37

 1 

 (4)

 2 

 4 
 1 

 1 
–

 1 
 43 

5

–

–

–

–
–

 (1)
–

–
 4 

The movements in the fair value of plan assets over the year are as follows:

US$ million

At 1 January
Interest income
Employer contributions
Benefits paid
Foreign exchange differences
At 31 December

Pension benefits

11
–
 3 
 (2)
–
 12 

42

 1 

 (4)

 2 

 4 
 1 

–
–

 1 
 47 

2020

Total

11
–
 3 
 (2)
–
 12 

 37 

 1 

 (3)

 2 

 1 
–

– 
– 

 (1)
 37 

Pension benefits

 12 
 1 
 2 
 (3)
 (1)
 11 

Other

 4 

–

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 
 2 

 (1)
 5 

2019

Total

 41 

 1 

 (3)

2 

 1 
– 

– 
 2 

 (2)
 42 

2019

Total

 12 
 1 
 2 
 (3)
 (1)
 11 

The plan assets shown above are invested in equities $6m (2019: $5m), government bonds $4m (2019: $3m), corporate bonds $2m (2019: $3m), 
insurance contracts $0.4m (2019: Nil) and cash and cash equivalents $0.03m (2019: $0.1m).

The sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to changes in weighted principal assumptions is:

Rate of increase in pensionable remuneration
Rate of increase in pensions in payment
Rate of increase in healthcare costs
Discount rate for pension plans
Discount rate for healthcare plans
Expected age at death for persons aged 60:

Men
Women

31 December 2020

31 December 2019

Range of assumptions

Increase/(decrease)

Assumptions used

Effect of using alternative assumptions

3.71%
2.41%
16.20%
4.38%
21.13%

79.86
83.61

4.34%
2.26%
9.72%
5.84%
13.81%

 79.74 
 83.65 

0.50% – (0.50%)
0.50% – (0.50%)
0.50% – (0.50%)
0.50% – (0.50%)
0.50% – (0.50%)

2.72% – (2.55%)
1.20% – (1.11%)
4.07% – (3.77%)
(5.56)% – 5.99%
(5.01)% – 5.50%

164

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

165

 OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

25.  RETIREMENT BENEFITS CONTINUED

The principal actuarial assumptions were as follows:

Discount rate
Inflation rate
Future salary increases
Future pension increases

Tunisia

Senegal

9.75%
4.50%
6.00%
n/a

8.00%
1.75%
3.00%
n/a

Cape 
Verde Mauritius Morocco

Côte 
d’Ivoire

Guinea

Namibia

Ghana

Gabon

Reunion

Rwanda

2020

4.00%
2.00%
2.00%
1.00%

2.75%
0.50%
0.50%
3.00%

2.50%
2.00%
6.00%
n/a

6.00% 13.50% 15.60% 23.00%
10.10% 12.00%
n/a
n/a

n/a
8.00%
n/a

n/a
3.00%
n/a

n/a
n/a

5.50%
2.75%
3.00%
n/a

1.00% 11.25%
4.75%
1.80%
7.50%
2.58%
n/a
n/a

Discount rate
Inflation rate
Future salary increases
Future pension increases

Tunisia

9.25%
4.50%
6.00%
n/a

Senegal

Cape Verde

Mauritius

Morocco

Côte d’Ivoire

10.00%
1.50%
3.00%
n/a

4.00%
2.00%
2.00%
1.00%

5.25%
2.80%
2.80%
3.00%

3.25%
n/a
6.00%
n/a

6.00%
n/a
3.00%
n/a

Guinea

13.50%
n/a
10.00%
n/a

Namibia

11.30%
7.40%
n/a
n/a

2019

Ghana

15.00%
10.00%
n/a
n/a

Assumptions regarding future mortality experience are set based on actuarial advice in accordance with published statistics and experience 
in each territory.

The weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligation is 11.98 years. 

Expected contributions to post-employment benefit plans for the year ending 31 December 2021 are $2m.

26.  OTHER LIABILITIES

US$ million

Oil fund liabilities (note 2.22)
Other tax payable1
Deposits owed to customers
Employee liabilities²
Deferred income
Other

Current
Non-current

1  Other tax payable mainly relates to VAT, withholding taxes and employee taxes.
2  Employee liabilities mainly relate to employee bonuses.

31 December 
2020

31 December
2019

110
75
72
44
14
21
336
171
165
336

96
91
63
51
11
26
338
178
160
338

166

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

167

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS27.  LEASES

The Group has leases for motor vehicles, corporate offices, land, buildings and equipment. Leases have remaining lease terms of one year to 
99 years, some of which may include options to extend the leases for at least five years and some of which may include options to terminate 
the leases within one year. 

The consolidated statement of financial position shows the following amounts relating to leases:

US$ million

Right-of-use assets, 1 January 2019
Depreciation of right-of-use assets
Leases effective in 2019
Right-of-use assets, 31 December 2019
Depreciation of right-of-use assets
Leases effective in 2020
Right-of-use assets, 31 December 2020

US$ million

Current lease liabilities
Non-current lease liabilities

The consolidated statement of comprehensive income shows the following amounts relating to leases:

US$ million

Interest expense (included in finance cost)
Depreciation of right-of-use assets
Expenses relating to short-term leases, low-value leases and variable leases not included in the lease liabilities

Land and buildings

Motor vehicles

130
(17)
 47 
160
(22)
 43 
181

18
(4)
2
16
(3)
7
20

Total

148
(21)
49
176
(25)
50
 201 

31 December 
2020

31 December
2019

 24 
 119 
 143 

2020

(12)
(25)
(7)

 21 
 104 
 125 

2019

(11)
(21)
(6)

Depreciation charge of $25m (2019: $21m) is included in: cost of sales for $4m (2019: $3m), in selling and marketing costs for $18m (2019: $16m) 
and in general and administrative costs $3m (2019: $2m).

The consolidated statement of cash flows shows the following amounts relating to leases:

US$ million

Cash flows from financing activities
Principal elements of lease payments
Interest paid

Other information related to leases was as follows:

Weighted average remaining lease term (years)
Weighted average discount rate

2020

2019

(31)
(10)
(41)

2020

 10 
11%

(27)
(9)
(36)

2019

11
12%

The Group recognised rental income of $34m (2019: $43m) as revenue in the statement of comprehensive income.

166

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

167

 OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

28.  NET CHANGE IN OPERATING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES AND OTHER ADJUSTMENTS

US$ million

Trade payables
Trade receivables
Inventories
Other liabilities
Other assets
Provisions
Other

2020

 (203)
 114 
 40 
 (17)
 39 
 1 
 74 
 48 

2019

105
50
(25)
6
6
(5)
39
176

29.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Commitments
The Group has purchase obligations for capital and operational expenditure, under various agreements, made in the normal course of business. 
The purchase obligations are as follows, as at:

US$ million

Purchase obligations

31 December 
2020

31 December  
2019

22

 13 

Contingent liabilities and legal proceedings
The Group may from time to time be involved in a number of legal proceedings. The Directors prepare a best estimate of its contingent liabilities 
that should be recognised or disclosed in respect of legal claims in the course of ordinary business. Furthermore, in many markets there is a 
high degree of complexity involved in the local tax and other regulatory regimes. The Group is required to exercise judgement in the assessment 
of any potential exposures in these areas.

As previously announced, the Group’s subsidiary in Morocco received a report in January 2020 from the investigators in charge of the Conseil 
de la Concurrence’s (CdC) ongoing review of the competitive dynamics of the Moroccan fuel retailing industry. Vivo Energy Morocco has 
provided submissions to the CdC at their request. The report and these submissions were discussed at a private hearing of the CdC held on 
21 and 22 July 2020 in Morocco. After the hearing, the Royal Cabinet intervened and formed an independent commission to review the CdC 
investigation. This followed the receipt of allegations regarding the CdC process and conduct. It is understood that the CdC was recommending 
a fine of 8% of annual Moroccan turnover against the industry before the formation of the independent commission. We await the outcome 
of that investigation. Management believes that Vivo Energy Morocco has at all times conducted its operations in accordance with applicable 
competition laws, rules and regulations.

In the ordinary course of business, the Group is subject to a number of contingencies arising from litigation and claims brought by governmental, 
including tax authorities, and private parties. The operations and earnings of the Group continues, from time to time, to be affected to varying 
degrees by political, legislative, fiscal and regulatory developments, including those relating to the protection of the environment and indigenous 
groups in the countries in which they operate. The industries in which the Group is engaged are also subject to physical risks of various types. 
There remains a high degree of uncertainty around these contingencies, as well as their potential effect on future operations, earnings, cash flows 
and the Group’s financial condition.

The Group does not believe and is not currently aware of any other litigations, claims, legal proceedings or other contingent liabilities that should 
be disclosed.

30.  SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS

The Group operates share-based payment plans for certain Executive Directors, Senior Managers and other senior employees. 
Information on these plans is included in the Remuneration Report on page 94.

Management Equity Plan
In 2013, Vivo Energy Holding B.V. awarded to eligible employees either (1) Management equity plan (MEP) phantom options which entitled 
option holders to a cash payment based on the value of Vivo Energy Holding shares upon exercise of their MEP phantom options or 
(2) the opportunity to acquire restricted shares in combination with a linked option right to acquire ordinary shares in Vivo Energy.

Under the terms of the phantom options, all outstanding phantom options would become fully exercisable upon the share admission in 
May 2018. The option holders subsequently agreed to amend the terms of their outstanding phantom options such that 30% of the outstanding 
phantom options were deemed to be exercised at share admission and 70% became exercisable on the first anniversary of the share admission 
being 4 May 2019, for a period of 24 months. Under the amended terms, the option holders’ entitlement to the cash payment is based on the 
market value of the shares at the time of exercise net of a nominal exercise price per share. 

The MEP related liability as at 31 December 2020 amounted to $4m (2019: $15m).

168

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

169

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSIPO Share Award Plan
In May 2018, Vivo Energy plc granted certain Executive Directors and Senior Managers one-off share awards (‘IPO Share Awards’) under the 
2018 IPO Share Award Plan. The IPO Share Awards vest, subject to continued service and performance conditions relating to consolidated gross 
cash profit growth and adjusted net income growth being met, in three equal tranches on the first, second and third anniversary of admission.

Long-Term Incentive Plan
Vivo Energy plc adopted the Vivo Energy 2018 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the ‘LTIP 2018’) in May 2018, the Vivo Energy 2019 Long-Term Incentive 
Plan (the ‘LTIP 2019’) in March 2019 and the Vivo Energy 2020 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the ‘LTIP 2020’) in March 2020. The LTIP 2018, 
LTIP 2019 and LTIP 2020 provide for grants of awards over the shares of the Company in the form of share awards subject to continued 
employment and the performance conditions relating to earnings per share, return on average capital employed and total shareholder returns 
over a three-year period. Executive Directors and Senior Management of the Group are eligible for grants under the LTIP 2018, LTIP 2019 
and LTIP 2020.

The table below shows the share-based payment expense/(income) recognised in the statements of comprehensive income:

US$ million

Cash-settled share-based payments
Management Equity Plan
Equity-settled share-based payments
IPO Share Award Plan
Long-Term Incentive Plans 2018, 2019 & 2020

2020

2019

 (3)

 1 
 2 
–

 (2)

–
1 
 (1)

MEP

Movements in the number of shares and share options outstanding, and their related weighted average exercise prices, are as follows:

 LTIP

IPO

In million

LTIP 2018

LTIP 2019 

LTIP 2020

Outstanding at 1 January 2020
Granted/Lapsed
Vested/Exercised
Outstanding at 31 December 2020
Exercisable at 31 December 2020

Outstanding at 1 January 2019
Granted/Lapsed
Vested/Exercised
Outstanding at 31 December 2019
Exercisable at 31 December 2019

 3 
–
–
 3 
–

4 
 (1)
– 
 3 
– 

 5 
 (1)
–
 4 
–

–
 5 
– 
 5 
– 

–
5 
–
 5 
–

–
–
–
–
–

The inputs of the valuation model for options granted during the year are as follows:

IPO  
Share Awards

Average exercise 
price per phantom 
option
US$

Phantom
Options

 2 
–
 (1)
 1 
–

 4 
 (1)
(1)
 2 
– 

 0.05 
–
–
 0.05 
 n/a 

 0.05 
– 
– 
 0.05 
n/a

 7 
–
 (4)
 3 
 3 

 11 
– 
 (4)
 7 
 7 

US$

LTIP 2018

LTIP 2019

LTIP 2020

Share price at grant date
Share price at valuation date
Option exercise price
Expected dividends as a dividend yield (%)

 2.24 
–
–
0%

 1.65 
–
–
0%

 1.22 
–
–
0%

2020

MEP 
phantom 
options

–
 1.16 
0.05
0%

IPO Share 
Awards

 2.33 
–
–
0%

LTIP 2018

LTIP 2019

IPO Share 
Awards

2.24
–
–
0%

1.65
–
–
0%

2.33
–
–
0%

2019

MEP 
phantom 
options

–
1.67
0.05
0%

168

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

169

 OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

31.  RELATED PARTIES

Sales and purchases

US$ million

2020

Sales of products and services and other income
Purchase of products and services and other expenses

2019
Sales of products and services and other income
Purchase of products and services and other expenses

The following table presents the Company’s outstanding balances with related parties:

US$ million

31 December 2020
Receivables from related parties
Payables to related parties

31 December 2019
Receivables from related parties
Payables to related parties

Joint ventures 
and associates

Shareholders

Total

 29 
 269 

 15 
284

 37 
 837 

 66 
 1,106 

 130 
1,312

 145 
1,596

Joint ventures 
and associates

Shareholders

Total

 53 
(51)
2

 11 
(58)
(47)

 2 
(160)
(158)

 8 
(339)
(331)

 55 
(211)
(156)

 19 
(397)
(378)

The receivables from related parties arise from sale transactions and loans to joint ventures. Receivables are due two months after the date 
of sales, are unsecured in nature and bear no interest. Loans to joint ventures are interest bearing and secured by the entire issued share capital 
of the joint venture. No provisions are held against receivables from related parties. 

The payables to related parties arise mainly from purchase transactions at arm’s length, including a supplier agreement with Vitol Supply, 
and are typically due two months after the date of purchase. These payables bear no interest.

Key management compensation
Key management is considered to be the Directors (Executive and Non-Executive) and Senior Management.

US$’000 

Salaries and other short-term employee benefits1 
Share-based benefits2
Service fees
Post-employment benefits 

1 
2 

Includes termination benefits in 2020 of $68,141.
Share-based benefits include LTIP and IPO Share Awards.

2020

7,339
 3,087 
 731 
 622 
11,779

2019

8,933 
2,572
734 
505 
12,744 

170

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

171

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSDirectors’ compensation
Directors’ compensations are disclosed from the date of appointment.

US$’000 

Salaries and other short-term employee benefits
Share-based benefits1
Service fees
Post-employment benefits 

1 

Share-based benefits include LTIP and IPO Share Awards.

2020

 2,164 
 2,202 
 731 
 165 
5,262

2019

3,277
3,090
734 
164 
7,265

In the year ended 31 December 2020, Directors exercised the IPO Share Awards. The aggregate gross pre-tax gain made on the exercise 
of the options was $1m (2019: $1m).

32.  EVENTS AFTER BALANCE SHEET PERIOD 

There have been no material subsequent events after the reporting period, up to and including the date that the financial statements 
were authorised for issue, that would have required disclosure or adjustment of the Consolidated financial statements or the Company 
financial statements.

170

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

171

 OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTCOMPANY STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

US$ million

Fixed assets
Investments 

Current assets
Debtors
Cash and cash equivalents 

Creditors falling due within one year
Current assets less current liabilities
Total assets less current liabilities
Net assets
Capital and reserves
Called up share capital
Share premium
Other reserves
Equity-settled incentive schemes
Retained earnings1
Total equity

Notes

31 December 
2020

31 December  
2019

5

6
7

8

9

10

1,913
1,913

5
6
11
(5)
6
1,919
1,919

633
4
1,210
7
65
1,919

1,913
1,913

11
1
12
(48)
(36)
1,877
1,877

633
4
1,244
6
(10)
1,877

1  Profit for the financial year ended 31 December 2020 was $74m (2019: Loss of $18m).

The notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

The consolidated financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 2 March 2021 and were signed 
on its behalf by:

CHRISTIAN CHAMMAS  
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER  

JOHAN DEPRAETERE
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

172

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

173

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCOMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

US$ million

At 1 January 2020
Share issuance related to share awards
Equity-settled incentive scheme
Profit for the period
Dividends 
As at 31 December 2020

US$ million

At 1 January 2019
Share issuance related to acquisition
Share issuance related to share awards
Equity-settled incentive scheme
Loss for the period
Dividends 
As at 31 December 2019

Called up 
share capital

Share 
premium

633
–
–
–
–
633

4
–
–
–
–
4

Called up 
share capital

Share 
premium

 601 
31
1
–
–
–
633

 3 
–
1
–
–
–
4

Other 
reserve1

1,244
–
–
–
(34)
1,210

Other 
reserve1

 1,192 
82
–
–
–
(30)
1,244

Equity-settled 
incentive 
schemes

Retained 
earnings

6
 (1)
2
–
–
7

(10)
 1 
–
74
–
65

Equity-settled 
incentive 
schemes

Retained 
earnings

 4 
–
 (2)
4
–
–
6

 8 
–
–
–
(18)
–
(10)

Total

1,877
–
 2 
74
(34)
1,919

Total

 1,808 
 113
–
4
(18)
(30)
1,877

1 

Included in reserves is a merger reserve ($82m) relating to the premium on shares issued as part of the consideration of the acquisition of Vivo Energy Overseas Holdings Limited (VEOHL), 
formerly known as Engen International Holdings (Mauritius) Limited in March 2019.

172

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

173

OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTNOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.  GENERAL INFORMATION

2.2 Foreign currency translation

Vivo Energy plc (‘Vivo Energy’ or the ‘Company’) was incorporated as 
a private limited company in the United Kingdom on 12 March 2018 and 
re-registered as a public limited company on 9 April 2018. Vivo Energy 
plc was incorporated in conjunction with the pre-IPO reorganisation 
of the Group. On 10 May 2018 the Company listed on the London 
Stock Exchange Main Market for listed securities and the Main Board 
of the securities exchange operated by the Johannesburg Stock 
Exchange by way of secondary inward listing. The Company operates 
as the holding company of a group which distributes and sells fuel, 
liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) and lubricants to Retail and Commercial 
consumers under the Shell and Engen brands. The Group sells Aviation 
fuels, using the Vitol Aviation brand, as well as unbranded marine fuels. 
In addition, the Group generates revenue under convenience retail 
and quick service restaurants by leveraging on its retail network.

The Company is registered in England and Wales and is limited by 
shares (Registration number 11250655) under the Companies Act 
2006. The address of the registered office is 5th floor, The Peak, 
5 Wilton Road, London, SWIV IAN, United Kingdom. 

The Company’s ownership structure is 24.16% owned by HIP 
Oils Mauritius Limited; 27.37% owned by Vitol Africa B.V.; 8.73% 
owned by VIP Africa II B.V.; 3.07% owned by Helios Holdings 
Limited. The remaining percentage is owned by a number of private 
shareholders and companies, none of whom own more than 20% of 
the issued share capital of the Company.

2. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these 
consolidated financial statements are set out below. These policies 
have been applied consistently over the years. 

2.1 Basis of preparation
The Company financial statements, for the years ended 31 December, 
have been prepared on a going concern basis, under the historical cost 
accounting rules, in accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 102 
(‘FRS 102’) and those parts of the UK Companies Act 2006 applicable 
to companies reporting under FRS 102.

The following disclosure exemptions available under FRS 102 have 
been applied:

Section 7 Statement of cash flow and section 3 Financial statement 
presentation paragraph 3.17(d)

Section 26 Share-based payment paragraph 26.18(b), 26.19, 26.21, 26.23

As permitted by section 408(3) of the Companies Act 2006, the 
income statement of the Company is not presented in this Annual 
Report. The Company has not published its individual cash flow 
statement as its liquidity, solvency and financial adaptability are 
dependent on the Group rather than its own cash flows. The Group 
consolidated financial statements as presented on page 117 include 
the financial statements of the Company and all of its subsidiary 
undertakings together with the Group’s share of the results of 
associates made up to 31 December 2020.

Functional and presentation currency
Items included in the financial statements of the Company are 
measured using the currency of the primary economic environment 
in which the entity operates (the ‘functional currency’). The financial 
statements are presented in United States dollars (‘US dollars’), 
which is also considered to be the Company’s functional and 
presentation currency.

Transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional 
currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the 
transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from 
the settlement of such transactions and from the translation 
at period-end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in profit or loss. 
Monetary assets and liabilities expressed in foreign currencies 
at the end of the reporting period are translated into US dollars 
at the market rate ruling at the end of the reporting period.

2.3 Income tax
The income tax expense for the period comprises current and 
deferred tax. Income tax is recognised in the statements of 
comprehensive income, except to the extent that it relates to items 
recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. In this 
case, the income tax is also recognised in other comprehensive income 
or directly in equity, respectively.

The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax 
laws enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date in the 
country where the Company operates and generates a taxable 
income. The Company periodically evaluates positions taken in tax 
returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is 
subject to interpretation. It establishes provisions where appropriate 
on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

Deferred income tax is recognised, using the liability method, on timing 
differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and 
their carrying amounts in the financial statements. However, deferred 
tax liabilities are not recognised if they arise from the initial recognition 
of goodwill. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and 
laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting 
date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax 
asset is realised or the deferred income tax liability is settled.

Deferred tax is recognised on all timing differences at the reporting 
date. Unrelieved tax losses and other deferred tax assets are only 
recognised when it is probable that they will be recovered against 
the reversal of deferred tax liabilities or other future taxable profits.

Deferred income tax is provided on timing differences arising on 
investments in subsidiaries and associates, except for deferred income 
tax liability where the timing of the reversal of the timing difference is 
controlled by the Company and it is probable that the timing difference 
will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a 
legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current 
tax liabilities and when the deferred income taxes assets and liabilities 
relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either 
the same taxable entity or different taxable entities where there is an 
intention to settle the balances on a net basis.

174

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

175

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS2.4 Financial instruments
The Company has adopted to apply the requirements of IFRS 9 
in preparations of the financial statements. Financial instruments 
are initially recognised when the Company becomes a party to the 
contractual provisions of the instrument. Trade receivables are initially 
recognised when they are originated. Financial assets are derecognised 
when substantial risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset 
have been transferred. In cases where substantial risks and rewards 
of ownership of the financial assets are neither transferred nor 
retained, financial assets are derecognised only when the Company 
has not retained control over the financial asset. Financial liabilities are 
derecognised when its contractual obligations are discharged, cancelled 
or expired, and when its terms are modified and the cash flows 
are substantially different. Subsequent to initial recognition financial 
instruments are measured as described below.

Financial instruments measured at amortised cost
Except for debt instruments that are designated at fair value through 
profit or loss (FVTPL) on initial recognition, financial instruments that 
meet the following criteria are measured at amortised cost using the 
effective interest method. 
 – They are held within a business model whose objective is to hold 

assets in order to collect contractual cash flows; and

 – The contractual terms of the instrument give rise on specified dates 
to cash flows that are solely payment of principal and interest on 
the principal amount outstanding.

The amortised cost is reduced by impairment losses. Finance income 
or expense, foreign exchange gains and losses and impairments 
are recognised in profit and loss. The following financial assets 
and liabilities are classified as measured at amortised cost:

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash at bank. Cash equivalents 
are short-term, highly liquid investments that are readily convertible 
to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant 
risk of change in value.

Other financial liabilities
Financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value, net of transaction 
cost and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using 
the effective interest method, with interest expense recognised 
on an effective yield basis except for short-term payables when 
the recognition of interest would be immaterial.

2.5 Investments 
Investments in subsidiary undertakings are stated at cost, less any 
provision for impairment.

2.6 Share-based payments
The Group operates a number of share-based payment plans using 
the Company’s equity instruments. The fair value of the compensation 
given in respect of these share-based payment plans is recognised 
as a capital contribution to the Company’s subsidiaries over the 
vesting period. The capital contribution is reduced by any payments 
received from subsidiaries in respect of these share-based payments. 
Details of the share-based payments, share option schemes and 
share plans are disclosed in note 30 ’Share-based payments’ to 
the consolidated financial statements.

2.7 Dividend policy
Dividends paid and received are included in the Company financial 
statements in the period in which the related dividends are actually 
paid or received or, in respect of the Company’s final dividend for 
the year, approved by shareholders.

2.8 Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. 

Where any Group company purchases the Company’s equity 
share capital (treasury shares), the consideration paid is deducted 
from equity attributable to the Company’s equity holders until the 
shares are cancelled or reissued. Where such ordinary shares are 
subsequently reissued, any consideration received is included in 
equity attributable to the Company’s equity holders.

2.9 Going concern basis
The Company operates as an investment holding company for the 
Vivo Energy Group, holding investments in Vivo Energy Holding B.V. 
As the Company is an intrinsic part of the Group’s structure, the 
Directors have a reasonable expectation that Group companies 
will continue to support the Company through trading and cash 
generated from trading for the foreseeable future. Thus, they 
continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial 
statements. For further details, refer to note 2.1 in the consolidated 
financial statements.

174

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

175

 OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTNOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

2.10 Critical accounting estimates and judgements
Certain accounting judgements and estimates are used when applying the Company’s accounting policies. These estimates and judgements 
are not considered significant and do not have a significant impact on the financial statements.

Accounting estimate
In the process of applying the Company’s accounting policies, management has made the following estimate, which has a significant effect 
on the amounts recognised in the consolidated financial statements:

Investment impairment assessment
The Group determines the recoverable amount of investment in subsidiaries where a trigger for impairment is identified. The impairment test 
compares the carrying value of the Company to its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount was determined based on a value in use 
calculation, which was based on free cash flows from the five-year strategic plan prepared for the Group. The terminal value was estimated 
based on the latest IMF GDP projections for the markets where Vivo Energy operates. The cost of capital (based upon a weighted average 
cost of capital for the Group) was used to discount the free cash flows from the approved five-year strategic plan. Based on the impairment 
test performed, the recoverable amount for the Company exceeds the carrying value and therefore there is no impairment. The value in use 
is sensitive to assumptions used in the model. As required by the value in use methodology, the assumptions for volumes and gross cash profit 
do not take into account the growth capital expenditure on new sites planned by the Group in future years and expected volumes and profits 
from those sites. Profits and associated cash flows generated by the growth assumptions for new sites was therefore excluded when calculating 
the recoverable value of Vivo Energy plc.

The following tables set out the key assumptions used in the impairment test:

Volume compounded annual growth rate on the five-year forecast numbers
Gross cash profit compounded annual growth rate on the five-year forecast numbers
Pre-tax discount rate for the sensitivities
Long-term growth rate

The methodology applied for each key assumptions used are as follows:

2020

4.4%
5.3%
10.6% 
1.6%

Assumptions

Volume growth

Gross cash profit growth

Pre-tax discount rate

Long-term growth rate

Approach used to determine values

Volume over the five-year forecast period; based on past performance and management expectations of market 
developments, adjusted to exclude volumes generated by future growth capital expenditure on new sites planned 
by the Group.
Based on past performance and management expectations of the future, adjusted to exclude margins generated 
by future new sites planned by the Group.
The Group’s pre-tax weighted average cost of capital. Sensitivity analysis was performed for changes in discount 
rate by +2.6% and -1.7%.
Based on the IMF GDP projections for the markets where Vivo Energy operates. Sensitivity analysis was 
performed for changes in long-term growth rate by -1% and +1.5%.

A sensitivity analysis was performed on the recoverable amount incorporating changes in the discount rate and long-term growth rates. 
The Group considers the pre-tax discount rate to be the most sensitive assumption. Results of the sensitivity analysis show that the investment 
in subsidiary undertakings is not impaired, with the headroom ranging between $500m and $1,000m. A 1% change in volumes or a 1% change in 
gross cash profit would not reduce the recoverable amount to below the carrying value. An indication of impairment on the investment in Vivo 
Energy plc would result if the pre-tax discount rate increased by 3.4% (from 10.6% to 14%). There are no reasonable possible changes that could 
occur to key assumptions that would reduce the recoverable amount below the carrying amount.

176

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

177

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS3. 

EMPLOYEE COSTS

US$ million

Salaries and wages
Social security costs
Share-based payments

The monthly average number of full time equivalent employees as at 31 December:

No.

Directors
Administration and support

4. 

INCOME TAX

2020

7
1
2
10

2020

6
18

The Company is subject to income tax in the United Kingdom on its net income as adjusted for tax purposes, at the rate of 19%. 
At 31 December 2020, the Company had accumulated tax losses of $2m (2019: Nil).

Deferred tax
No deferred tax asset has been recognised under the Company’s accounting policy for recognising deferred tax assets.

A reconciliation between the actual income tax expense and the theoretical amount that would arise using the applicable income tax rate 
for the Company is as follows:

Reconciliation of effective tax 

US$ million

Profit/(loss) before income tax
Tax calculated at 19%
Impact of:

Expenses not allowable for tax purpose
Dividends received not subject to tax
Prior period adjustment

Total income tax expense

5. 

INVESTMENTS

US$ million

At 1 January
Acquisition of investment 
At 31 December

2020

74
(14)

–
14
–

–

2020

1,913
–
1,913

2019

14
1
4
19

2019

6
16

2019

(18)
3

(1)
–
(2)

–

2019

1,800
113
1,913

On 1 March 2019, Vivo Energy plc made a capital contribution to Vivo Energy Holding B.V. to finance the acquisition of VEOHL, a retailer and 
marketer of Engen-branded fuels and lubricants in Africa. Refer to note 2.10 for investment impairment assessment.

6.  DEBTORS

US$ million

Related party receivable
Other receivables
Total

31 December 
2020

31 December 
2019

3
2
5

9
2
11

Receivable from related party arises from recharges of employee benefit costs. The amounts are unsecured, interest free and have no fixed date 
of repayment and are repayable on demand. Debtors are measured at amortised cost and the carrying amount is equal to the fair value for the 
period end. 

7.  CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

US$ million

Bank

31 December 
2020

31 December  
2019

6

1

177

176

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

 OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTNOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

8.  CREDITORS

US$ million

Due within one year
Trade and other payables
Related party payables
Total creditors

31 December 
2020

31 December  
2019

4
1
5

4
44
48

Payable to related parties relates to salary related expenses and other costs as well as to IPO costs in 2019. The amounts are unsecured, interest 
free, have no fixed date of repayment and are payable on demand. Creditors are measured at amortised cost and the carrying amount is equal 
to the fair value for the period end. 

9.  CALLED UP SHARE CAPITAL

Share capital consists of 1,266,941,899 ordinary shares at the nominal value of $0.50 each. For further details, refer to note 20 in the 
consolidated financial statements.

10.  OTHER RESERVES

The other reserves include the share capital reduction completed subsequent to the listing on the London and Johannesburg Stock Exchange 
Market in 2018. Also included in other reserves is a merger reserve ($82m) relating to the premium on shares issued as part of the consideration 
of the acquisition of VEOHL in March 2019.

11.  DIVIDENDS

Given the impact of COVID-19 on the business in the first half of 2020, the Board withdrew its recommendation to pay a final dividend 
for 2019 and did not declare an interim dividend for the first half of 2020 in July. On 18 December 2020 the Company paid an interim 
dividend of 2.65 cents per share, which is the amount that would have been paid to shareholders had the final dividend of the year ended 
31 December 2019 been paid rather than withdrawn. This interim dividend was paid out of distributable reserves and is reflected in the 
statement of changes in equity. 

The Board has recommended a final dividend of circa 3.8 cents per share, amounting to $48m, which is in respect of the full 12 months of 2020. 
Payment of this dividend is expected on 25 June 2021 to shareholders of record at close of business on 28 May 2021. The dividend will be paid 
out of distributable reserves as at 31 December 2020 and is not recognised in the statement of changes in equity.

US$ million

Interim dividend
Final dividend
Total dividend

12.  RELATED PARTIES

2020

34
48
82

2019

14
–
14

The Company discloses transactions with related parties which are not wholly owned with the same Group. It does not disclose transactions 
with members of the same Group that are wholly owned. All transactions during the period under review have been with members of the 
same Group that are wholly owned.

13.  EVENTS AFTER BALANCE SHEET PERIOD

For the events after balance sheet period refer to note 32 in the consolidated financial statements.

14.  OTHER MATTERS

The auditors’ remuneration for the current year in respect of audit and audit-related services was $0.3m. Auditors’ remuneration relating 
to other non-audit services has been disclosed in the consolidated financial statements, refer to note 7. The consolidated accounts have been 
completed in accordance with requirements SI 2008/489.

The Directors are remunerated by the Company for their services to the Group as a whole. No remuneration was paid to them specifically in 
respect of their services to Vivo Energy plc for either year. Full details of the Directors’ remuneration are disclosed in ‘Directors’ compensation’ 
in note 31.

178

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

179

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS15.  COMPANY UNDERTAKINGS

A list of all subsidiaries, indirectly held by Vivo Energy plc, except for Vivo Energy Holding B.V. which is 100% owned directly by Vivo Energy plc, 
in the Group as at 31 December 2020 is as follows:

Subsidiary

Incorporation

Class of share

Registered address

Shareholding

Vivo Energy Marketing Tanzania Limited

Bahamas

Ordinary shares

Vivo Energy Botswana Pty Ltd. 

Botswana

Ordinary shares

Vivo Energy Burkina S.A.

Burkina Faso

Ordinary shares

Plateau Africa Holdings Ltd.
Vivo Energy Cabo Verde S.A.

Canada
Cape Verde

Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares

Sociedade Comercial de Navegacão 
Concha Verde S.A.

Cape Verde

Ordinary shares

Vivo Energy Côte d’Ivoire S.A.

Côte d’Ivoire

Ordinary shares

Vivo Energy Gabon S.A.

Gabon

Ordinary shares

Vivo Energy Ghana Ltd.

Ghana

Ordinary shares

Vivo Energy de Guinée S.A.

Guinea

Ordinary shares

Vivo Energy Guinée Mining SARL

Guinea

Ordinary shares

Vivo Energy Kenya Ltd.

Vivo Energy Malindi Ltd.

Vivo Energy East Africa Ltd.

Vivo Energy Provident Trust Ltd.

Vivo Marketing Kenya Ltd.

Vivo Oil Tanking Kenya Ltd.

Kenya

Kenya

Kenya

Kenya

Kenya

Kenya

Ordinary shares

Ordinary shares

Ordinary shares

Ordinary shares

Ordinary shares

Ordinary shares

Vivo Energy Liberia Ltd.

Liberia

Ordinary shares

Société Malgache des Pétroles  
Vivo Energy S.A.
Vivo Energy Limited

Madagascar

Ordinary shares

Malawi

Ordinary shares

Vivo Energy Mali S.A.

Vivo Solar Mali

Mali

Mali

Ordinary shares

Ordinary shares

Vivo Energy Senegal Holdings Ltd.

Mauritius

Ordinary shares

Vivo Energy Tunisia Holdings Ltd.

Mauritius

Ordinary shares

Vivo Energy Madagascar Holdings Ltd.

Mauritius

Ordinary shares

Vivo Energy Africa Holdings Ltd.

Mauritius

Ordinary shares

Vivo Energy Mauritius Ltd.
Vivo Energy Overseas Holdings Ltd.

Mauritius
Mauritius

Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares

H&J Corporate services, Ocean Centre, Montague Foreshore, 
East Bay Street, P.O. Box SS-19084, Nassau, Bahamas
Plot 54349 Field Precinct, Office Block B, Central Business 
District, Gaborone, Botswana
Rond Point des Nations Unies, Ouagadougou Secteur 4 
Section II Lot EX-TF 432 Parcelle III, Burkina Faso
199 Bay Street, Suite No.4000, Toronto ON M5L 1A9, Canada
Avenida Amilcar Cabral, C.P 4, Mindelo, São Vicente,  
Cabo Verde

Avenida Amilcar Cabral, C.P 4, Mindelo, São Vicente,  
Cabo Verde

Rue des pétroliers, Zone Industrielle de Vridi,  
15 BP 378 Abidjan, Côte d’Ivoire
234, BD Bessieux, Face au Lycee Immaculee Conception,  
BP 224, Libreville, Gabon
Rangoon Lane, Contonments City, Digital Address:  
GL-045-46-56, P.O. Box 1097, Accra, Ghana
Aeroport Gbessia, Commune de Matoto, BP 312,  
Conakry, Guinea
Aeroport Gbessia, Commune de Matoto, BP 312,  
Conakry, Guinea
Vienna Court, East Wing, State House Road, P.O. Box 43561-
00100, Nairobi, Kenya

Vienna Court, East Wing, State House Road, P.O. Box 43561-
00100, Nairobi, Kenya
Vienna Court, East Wing, State House Road, P.O. Box 43561-
00100, Nairobi, Kenya
Vienna Court, East Wing, State House Road, P.O. Box 43561-
00100, Nairobi, Kenya
Vienna Court, East Wing, State House Road, P.O. Box 43561-
00100, Nairobi, Kenya
Vienna Court, East Wing, State House Road, P.O. Box 43561-
00100, Nairobi, Kenya
c/o Law Offices of Yonah, Obey & Associates,  
152 Cary Street, P.O. Box 3147, Monrovia Liberia
Bâtiment B4 Golden Business Center – Lot II i A bis Morarano 
Alarobia-101, Antananarivo-Madagascar
Mission Road, Bulk Oil Sites, Makata Industrial Area,  
Blantayre, Malawi
Hippodrome, Route de Koulikoro BP 199,  
Immeuble N°3293 – Bamako, Mali
Dépot Vivo Energy Mali, Niaréla Sans fil, Zone Industrielle, BP 
199 Bamako, Mali
Level 3, Alexander House, 35 Cybercity,  
Ebene 72201, Mauritius
Level 3, Alexander House, 35 Cybercity,  
Ebene 72201, Mauritius
Level 3, Alexander House, 35 Cybercity,  
Ebene 72201, Mauritius
Level 3, Alexander House, 35 Cybercity,  
Ebene 72201, Mauritius
Cemetery Road, Roche Bois, Port Louis, Mauritius
C/O IQ EQ Corporate Services (Mauritius) Ltd,  
33, Edith Cavell Street, Port Louis, 11324, Mauritius

100%

100%

58.79%

100%
100%

100%

66.67%

60%

74.34%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

72%

100%

77.05%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

75%
100%

178

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

179

 OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTNOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

15.  COMPANY UNDERTAKINGS CONTINUED

Subsidiary

Incorporation

Class of share

Registered address

Shareholding

Vivo Energy Maroc S.A.

Morocco

Ordinary shares

Vivo Energy Africa Services Sarl.

Morocco

Ordinary shares

Terminal Energetique Jorf

Morocco

Ordinary shares

Terminal D’hydrocarbures Jorf

Morocco

Ordinary shares

Terminal Energetique Agadir
Tidsi Gaz
VE Mozambique Trading Lda
Vivo Energy Mocambique Lda

Morocco
Morocco
Mozambique
Mozambique

Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares

Vivo Energy Holding B.V.

Netherlands

Ordinary shares

Netherlands
Vivo Energy Investments B.V.
Netherlands
Vivo Energy Cape Verde Holdings B.V.
Netherlands
Vivo Energy Morocco Holdings B.V.
Netherlands
Vivo Energy Mauritius Holdings B.V.
Netherlands
Vivo Energy Mali Holdings B.V.
Netherlands
Vivo Energy Newco Holdings B.V.
Netherlands
Vivo Energy Ghana Holdings B.V.
Netherlands
Vivo Energy Kenya Holdings B.V.
Netherlands
Vivo Energy Uganda Holdings B.V.
Netherlands
Vivo Energy Guinea Holdings B.V.
Vivo Energy Côte d’Ivoire Holdings B.V. Netherlands
Netherlands
Vivo Energy Burkina Faso Holdings B.V.
Netherlands
Vivo Energy Supply B.V.
Nigeria
Vivo Energy Sales and Marketing Ltd. 

Vivo Energy Reunion S.A.
Vivo Energy Rwanda Ltd.
Kabuye Depot Holding Company  
Rwanda Ltd.

Reunion
Rwanda
Rwanda

Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares

Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares

Immeuble Le Zenith II, Lotissement Attaoufik,  
Route de Nouaceur, Sidi Maarouf Casablanca, 20190 Maroc
Casablanca Nearshore Park Shore 14 – 2ème étage Plateau 201, 
1100 Bd Al Qods – Quartier Sidi Maârouf, 20270,  
Casablanca, Morocco
Immeuble Zenith II, Lotissement Attaoufik,  
Route de Nouaceur, Sidi Maarouf, Casablanca

Immeuble Zenith II, Lotissement Attaoufik,  
Route de Nouaceur, Sidi Maarouf, Casablanca
Zone Industrielle d’Anza (côté mer), Agadir
Zone Industrielle d’Anza (côté mer), Agadir
EN4, Tchumene II, Talhao 19, Parcela 3380, Matola, Mozambique
Rua dos Desportistas, no.480, Edifício Maputo Business Tower, 
110 Andar, Fraccao A, Maputo, Mozambique
Teleportboulevard 110, 1043 EJ Amsterdam, The Netherlands

Teleportboulevard 110, 1043 EJ Amsterdam, The Netherlands
Teleportboulevard 110, 1043 EJ Amsterdam, The Netherlands
Teleportboulevard 110, 1043 EJ Amsterdam, The Netherlands
Teleportboulevard 110, 1043 EJ Amsterdam, The Netherlands
Teleportboulevard 110, 1043 EJ Amsterdam, The Netherlands
Teleportboulevard 110, 1043 EJ Amsterdam, The Netherlands
Teleportboulevard 110, 1043 EJ Amsterdam, The Netherlands
Teleportboulevard 110, 1043 EJ Amsterdam, The Netherlands
Teleportboulevard 110, 1043 EJ Amsterdam, The Netherlands
Teleportboulevard 110, 1043 EJ Amsterdam, The Netherlands
Teleportboulevard 110, 1043 EJ Amsterdam, The Netherlands
Teleportboulevard 110, 1043 EJ Amsterdam, The Netherlands
Teleportboulevard 110, 1043 EJ Amsterdam, The Netherlands
1, Murtala Mohammed Drive, Ikoyi, Lagos, Nigeria

1 Rue Sully Prud’Homme, ZI N°2, Le Port, 97823, Reunion
Kacyiru, Gasabo, Umujyi wa Kigali, Rwanda
Kacyiru, Gasabo, Umujyi wa Kigali, Rwanda

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%
100%
100%
100%

100%

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

100%
100%
100%

180

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

181

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSSubsidiary

Incorporation

Class of share

Registered address

Vivo Energy Senegal S.A.

Senegal

Ordinary shares

Vivo Energy Sierra Leone Ltd.

Sierra Leone

Ordinary shares

Vivo Energy South Africa (Pty) Ltd. 

South Africa

Ordinary shares

Vivo Energy Tanzania Limited

Tanzania

Ordinary shares

Société Vivo Energy Tunisie S.A.
Société Butagaz Tunisie S.A.
Société Sudgaz S.A.
Société D’Exploitation et de Gestion  
des Points de Vente S.A.1
Vivo Energy Uganda Ltd.
Vivo Energy Malindi Uganda Ltd. 
Vivo Energy Uganda Provident Trust.
Vivo Energy Namibia Ltd.

Tunisia
Tunisia
Tunisia
Tunisia

Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares

Ordinary shares
Uganda
Ordinary shares
Uganda
Uganda
Ordinary shares
United Kingdom  Ordinary shares

Vivo Energy UK Services Ltd.

United Kingdom Ordinary shares

Engen Petroleum Zambia Ltd.
VE Zambia Legacy Ltd.

Zambia
Zambia

Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares

Engen Marketing Ltd.
Vivo Energy Zimbabwe (Private) Ltd.

Zambia
Zimbabwe

Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares

Vivo Energy Zimbabwe Operations 
(Private) Limited

Vivo Energy Zimbabwe Holdings  
(Private) Ltd.2 

Zimbabwe

Ordinary shares

Zimbabwe

Ordinary shares

Quartier Bel-Air Route des Hudrocarbores,  
BP 144 Dakar, Senegal
37 Siaka Stevens Street, Freetown, Sierra Leone

15th Floor Towers South, The Towers, 2 Heerengracht,  
cnr Hertzog Boulevard, Foreshore 8001, Cape Town,  
South Africa
Plot No. 263 Mandela Road, Kurasini, Temeke District, 
Dar es Salaam, Tanzania
24-26 place du 14 janvier 2011 – 1001 Tunis, Tunisia
24-26 place du 14 janvier 2011 – 1001 Tunis, Tunisia
24-26 place du 14 janvier 2011 – 1001 Tunis, Tunisia
24-26 place du 14 janvier 2011 – 1001 Tunis, Tunisia

Plot 9/11 7th Street Industrial Area, Kampala, Uganda
Plot 9/11 7th Street Industrial Area, Kampala, Uganda
Plot 9/11 7th Street Industrial Area, Kampala, Uganda
5th Floor – The Peak, 5 Wilton Road, London, SW1V 1AN, 
United Kingdom

5th Floor – The Peak, 5 Wilton Road, London, SW1V 1AN, 
United Kingdom

Plot 3132, Buyantanshi Road, Lusaka, Zambia
1394 Mushemi Road, Rhodes Park, P.O. Box 32256,  
Lusaka, Zambia
Plot 3132, Buyantanshi Road, Lusaka, Zambia
Engen House 71 Kaguvi Street P.O. Box 372,  
Harare, Zimbabwe

Engen House 71 Kaguvi Street P.O. Box 372,  
Harare, Zimbabwe

Engen House 71 Kaguvi Street P.O. Box 372,  
Harare, Zimbabwe

Shareholding

93.60%

100%

100%

100%

100%
100%
65.01%
48.40%

100%
100%
100%
100%

100%

100%
99.98%

100%
100%

100%

49%

1  Société D’Exploitation et de Gestion des Points de Vente S.A. is an entity incorporated in order to directly operate retail sites in Tunisia. There are three senior staff members appointed 
as shareholders with a total of 52% shareholding. All of them have no voting rights and cannot influence any decisions. Therefore the Group controls the entity and has the ability to affect 
returns through its power over the entity.

2  Vivo Energy Zimbabwe Holdings (Private) Ltd was acquired as part of the business acquisition of VEOHL in 2019. The Group has existing rights that give it the current ability to direct 

the relevant activities of the investee that significantly affect the variable returns of the entity, which the Group is exposed to. 

180

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

181

 OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTNOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

15.  COMPANY UNDERTAKINGS CONTINUED

A list of all joint ventures and associates, indirectly held by Vivo Energy plc, in the Group as at 31 December 2020 is as follows:

Investment

Incorporation

Class of share

Registered address

Shareholding

Baobab Energy Botswana  
Propriety Limited

Botswana

Ordinary shares

Plot 50369 Fairgrounds Office Park, Gaborone, Botswana

Manutenção Caboverdeana Matec S.A.

Cape Verde

Ordinary shares

Baobab Energy Côte d’Ivoire Sarl.

Côte d’Ivoire

Ordinary shares

Stockage Petrolier de Cote d’Ivoire Sarl. Côte d’Ivoire

Ordinary shares

Société Gabonaise D’Entroposage des 
Produits Pétrolière S.A.
Société PIZO de Formulation de 
Lubrifiants S.A.

Gabon

Ordinary shares

Rua dos Bombeiros – Zona Industrial CP 227 Mindelo,  
São Vicente Republica de Cabo Verde
Rue des pétroliers, Zone Industrielle de Vridi,
15 BP 378 Abidjan, Côte d’Ivoire

Abidjan Port-bouet vridi canal de Petroliers 12 B.O 2141 
Abidjan 12, Côte d’Ivoire
P.O. BOX 2218, Libreville, Gabon

Gabon

Ordinary shares

Port Gentil, P.O. Box 699, Port Gentil, Gabon

Chase Logistics Ltd.

Ghana

Ordinary shares

Road Safety Ltd.
Société Guinéene des Pétroles S.A.
Kuku Foods Kenya Ltd.

Ghana
Guinea
Kenya

Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares

Logistique Pétrolière S.A.

Madagascar

Ordinary shares

Petroleum Importers Limited
Energy Storage Company Ltd.
Mer Rouge Oil Storage Company Ltd.
Compagnie D’Entreposage 
Communautaire S.A.

Malawi
Mauritius
Mauritius
Morocco

Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares

1 Alema Avenue, Airport Residential Area, Accra,  
P.O. Box AN 8743 Accra North, Ghana
Tema Shell Installation, Fishing Harbour Road, Tema, Ghana
Boulevard Maritim, Kaloum, BP 656, Conakry, Guinea
LR NO. 20/8342/3 1st Ngong Avenue, P.O. Box 14885, 00100, 
Nairobi, Kenya
Immeuble FITARATRA- 5 ème étage,  
Rue Ravoninahitriniarivo, Ankorondrano 101,  
Antananarivo, Madagascar
6th Floor Unit House, Off Victoria Avenue, Blantyre, Malawi
Cemetery Road, Roche Bois, Port Louis, Mauritius
Edith Cavell Street, Les Cascades, Port Louis, Mauritius
Route cotière 111, Km 6,5, Ghezouane,  
Mohammedia, Morocco

Stogaz S.A.

Morocco

Ordinary shares

Rue Ferhat Hachad, Mohammedia, Morocco

50%

15%

50%

30%
37.50%

28.10%

8%

50%
17%
50%

33%

25%
50%
25%
32.31%

50%

182

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

183

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSInvestment

Maghreb Gaz S.A.

Incorporation

Class of share

Registered address

Morocco

Ordinary shares

Morocco
Société de Cabotage Pétrolier S.A.
Ismailia Gaz S.A.
Morocco
Société Dakhla des Hydrocarbures S.A. Morocco
Morocco
Tadla Gaz S.A.
Morocco
Société Marocaine de Stockage S.A.

Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares

Sopetrole S.A.
Havi Properties (Proprietary) Ltd.

Morocco
Namibia

Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares

Synergy Foods (Proprietary) Limited
Shell and Vivo Lubricants B.V.

Namibia
Netherlands

Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares

Société Réunionnaise d’Entreposage S.A. Reunion
Rwanda
Kuku Foods Rwanda Ltd.

Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares

Immeuble Tafraouti, Km 7,5 Route de Rabat, Ain Sebaa, 
Casablanca, Morocco
27 Bd Zerktouni, Casablanca, Morocco
Km 9 Route d’El Hajeb, Meknes, Morocco
11 Avenue de la Marine Royale, Dakhla, Morocco
Km 7,5 Route de Rabat, Ain Sebaa, Casablanca, Morocco
Lotissement des Pétroliers, Oued El, Maleh,  
Mohammedia, Morocco
Zone Industrielle, lot n°2, Laayoune, Morocco
18 Liliencron Street, The Village, Unit 20-22 Eros,  
Windhoek, Namibia
202 Tacoma Street, Suiderhof, Windhoek, Namibia
Carel van Bylandtlaan 30, 2596 HR The Hague,  
The Netherlands
3 Rue Jacques Prevert, Riviere des Galets, 97420 Le Port
Kimihurura, Gasabo and Umujyi wa Kigalirr, Rwanda

Société de Manutention de Carburants 
Aviation Dakar S.A.

Société Dakaroise D’Entreposage S.A.
Cimsahel Energy S.A.
Société D’Entrepots Pétroliers  
de Tunisie S.A.
Société Bitumes de Tunis S.A.
Viniz Food S.A
Société d’Exploitation et de Gestion  
des Pipelines de Rades S.A.
Kuku Foods Uganda Ltd.

Senegal

Ordinary shares

Dakar-Yoff, B.P. 8022 Yoff, Senegal

Senegal
Senegal
Tunisia

Tunisia
Tunisia
Tunisia

Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares

Cap des Biches, Rufisque, B.P. 59 Rufisque, Senegal
Sous préfecture de SINDIA, Senegal
24-26 place du 14 janvier 2011 – 1001 Tunis, Tunisia

Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares

24-26 place du 14 janvier 2011 – 1001 Tunis, Tunisia
Rue de Syrie bloc C7-1 Tunis, Tunis, 1002, Tunisia
24-26 place du 14 janvier 2011 – 1001 Tunis, Tunisia

Uganda

Ordinary shares

Plot 49, Mackenzie Vale, Kololo, Kampala, Uganda

Shareholding

37.49%

38.71%
40%
33.33%
50%
12%

48.97%
50%

50%
50%

19.96%
50%

25%

50%
50.10%
30%

49.9%
50%
25%

50%

182

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

183

 OTHER INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTOTH ER IN FORMATION

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

FINANCE CALENDAR 2020/21
Financial year-end 

Annual results announcement 

Q1 Trading update 

Annual General Meeting 

Final dividend payment 

Interim results announcement 

Interim payment date 

Q3 Trading update 

PLEASE NOTE THESE DATES ARE PROVISIONAL AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE.

31 December 2020

3 March 2021

27 April 2021

18 May 2021

25 June 2021

27 July 2021

17 September 2021

21 October 2021

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING (AGM)
The Company’s third AGM will be held at 2:00 p.m. on 18 May 2021. The Notice of the AGM will include further details, including the venue.

DIVIDENDS
The Directors have adopted a progressive dividend policy while maintaining an appropriate level of dividend cover and sufficient financial 
flexibility in the Group. The Group paid an interim dividend of 2.7 cents in December 2020, representing the amount that would have been paid 
to shareholders had the final dividend of 2019 been paid rather than withdrawn. A final dividend of 3.8 cents for the full 12 months of 2020 will be 
proposed to shareholders. This will result in a full year dividend of 6.5 cents per share for the year. The final dividend of 3.8 cents should be seen as 
the base for future dividend payments.

In March 2021, the Board decided to increase the minimum payout ratio from 30% to 50% of attributable net income to reflect the Group’s cash 
flows, strong balance sheet and continuing growth ambitions. The dividend remains progressive and the intent is for future dividends to grow in 
line with earnings.

Interim dividend
Final dividend

Dividend per share

Record date

Payment date

2.7 dollar cents
3.8 dollar cents

20 November 2020
28 May 2021

18 December 2020
25 June 2021

All dividends will be declared in US dollars. Shareholders who hold shares through the London Stock Exchange and are resident in the UK, 
may elect to receive their dividends in pound sterling and shareholders who hold shares through the Johannesburg Stock Exchange will 
automatically receive their dividends in South African Rand.

184

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

185

STR ATEG IC REP ORT

GOVERN ANC E

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

OTH ER IN FORMATION

MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS
As at 31 December 2020, the following interests in the ordinary share capital of the Company have been notified to the Directors under 
the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules (DTR 5). In accordance with DTR 5, as of 2 March 2021 the Directors have not received 
any notification of a change in the shareholders’ positions from 31 December 2020.

Shareholder name

Vitol Africa B.V.1
HIP Oils Mauritius Limited2
VIP Africa II B.V.1
Petronas Marketing International SDN BHD
Helios Holdings Limited2

1  Members of the Vitol Group.
2  Members of Helios Investment Partners.

31 December 2020
Percentage

27.37%
24.16%
8.73%
3.93%
3.07%

The rights attached to the ordinary shares of the Company held by these shareholders are identical in all respects. The threshold for notifications 
is in accordance with DTR 5.1.2. If the Company has not been informed that interests have fallen below this threshold the last notification is 
included in this table.

MANAGING YOUR SHAREHOLDING
Link Asset Services, the Company Registrar, provides our shareholders with online access to information regarding their investments 
as well as the services to assist in managing your shareholding on an online platform or telephonically. 

Link Asset Services can be contacted via telephone on 0371 664 0300 (+44 371 664 0300 outside the UK). Lines are open between 
09:00 – 17:30, Monday to Friday excluding public holidays in England and Wales. Furthermore you may contact the Registrar by emailing 
shareholderenquiries@linkgroup.co.uk.

The registrar is located at 34 Beckenham Road, Beckenham, Kent, BR3 4TU.

SHAREHOLDER SECURITY
In recent years, share fraud has been increasing at an alarming rate. This entails shareholders receiving unsolicited phone calls or investment 
opportunities, known as boiler room scams. These opportunities are usually high risk and turn out to be worthless investments. The callers 
may sometimes imply a connection to Vivo Energy and provide misleading and incorrect information.

Investors are advised to be very wary of unsolicited advice, offers to sell shares at a discount or buy at a premium, or offers of free company 
reports. If you have been contacted by an unauthorised company or approached by investors with unsolicited advice you should contact the 
Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) using the share fraud reporting form at www.fca.org.uk/scams. You can find out more about investment 
security by visiting the FCA’s website or by calling the helpline on 0800 111 6768 (overseas callers dial +44 207 066 1000).

KEEPING IN CONTACT
Our Annual and Interim Reports, trading results, announcements and presentations can be found on our website, www.vivoenergy.com. 
Here you can find details of our business and operations and extensive information about the Vivo Energy Group.

To support efficient communication as well as being environmentally friendly, we encourage shareholders to register to the mailing list 
on the investor relations website.

184

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

185

OTH ER IN FORMATION

HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION

SUMMARY INCOME STATEMENT

US$ million

Revenues
Cost of sales 
Gross profit 
Selling and marketing cost
General and administrative cost
Share of profit of joint ventures and associates
Other income/(expense)
Earnings before interest and tax (EBIT)
Finance expense – net
Earnings before tax (EBT)
Income taxes 
Net income 

NON-GAAP MEASURES

US$ million, unless otherwise indicated

Volumes (million litres)
Gross cash profit
EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted net income
Adjusted diluted EPS (US$)1

2020

6,918
(6,301)
617
(226)
(176)
16
4
235
(60)
175
(85)
90

2020

9,637
697
360
360
90
0.06

2019

8,302
(7,627)
675
(224)
(165)
22
2
310
(64)
246
(96)
150

2019

10,417
743
416
431
162
0.12

2018

7,549
(6,924)
625
(197)
(183)
28
3
276
(47)
229
(83)
146

2018

9,351
680
366
400
178
0.14

2017

6,694
(6,080)
614
(194)
(197)
16
3
242
(31)
211
(81)
130

2017

9,026
666
326
376
171
0.13

2016

5,729
(5,196)
533
(218)
(135)
16
1
197
(23)
174
(75)
99

2016

8,389
579
286
302
109
0.08

1  EPS for 2017 and 2016 are the updated earnings per share based on the capital structure of the Group at 31 December 2018 (including the IPO reorganisation impacts on the weighted 

average number of ordinary shares).

SEGMENT INFORMATION

US$ million, unless otherwise indicated

FY 2020

H2 2020

H1 2020

FY 2019

H2 2019

H1 2019

Volumes (million litres)
Retail
Commercial
Lubricants
Total 
Gross cash unit margin ($’000 litres)
Retail fuel (excluding Non-fuel retail)
Commercial
Lubricants
Total 
Gross cash profit 
Retail (including Non-fuel retail)
Commercial
Lubricants
Total

5,456
4,045
136
9,637

76
45
570
72

438
181
78
697

2,975
1,974
70
5,019

83
47
612
79

262
92
43
397

2,481
2,071
66
4,618

66
43
537
65

176
89
35
300

5,900
4,380
137
10,417

71
49
547
71

 454 
 214 
 75 
743

3,060
2,301
71
5,432

72
50
557
72

 238
115
39
392

2,840
2,079
66
4,985

71
47
537
70

216
99
36
351

186

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

STR ATEG IC REP ORT

GOVERN ANC E

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

OTH ER IN FORMATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

US$ million

Assets
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Right-of-use assets
Intangible assets
Investments in joint ventures and associates
Deferred income taxes 
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
Other assets

Current assets
Inventories
Trade receivables
Other assets
Income tax receivables
Other financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents 

Total assets

Equity and liabilities
Total equity
Attributable to equity holders of Vivo Energy
Non-controlling interest

Liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Lease liabilities
Borrowings
Provisions
Deferred income taxes
Other liabilities

Current liabilities
Lease liabilities
Trade payables
Borrowings
Provisions
Other financial liabilities
Other liabilities
Income tax payables

Total liabilities
Total equity and liabilities

31 December
2020

31 December
2019

31 December
2018

31 December
2017

31 December
2016

889
201
222
231
46
12
117
1,718

480
344
200
11
–
515
1,550
3,268

767
45
812

119
412
104
72
165
872

24
1,048
270
16
9
171
46
1,584
2,456
3,268

823
176
226
227
34
9
110
1,605

517
451
257
9
–
517
1,751
3,356

751
53
804

104
294
102
66
160
726

21
1,257
306
14
3
178
47
1,826
2,552
3,356

622
148
134
223
36
8
101
1,272

441
444
255
19
3
393
1,555
2,827

533
48
581

98
314
75
51
143
681

13
1,062
286
15
–
165
24
1,565
2,246
2,827

585
148
120
219
43
6
83
1,204

353
412
229
8
–
423
1,425
2,629

402
46
448

121
396
92
51
169
829

12
869
259
21
1
152
38
1,352
2,181
2,629

507
136
116
51
37
6
80
933

333
305
170
9
3
369
1,189
2,122

548
40
588

113
40
82
52
140
427

11
719
197
25
–
93
62
1,107
1,534
2,122

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

187

OTH ER IN FORMATION

GLOSSARY

Term
B2B
B2C
BCCP
CAGR
CAPEX
CGU
DPO
DPS
DSO
DTR
EBIT
EBITDA
EBT
EPS
ERP
ESG
ETR
FCA
FVTOCI
FVTPL
FY
GAAP
GDP
GHG
H1
H2
HSSEQ
IASB
IFRS

Description
Business to business
Business to consumer
Business Continuity and Contingency Plan
Compound annual growth rate
Capital expenditure
Cash-generating unit
Days payable outstanding
Dividend per share
Days sales outstanding
Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules
Earnings before finance expense, finance income and income taxes
Earnings before finance expense, finance income and income taxes, depreciation and amortisation
Earnings before income taxes
Earnings per share
Enterprise resource planning
Environmental, Social and Governance
Effective tax rate
Financial Conduct Authority
Fair value through other comprehensive income
Fair value through profit and loss
Full year
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
Gross domestic product
Greenhouse gas
Six-month period 1 January to 30 June
Six-month period 1 July to 31 December
Health, safety, security, environment and quality
International Accounting Standards Board
International Financial Reporting Standards

188

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

STR ATEG IC REP ORT

GOVERN ANC E

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

OTH ER IN FORMATION

Term
IFRS IC
IMF
IPO
JV
KFC
KPI
KYC
LIBOR
LPG
LTIF
LTIP
M&A
NCI
NGO
OCI
OU
PP&E
PPE
Q
QSR
RCF
ROACE
ROU
SVL
TRCF
TSR
UK
US
VEI BV
VEOHL

Description
IFRS Interpretation Committee
International Monetary Fund
Initial public offering
Joint venture
Kentucky Fried Chicken
Key performance indicator
Know Your Customer
London Interbank Offered Rate
Liquefied petroleum gas
Lost time injury frequency
Long-Term Incentive Plan
Mergers and acquisitions
Non-controlling interest
Non-governmental organisation
Other comprehensive income
Operating unit
Property, plant and equipment
Personal protective equipment
Quarter
Quick service restaurant
Revolving credit facility
Return on average capital employed
Right-of-use
Shell and Vivo Lubricants B.V.
Total recordable case frequency
Total shareholder return
United Kingdom
United States 
Vivo Energy Investments B.V.
Vivo Energy Overseas Holdings Limited

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

189

OTH ER IN FORMATION

KEY CONTACTS AND ADVISERS

REGISTERED OFFICE
Vivo Energy plc
The Peak, 5th Floor
5 Wilton Road, London
SWIV IAN
United Kingdom

DOMICILE
Registered in England and Wales
No. 11250655

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

COMPANY SECRETARY
Minna Gonzalez-Gomez 

PRINCIPAL LEGAL ADVISERS
Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer LLP

PRINCIPAL BANKERS/SPONSOR
JP Morgan Securities plc

REGISTRY
In the UK: 0371 664 0300
Outside the UK: +44 371 664 0300

INVESTOR RELATIONS 
Email: investors@vivoenergy.com
Tel: +44 20 3034 3735

MEDIA ENQUIRIES
Email: vivoenergy@tulchangroup.com
Tel: +44 20 7353 4200

WEBSITE
vivoenergy.com

190

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Such forward-looking statements contained 
in this report are current only as of the 
date on which such statements are made. 
The Company and the Directors do not intend, 
and do not undertake any obligation, to update 
any forward-looking statements set forth in 
this report. You should interpret all subsequent 
written or oral forward-looking statements 
attributable to the Group or to persons 
acting on the Group’s behalf as being qualified 
by the cautionary statements in this report. 
As a result, you should not place undue reliance 
on such forward-looking statements.

In particular, the statements in the Risk 
section on page 60 of this report regarding 
the Group’s strategy, targets and other future 
events or prospects are forward-looking 
statements. No assurance can be given that 
such future results will be achieved; actual 
events or results may differ materially as a 
result of risks and uncertainties facing the 
Group. Such risks and uncertainties could 
cause actual results to vary materially from 
the future results indicated, expressed or 
implied in such forward-looking statements. 
In addition, management’s assumptions about 
future events may prove to be inaccurate. 
You should be aware that a number of 
important factors could cause actual results 
to differ materially from the plans, objectives, 
expectations, estimates and intentions 
expressed in such forward-looking statements. 
Given these risks and uncertainties, you should 
not rely on forward-looking statements as a 
prediction of actual results.

This report includes forward-looking 
statements. These forward-looking 
statements involve known and unknown 
risks and uncertainties, many of which are 
beyond the Company’s control and all of 
which are based on the Directors’ current 
beliefs and expectations about future events. 
Forward-looking statements are sometimes 
identified by the use of forward-looking 
terminology such as: ‘believe’, ‘expects’, ‘may’, 
‘will’, ‘could’, ‘should’, ‘shall’, ‘risk’, ‘intends’, 
‘estimates’, ‘aims’, ‘plans’, ‘predicts’, ‘continues’, 
‘assumes’, ‘positioned’, ‘anticipates’ or ‘targets’ 
or the negative thereof, other variations 
thereon or comparable terminology, but 
are not the exclusive means of identifying 
such statements. These forward-looking 
statements include all matters that are not 
historical facts. They appear in a number of 
places throughout this report and include 
statements regarding the intentions, beliefs or 
current expectations of the Directors or the 
Group concerning, among other things, the 
future results of operations, financial condition, 
prospects, growth, strategies of the Group 
and the industry in which it operates, which 
reflect estimates and assumptions made by 
the Group’s management. These estimates 
and assumptions reflect the Company’s 
best judgement based on currently known 
market conditions and other factors.

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

191

192
192

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020
VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

VIVO ENERGY PLC | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

PB

Design and production by Radley Yeldar www.ry.com

This report has been printed on Claro Silk and Munken, papers which are 
certified by the Forest Stewardship Council®. The papers are made at a mill 
with ISO 14001 Environmental Management System accreditation. 

Printed by CPI Colour using vegetable oil based inks, CPI is a CarbonNeutral® 
printer, certified to ISO 14001 Environmental Management System and 
registered to EMAS, the Eco Management and Audit Scheme.

VIVO ENERGY PLC
The Peak, 5th Floor
5 Wilton Road, London
SWIV IAN
United Kingdom